14-0606 Dexter 60% CD product specs - Pavilion Construction · 081613 Fiberglass Doors 083113 Access Doors and Frames 083326 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 083613 Sectional Doors 084313

BUSHNAQ STUDIO ARCHITECTURE + DESIGN 3210 BEACON AVE. S. SUITE 130 SEATTLE, WA 98144 TEL 206.257.3345

N-HABIT DEXTER MANAGED BY DALY PARTNERS 60% CD PROJECT MANUAL JUNE 6 2014

N-Habit Dexter - Product Specs - 60% CD 6/6/14TABLE OF CONTENTS

CSI Component

10000 General Requirements

Description of work

012100 Bid Allowances

012300 Bid Alternates

015713 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

020000 EXISTING CONDITIONS

023200 Geotechnical Investigations and Environmental Site Assessment

024100 Selective Site Demolition

024116 Structure Demolition

026000 Contaminated Site Material Removal

028200 Asbestos Remediation

028300 Lead Remediation

028500 PCB and Mercury Light Tube Remediation

030000 CONCRETE

031000 Concrete Forming and Accessories

032000 Concrete Reinforcement

033000 Cast-in-Place Concrete

033500 Concrete Finishing

033519 Concrete Floor Sealer

034500 Precast Architectural Concrete

035413 Gypsum Cement Underlayment

040000 MASONRY

040513.13 Mortar and Grout

040523 Masonry Accessories

042200 Concrete Masonry Units

050000 Metals:

050516 Hot-Dip Galvanizing

050523 Welding

051200 Structural Steel

055000 Metal Fabrications

055100 Metal Exit Stairs

055200 Hand Rails and Railings

Page 1 of 6


CSI Component

055305 Metal mesh

057316 Cable Railings

057316 Cables and Cable Hardware

060000 WOOD AND PLASTICS

060513 Plastic Laminate

060573.13 Fire-retardant Wood Treatment

060573.36 Preservative (Pressure) Treated Wood

061000 Rough Carpentry

062023.13 Finish Carpentry and Millwork

064119 Custom Casework

070000 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

071113 Bituminous Dampproofing

071700 Bentonite Waterproofing

071813 Pedestrian Traffic Coatings

071816 Vehicular Traffic Coatings

071910 Water Repellent and Anti-Graffiti Coatings

072113.13 Foam Board Insulation

072116.13 Batt and Blanket Insulation

072119 Foamed-In-Place Insulation

072500 Weather Barriers

072616 Below-Grade Vapor Retarders

074213 Metal Wall Panels

074223 Composite Wall Panels

074646 FIBER CEMENT Siding

075200 SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING

075556 TPO Membrane Roofing

075564 Vegetated Roof System

076200 Sheet Metal, Flashing and Trim


077200 Fall Protection

078400 Firestopping

079200 Joint Sealants

Page 2 of 6


CSI Component

080000 Doors & Windows

081100 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames

081400 Wood Doors

081613 Fiberglass Doors

083113 Access Doors and Frames

083326 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES

083613 Sectional Doors

084313 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts

085300 Vinyl Windows and Doors

087100 Finish Hardware

088000 Glazing

088313 Mirrored Glass Glazing

088813 FIRE RATED GLASS & FRAMING

089119.13 Metal Wall Louvers

090000 Finishes

092226.26 Ceiling Suspension System for Gypsum Wallboard

092900 Gypsum Board

095426 Wood Ceiling System

096513 Resilient Base and Accessories

096519 Vinyl Plank Flooring

096800 Carpet

097726 Fiberglass Sanitary Paneling

099100 Painting

099623 Graffitti Resistant Coatings

099646 Intumescent Paints

099713.26 Special Coatings for Exterior Ferrous Metals

100000 Accessories:

101473 CODE SIGNAGE / Laminated Plastic Panel Signage

102213 STORAGE LOCKERS

102613.13 Corner Guards

102813.13 Toilet and Bath Accessories

104413 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets

104416 Fire Extinguishers

105500 POSTAL SPECIALTIES

Page 3 of 6


CSI Component

110000 Equipment and Appliances:

120000 Furnishings

122113 Horizontal Louver Blinds

124813 Entrance Mats and Frames

129313 BICYCLE RACKS

140000 Conveying systems

142123 MRL Elevator

210000 FIRE SUPPRESSION

210500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

211200 FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES

211300 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS

220000 Plumbing

220501 BIDDER DESIGN PLUMBING

230000 HVAC

230501 BIDDER DESIGN HVAC

260000 ELECTRICAL:

Bidder Design Electrical

260500 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

260519 600 Volt Wire and Cable

260526 Grounding

260529 Electrical supporting Devices

260533 Raceway and Boxes

260553 Electrical Identification Procedures

262413 Switchboard and Meter Centers

262416 Panelboards and Load Centers

262726 Wiring Devices

262813 Fuses

262819 Enclosed Switches

262913 Motor Control

Page 4 of 6


CSI Component

263100 Photovoltaic System

263213 STANDBY POWER

263300 ELECTRIC HEATING, VENTILATION AND CONTROLS

265100 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES

265600 EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES

270000 COMMUNICATIONS

270000 Telephone and Data System

270523 Cable Television System

273243 Emergency Responder Communication System

275123 Two-Way Communication System

280000 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

281300 Entry Access / Intercom / CCTV System

283100 Fire Alarm System

310000 EARTHWORK

311100 CLEARING AND GRUBBING

312300 Earthwork

312333 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING

316316.13 Drilled Piers – Soldier Piles

316316.16 Excavation Support and Protection System

320000 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

320190 Maintenance Planting

321200 Asphalt Concrete Paving

321313 Concrete Paving

321413 Precast Concrete Pavers

321700 Pavement Markings

323100 Decorative entrance Gates

323116 Welded Wire Fence

328400 Irrigation

328413 Drip Irrigation

329113 Soil Preparation

329300 Planting

Page 5 of 6


CSI Component

330000 UTILITIES

333100 Water Distribution System

333500 Sanitary Sewer

334000 Storm Sewer

334613 FOUNDATION DRAINAGE

335100 Gas Distribution System

337173 ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES

Page 6 of 6

N-Habit Dexter - Product Specs - 60% CDDate: 6/6/14

CSI Component Spec

10000 General Requirements

Description of work The site is located on the west side of Dexter Avenue N. opposite the intersection of Dexter Avenue N. and Hayes Street. The site consists of 2 lots and measures approximately 150 feet in the north/south direction and 108 feet in the east/west direction. The total lot area is approximately 16,231 square feet. It is a midblock rectangular site bound by Dexter on the east and a 20-foot alley on the west. From the alley, the site slopes down approximately 25 feet to the east property line and is mapped as a steep-slope environmental critical area. Currently there is a single structure on the north half of the site, which will be demolished as part of the proposed project.

The proposed development is for a terraced four-to-six story mixed-use building. The ground floor contains a leasing office and four live-work units. On the upper floors are 61 residential units and one community room. The residential units are a combination of flats and two-story apartments. Parking for 44 vehicles is provided below grade and accessed from Dexter Avenue N.

The project is subdivided into 6 discrete building masses that sit on top of a concrete parking podium. The building masses are connected by exterior egress circulation. The upper, residential floors will be wood-framed. The building is to be Type 5 construction over Type 1 construction. The location of the Type 1 steps to the underside of Level 3 at the east portion of the site.

At the Dexter street level, there are four live-work units and a parking garage entry at the north side of the site. The live-work units will have commercial space at the front and residential accommodations including kitchen and bathroom at the rear. The live work units are set back 6’¬9” from the property line and have an access gallery that provides a transition between the sidewalk and live/work units. The access gallery allows for accessible approach to the live-work units. The open air residential entry occurs at the mid-block break aligned with Hayes Street. The residential entry and exterior vertical circulation lead to an open air courtyard on Level 2.

This project will fall under the 2012 code cycle to include 2012 Seattle Building Code, 2012 Washington State Energy Code with Seattle Amendments and all other applicable codes in affect at time of permitting in early 2014.

012100 Bid Allowances A. Unit Carpet: $17-20/SYB. Lighting Fixtures: minimum $1500/unit. Sub to validate with actual estimate based on performance specs and schematic electrical drawings.B: Community Room: 1. Tile Kitchen Backsplash (to underside of upper cabinet): $8-10/ SF.2. Tile Bathroom Floor and 4' Wainscot: $12-14/SF

Page 1 of 48


CSI Component Spec

012300 Bid Alternates A. Custom Casework: provide alternate pricing for textured Panolam in lieu of Plastic Laminate.B. Residential Windows: provide alternate pricing for VPI windows (exterior: black, interior: white), and Gienow (exterior: slate grey or black, interior: white) C. In unit water heaters in lieu of central hot water heater. D. Unit Kitchen Countertop: Q Premium Natural Quartz from MSI in lieu of plastic laminate countertop and edge band.E. Unit bathroom1. Tile floor ($8-10/SF) in lieu of LVT.2. Tile bathtub surround ($8-10/SF) in lieu of fiberglass surround.F. GWB finish with light dash in lieu of smooth Level 4 finish.

015713 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

See attached spec

Page 2 of 48


CSI Component Spec

020000 EXISTING CONDITIONS

023200 Geotechnical Investigations and Environmental Site Assessment

See attachedFebruary 2014 Geotechnical report from PanGeo

024100 Selective Site Demolition See attached spec

024116 Structure Demolition A. Demolition work includes removal of existing 3 story building, paving and associated materials to soil. Above ground utilities to be removed and terminated within the right-of-way meeting City of Seattle standards. B. Structural Excavation: Proof roll entire building site after clearing, grubbing and stripping. Excavate for foundation, basement and concrete slab-on-grade. After placement of foundation, backfill per foundation details and requirements provided by the envelope consultant. Density testing will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

026000 Contaminated Site Material Removal

A. Fuel storage tank to be removed - See provided phase I and phase II ESA reports from Farallon consulting

028200 Asbestos Remediation A. The work requires the disturbance, demolition, removal, and/or disposal of the following asbestos-containing material (ACM) from the building located at 1701 Dexter Ave as described in "ASBESTOS SURVEY 1701 Dexter Ave.N., Seattle, King County, Washington 98109 ".

028300 Lead Remediation A. To be disposed of in accordance with all federal, state and local laws

028500 PCB and Mercury Light Tube Remediation

A. The work requires the disturbance, removal and disposal of PCB-containing fluorescent light ballasts and the recycling of Mercury (Hg)-containing fluorescent light tubes, thermostats, and high intensity discharge (HID) lamps from the building located at 1701 Dexter Avenue in accordance with all federal, state and local laws

Page 3 of 48


CSI Component Spec

030000 CONCRETE

031000 Concrete Forming and Accessories

A. Provide, install, and remove all formwork and accessories for cast-in-place concealed and exposed finished, Architectural concrete (except footings if allowed to use earthwork forms) including shoring, bracing, and form supports.B. Wood and steel form systems are specified but steel form systems, as reviewed, may be substituted throughout.

032000 Concrete Reinforcement A. Reinforcing for all concrete work, including fabrication and installation accessories. Include reinforcing steel bar, wire fabric, and the like required for all concrete work, unless otherwise indicated.B. Support chairs, bar supports and spacers for reinforcing as needed per structural.

033000 Cast-in-Place Concrete A. All poured-in-place concrete unless otherwise indicated. Includes architectural concrete for exposed to view concrete, including walls and floors where indicated.

B. At parking, level 1, level 2 and level 3

C. Footings

D. Slab on Grade: Slab on grade at basement to be concrete slab on grade, on compacted fill with under slab drainage and vapor barrier per envelope consultant’s requirements. Slab to include steel reinforcing as required per structural. Slab on grade work includes under slab drainage system. Slab-on-grade at the Basement Level includes through slab drains and below slab drainage. Below slab insulation required under slabs for 4’ from exterior wall (R-10 continuous with thermal break). 1. Under-slab insulation: Rigid extruded polystyrene insulation: Styrofoam by Dow 2. Sub slab-on-grade vapor retarder: 15 mil Stego Wrap by Stego

E. Walls as shown as concrete on Structural and Architectural drawings.

F. Post Tensioned Slabs as shown on Structural drawings.

G. Elevator Pit: Project includes (1) cast-in-place elevator pit. Pit walls to be cast in place concrete and waterproofed as basement walls with a cast in-place finish floor. Pit depth to be 5’-6”. Pit to include 18”x18”x18”sump pit with flush metal grate cover; pit also includes lighting and metal access ladder. Pit to meet Washington State and City of Seattle requirements. 1. Elevator pit slab-on-grade admixture: Crystalline Concrete Admixture: KIM by Kryton

Contractor is responsible for all concrete testing (strength, slump, and air content).

033500 Concrete Finishing A. Work includes but is not limited to following:1. Float Finish.2. Scratch Finish.3. Steel troweled finish.4. Broom Finish.5. Diamond Ground Floor Finish.

Page 4 of 48


CSI Component Spec

033519 Concrete Floor Sealer A. At level 1 Live/work: sealer and hardener. Clear hardener sealer. Diamond grind.(Prosoco Consolideck or sim). B. A Level 1 Lobby - Water-based stain with clear hardener sealer, color tbd. Prosoco Colorhard or Retro Plate 99 with Lithochrome Tintura Stain or approved equal. 1. Apply sealer and hardener, dye/stain color (TBD) and diamond grind to exposed aggregate on exposed concrete slabs

034500 Precast Architectural Concrete

A. Fabrication and installation of exterior architectural precast concrete finish elements and shapes, as indicated on drawings and as follows:1. Precast concrete including but not limited to precast concrete stair treads as indicated on the drawings.2. Provide precast concrete with reinforcement and attaching steel, anchors, inserts, and accessories required for erection and installation. Precast concrete reinforcing and connections required for transportation and placement are to be designed by the supplier.

035413 Gypsum Cement Underlayment

Gypsum concrete floor underlayment over plywood subfloors as indicated.A. Manufacturer: Maxxon Corporation1. Gypsum Cement: Gyp-Crete 2. Sand: Sand shall meet manufacturers Sand Specifications.3. Water: Potable; free from impurities.4. Subfloor Primer: Maxxon Floor Primer.5. Sealer: Maxxon Overspray.6. Joint and Crack Filler: Latex based.B. Acoustic Mat Underlayment: Acousti-mat 1: 3/16-inch.

Page 5 of 48


CSI Component Spec

040000 MASONRY

040513.13 Mortar and Grout A. Mortar and grout for unit masonry work.See structural drawings

040523 Masonry Accessories A. Reinforcing steel, positioners, anchors, wall ties, prefabricated weeps, weep tubes, mortar net, reglets, thru-wall flashings, shims and rods. Include miscellaneous items for masonry work.See structural drawings

042200 Concrete Masonry Units A. At Elevator Tower See structural drawings

Page 6 of 48


CSI Component Spec

050000 Metals:

050516 Hot-Dip Galvanizing A. Hot-dip galvanizing of iron and steel materials.

050523 Welding A. Clean and weld in accordance with referenced AISC Specifications Section 1.17 and American Welding Society AWS D1.1, D1.3, D1.4, and D1.8.B. Miscellaneous and Reinforcing Steel: See Structural Drawings for welding of reinforcing bars or plates, angles, and similar shapes. Conform to referenced regulatory requirements AWS D1.1 and D1.4.C. Metal Decking: See Structural Drawings for welding of metal decking. Conform to referenced regulatory requirements AWS D1.3.D. Use automatic end welding according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's written instructions to develop full capacities of shear stud connectors, threaded studs or deformed bar anchors.E. Electrodes Type in accordance with referenced American Welding Society Standards. Electrodes to be thoroughly dry prior to use.F. Grind smooth all welds, except fillet welds, exposed to view. Provide reasonably smooth and uniform as-weld surfaces for fillet welds exposed to view. Remove all service metal and piece marks on steel items exposed to view. Paint all welds to be exposed in the finished work with specified primer/051200.

051200 Structural Steel A. Fabrication and erection of structural and related steel items as indicated.B. At back patio to integrate with Vertigrow screenC. At vertical courtyard and exterior walkways

055000 Metal Fabrications A. All miscellaneous shop fabricated ferrous metal indicated or required to complete the work, except as otherwise indicated.

B. Vertical Courtyard and Exterior Walkway Structure

C. Metal gate as part of fence / Green Screen at back entrance

D. Perforated decorative metal entrance screen at front entrance 1. Screen Structure: Structure to be shop fabricated of standard steel shapes. Primary structural supports to be provided in conjunction with building structure including projecting blades and/or tubes aligned to receive completed screen structure. Penetrations through exterior wall enclosure to be sealed and waterproofed per envelope consultant’s requirements. 2. Screen: Custom corten steel screen to mount on screen structure. Final design to be confirmed3. Screen Finish: Completed screen to be pre-weathered and sealed.

E. Green screen trellis system at Level 2 private patios, Level 3 alley above retaining wall, Level 5 private decks and Level 6 private decks. Wire mesh trellis system by Vertigrow or approved equal. Color: tbd.

Page 7 of 48


CSI Component Spec

055100 Metal Exit Stairs A. Custom fabricated steel stairs and railings as indicated with steel plate risers and treads from level 1 to level 2. Treads to receive precast architectural concrete treads per Section 034500 and as indicated on drawings.1. Materials:a. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36.b. Formed Steel Sheet: ASTM A569.c. Steel Tubing: Cold formed, ASTM A500B and A513.d. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type and grade selected by fabricator as required for design loading.e. Provide factory installed reinforcing bars for concrete fill.2. Railings shall be in accordance with Section 057316 and the Architectural Drawings. 3. Manufacturer to provide engineering of all stair and railing components and connections.B. Custom fabricated steel stairs and railings as indicated withperforated steel risers and concrete filled pans.1. Materials:a. As above2. Treads and Landings:a. Concrete Filled Steel Pan Stair: Carbon steel sheets referenced ASTM A569 to be 14 gauge minimum unless otherwise indicated and as detailed.b. Other steel components to be in accordance with referenced ASTM A36.c. Dimensions, design, profiles, accessories, and the like as indicated.

3. Stringers: Form steel plates, tubing, or channels to profiles and thicknesses for performance requirements.4. Metal Risers: 67% perforation open area 5. Railings shall be in accordance with Section 055200 and the Architectural Drawings. 6. Manufacturer to provide engineering of all stair and railing components and connections.

Page 8 of 48


CSI Component Spec

055200 Hand Rails and Railings A. Steel Handrails and Railing Systems as indicatedB. At all walkways and stairways 30” above grade. C. At 6’ screening units at level 6 private patio areas. D. At Juliet balcony (@ all elevated hinged glass doors). 1. Steel Rail Systems: Flat plate vertical supports with 2" x 2 " metal mesh infill panels and wood or painted metal top rail meeting all applicable codes a. Provide standard shapes, inserts, sleeves and the like.b. Nominal sizes 1-1/4 inches (1.660 inch outside diameter) (indicated as 1-1/2 inches on drawings) unless indicated otherwise for members.2. Maple Wood Handrails at Interior stairs - Premium Grade Maple, 1-1/2-inch o.d.3. Pipe: In accordance with referenced ASTM A53, Type "E" or "S", Grade "A" or "B", standard weight, Schedule 40. Interior and exterior railings primed and painted.4. Tubular Steel: In accordance/referenced ASTM A500, Grade B, for steel tube members.5. Miscellaneous Steel Shapes: All steel is to be in accordance with referenced ASTM A36. Include all plates, angles, rods, fastenings, washers, and the like. 6. Finish: metallic paint or galvanized. 7. Manufacturer to provide engineering of all railing components and connections.

055305 Metal mesh 1. Manufacturer: McNichols other reviewed and approved manufacturers.

Page 9 of 48


CSI Component Spec

057316 Cable Railings A. Exterior stainless steel cable guardrail system at Level 1 stair and as indicated. 1. Exterior stainless steel cable guardrail system.2. Railing systems include flat bars, steel support posts, continuous steel handrail support rail and handrail systems of structural quality all-welded steel assemblies as detailed.3. Manufacturer to provide engineering of all railing components and connections.B. The Cable Connection, Inc., Tel. 1-800-851-2961, Hayn Enterprises, LLC, Tel. 1-800-346-4296, Carl Stahl, Tel. 1-800-444-6271 (John Palkoner), Johnson Architectural Hardware, Tel. (360) 895-4001, or other reviewed and approved manufacturers. Johnson Architectural Hardware is specified for type, quality and construction required.

057316 Cables and Cable Hardware A. Cables:1. Material: 1 x19 Type 316 stainless steel strand.2. Compliance: MIL-W-87161, Type II, Composition B, Construction 1 right-hand lay or Construction 2 left-hand lay.3. Diameter: 3/16 inch or 4 mm.4. Orientation: Slope parallel to stair pitch, or landing.5. Spacing: No to exceed 4-inches o.c.6. Finish: Stainless steel - mill.B. Cable Hardware, General:1. Stainless Steel:a. Interior, Dry Environment: ASTM A314, A320, and A582, Type 303 stainless steel.b. Exterior, Wet Environment: ASTM A314, A320 and A582, Type 316 stainless steel.2. Turnbuckle: Button Smooth Line Turnbuckles.3. Stanchion Terminals.

Page 10 of 48


CSI Component Spec

060000 WOOD AND PLASTICS

060513 Plastic Laminate A. Laminated plastic installed in conjunction with finish carpentry and millwork and custom casework.

B. Manufacturers: Pionite, Nevamar, Formica, Wilson Art, or other reviewed and approved manufacturers; selected from regular pattern lines for counter tops and vertical surfaces. Colors as selected by Architect.1. General Purpose Plastic Laminate: Finish sheet on horizontal and vertical surfaces - .048-inch and .028-inch thickness respectively.2. Postforming Laminate: .039-inch thickness for use where formability is required.3. Backing Sheet: 0.020-inch thick, as recommended by Manufacturer of plastic laminate. Provide on back of plywood and particle board faced with plastic laminate, unless plywood and particle board is adhesively applied to wall or solid backing.

Bath Countertops A. P-lam on plywood substrate with matching edge veneer. B. Square edge profile.

Bathroom Backsplash A. Up to 4". Self-edged plastic laminate

Kitchen Backsplash A. Up to underside of upper cabinet. Plastic laminate with edge band.

Kitchen Countertops A. P-lam on plywood substrate with edge band.B. Square edge profile.

060950 Pulls A. Provide $5/pull allowance.

060573.13 Fire-retardant Wood Treatment

A. Fire retardant treatment for wood elements including:1. Wood as required by Code to receive treatment.2. Wood indicated to receive fire retardant treatment on Architectural Drawings.3. Treat wood in enclosed spaces which do not have fire sprinklers indicated.4. Treat woodblocking, furring, and nonstructural framing where required to achieve 1 hour rating.

060573.36 Preservative (Pressure) Treated Wood

A. Work includes but is not limited to following:1. Wood contacting concrete, roof membrane and elsewhere as indicated or required.2. Plywood where indicated or required.3. Wood cantilevers, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, coping substrate and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers and waterproofing.4. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete.5. Wood framing members less than 18-inches above grade.6. Rainscreen furring - Borate treated 1x3 lumber.

Page 11 of 48


CSI Component Spec

061000 Rough Carpentry A. Work includes but is not limited to following:1. All work required for normal rough carpentry including but not limited to structural lumber and non-structural lumber, blocking, nailers, ground strips, plates, curbs, plywood, and fasteners.2. Preservative treated wood at exterior locations and when in contact with concrete and masonry as indicated or otherwise required.3. Fire retardant treated lumber as required by Code to receive treatment, and in enclosed spaces which do not have fire sprinklers indicated.4. Fasteners.

062023.13 Finish Carpentry and Millwork

A. Normal finish carpentry and millwork items including but not limited to wood base, trim, shelving and installation of certain work specified in other sections. Include finish hardware installation.

Unit Flooring Base Trim A. 1x4 Rectangular MDF, paint.

Unit Door Trim A. 1x3 Rectangular MDF, paint.

Unit Window Sill 1x Rectangular MDF, paint. Depth determined by wall thickness. See drawings

Unit Window Apron 1x Rectangular MDF, paint. Length determined by sill and trim location, note reveal. See drawings

064119 Custom Casework 1. Complete custom cabinet installations indicated; including storage cabinets, counter work surfaces, counter/desks, bookshelves, full height cabinets, upper and lower cabinets.2. This section includes wood veneer faced and plastic laminate faced custom cabinets.2.1 MaterialsAll products in accordance with specified AWI 400, referenced Standards and in particular 400A (Wood Cabinets), 400B (Laminate Clad Cabinets) and 400C (Tops)

2.1 MATERIALSA. All products in accordance with specified a AWI Section 10 – Casework and Appendix B - 10 Casework .1. Moisture Content of Finish Wood: Not more than 12% when delivered to building.2. Hardwood Lumber: Clear Select White Hard Maple, AWI Grade 1 as indicated on drawings.a. All lumber materials S4S except where other finishes indicated.3. Plywood: Interior plywood used on the interior of the building shall not contain any added urea-formaldehyde.a. In accordance with referenced AWI, PS 1-07.b. For use under plastic laminate (plywood is required for use under plastic laminate for countertops and elsewhere as indicated): Contractor has the option of using following grades of Douglas Fir plywood:1) A-C Exterior-APA2) B-C Exterior-APAc. Shelving, as applicable: Conform to referenced AWI- Section 6 – Interior & Exterior Millwork and APA Plywood Design Manual/Shelving.

Page 12 of 48


CSI Component Spec

4. Particleboard: AWI Section 4, Sheet Products and Appendix B 4 – Sheet Products, medium density particleboard conforming to ANSI A 208.1, Grade M-2 Exterior Glue, 40-50 pound density.a. Maximum Formaldehyde Content: 0.3 parts per million. Label by manufacturer.b. Moisture Content: 8% to 12%.c. Exposed Panels: Match for color and uniform appearance, free from surface defects.d. AWI standard, composed of wood chips, medium density, water resistant adhesive; of grade to suit application; sanded faces.e. Particleboard shall be “Vesta” – no added urea-formaldehyde resin, as manufactured by Flakeboard Co., or approved equal.f. For use under plastic laminate (particleboard is required for use under plastic laminate for carcases, shelving, door and drawer fronts, and elsewhere as indicated). Contractor has the option of using following grades of Douglas Fir plywood:1) A-C Exterior-APA2) B-C Exterior-APA5. Medium-Density Fiberboard: Medium Density Fiberboard, ANSI A208.2, Grade MD-Exterior Glue, clear finish.

6. Plastic Laminate - General Use:a. See 060513.b. Backing sheets required in consonance with facings.7. Interior Cabinet/Shelf Liner: High pressure melamine laminate, liner grade. Color as selected by Architect.8. All exposed cabinet ends (shelves, doors, and drawers), tops and bottoms to be edged with plastic laminate edge band. Exposed edges at hardwood faced casework shall be veneer edgeband or solid hardwood edgeband as indicated on the drawings.

Page 13 of 48


CSI Component Spec

9. Countertops and Backsplashes:a. Plastic laminate countertop with Rehau Magic 3D Edgebanding. Colors TBD.b. Plastic laminate countertop with matching edge veneer. Colors TBD.c.Plastic laminate backsplash with Rehau Magic 3D Edgebanding. Colors TBDd.Plastic laminate backsplash with matching edge veneer. Colors TBD.10. Glue for Woodwork: Low-VOC, FS MMM-A-125C, Type II, water-and mold resistant. Use ASTM D3110, dry-use type for laminated and finger-jointed members, certified in accordance with ASTM C557 and complying with required VOC regulations.a. Water based contact cement.b. Water based construction adhesive.11. Site Applied Construction Adhesives: Following products acceptable:a. Speed Grip as manufactured by Geocel Corporation, Tel. 1-800-348-7615, www.geocelusa.com, 100% VOC-free, chemically reactive formula construction adhesiveb. Titebond as manufactured by Franklin International, Tel. 1-800-877-4583, www.titebond.com, available through Environmental Home Center, Tel. 206-682-7332.c. Premium Wood Glue, OSI Sealants, tel. 1-800-624-7767, www.osisealants.com.

2.2 HARDWAREA. General:1. Include all necessary items, whether indicated or notB. Cabinet Hardware and Accessories: All hardware to be in conformance with requirements of this Section. Include all devices, as required for complete installations. Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following, or reviewed substitutions in sizes and quantities required to equip work of this Section. Include all items as required, whether specifically noted or not. Submit for approval any not indicated.1. Hinges: 110 degree European style concealed hinge with snap-on assembly. Blum or approved equal2. Support Brackets: Innotops, I-Brace or L-Brace as needed. Innotops.com3. Drawer slides: Single Extension, epoxy coated, 100 lb. rating, Blum #230M or approved equal.4. Pulls: Sugatsune 304 Stainless Steel 3-3/4" (96mm) Recessed Finger Pull (Satin) SUG-DSI-350-64 or approved equal.5. Shelf Clips: Double pin, locking, Allen Fields/PX Industries #55036.

Page 14 of 48


CSI Component Spec

070000 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

071113 Bituminous Dampproofing A. Weatherproofing of above grade exterior concrete walls surrounding enclosed space.B. Dampproofing of below grade site walls, soil side.C. Manufacturers: Dampproofing: W.R. Meadows, Inc., Tel. 1-800-342-5976 or (707) 745-6666, Sealmastic Dampproofing Coating Systems, Sonneborn, Tel. (509) 863-2840, Hydrocide Dampproofing, Karnak Dampproofing Products, Tel. 1-800-526-4236, or other reviewed and approved manufacturers.D. DAMPPROOFING MATERIALS1. Cold-Applied, Emulsified Asphalt Dampproofing: Asphalt and solvent compound mixed to a smooth, uniform consistency to provide a firm, moisture-resistant, vapor-resistant, elastic coating recommended by the manufacturer for dampproofing use when applied according to the manufacturer=s instructions.a. Trowel Grade: Asphalt roof cement, consisting of an asphalt base with petroleum solvents and mineral stabilizers, complying with referenced ASTM D4586, Type I.2. Products:a. W.R. Meadows, Inc. Products: Sealmastic Type III Trowel-Mastic or Sealmastic Type II Semi-Mastic, Contractor's Option.b. Sonneborn Products: Hydrocide 700B.c. Karnak Products: 86AF Fibered Trowel Mastic or 83AF Fibered Dampproofing, Contractor's option.

071700 Bentonite Waterproofing A. Perimeter Foundation: Prefabricated drainage composite and bentonite waterproofing system against concrete foundation walls and as indicated on drawings.B. Exterior Vertical Walls: Prefabricated drainage composite and bentonite waterproofing system at below grade walls and where indicated.C. Waterstop joint sealant material.D. Bentonite compound detailing mastic.E. Hydrobar tube.1. Bentonite Waterproofing Materials shall be as manufactured by Colloid Environmental Technologies Company, Tel. 425-210-2779, or other reviewed and approved manufacturers.2. Waterproofing Panels: Volclay Voltex DS: 4-ft. x 14.5-ft. roll of interlocked geotextiles encapsulating a minimum of 1.1 pounds per sq. ft. of containment resistant granular sodium bentonite 3. Prefabricated Drainage Composite: Aquadrain 10X

Page 15 of 48


CSI Component Spec

071813 Pedestrian Traffic Coatings A. Exposed concrete at planter walls above interior space.1. Manufacturer: Neogard7 Division of Jones-Blair7 Co., Tel. 1-800-321-6588, www.neogard.com, APeda-Gard7@ is specified herein for type, quality and performance, or other reviewed manufacturers.2. MATERIALSa. General: Provide components produced by a single manufacturer, or certified by Manufacturer as compatible with components produced by him.b. Pedestrian Deck Waterproof Membrane:1. Primer: Neogard Primer for concrete and plywood as required by manufacturer.2. Flashing Tape: 86218 flashing tape having a minimum thickness of 30 mils.3. Polyester Fabric: Tietex stitchbond polyester fabric.4. Liquid Flashing Neogard 7400-02 series polyurethane coating, gray in color.5. Aggregate: 7992 silica (quartz) sand or other aggregate approved by manufacturer.6. Elastomeric Base Coat/Wearing Surface: 7400-02 polyurethane coating, gray in color.7. Sealant: Neogard 70991 sealant.c. Color selected by Architect from standard manufacturers colors.

071816 Vehicular Traffic Coatings A. At garbage room floor1.Manufacturer:Neogard, Tremco or approved equal. Neogrard as basis of design.2.2 MATERIALSA. Vehicular Traffic Coating Materials:1. Primer: Concrete and metal primers by NEOGARD.2. Flashing Tape: 86218 flashing tape.3. Reinforcing Fabric: 86220 reinforcing fabric (Tietex T-272).4. Sealant: 70991 or 70995 urethane sealant.5. Aggregate: 7992 silica (quartz) sand.6. Base Coat: 70410 urethane coating.7. Wear Coat: 7430 series urethane coating.8. Topcoat: 7430 series urethane coating.B. Color selected by Architect from standard manufacturers colors.

071910 Water Repellent and Anti-Graffiti Coatings

A. Clear water repellent and anti-graffiti protection on exterior exposed cast-in-place concrete and plant-cast architectural concreteB. Clear protective coating on interior plant-cast architectural concrete stair treads.1. Concrete Surface Water Repellent Coatings: ProSoCo, Inc., Tel. (425) 210-8696,Chemprobe Technologies, Inc., Tel. (206) 790-3664, Dayton Superior, Tel. (877) 266-7732, other reviewed and approved manufacturers. ProSoCo is specified for type, quality, and construction required.2. Water Repellent and Anti-Graffiti/Performance Criteria: “Sure Klean WeatherSeal Blok-Guard® & Graffiti Control II".

Page 16 of 48


CSI Component Spec

072113.13 Foam Board Insulation A. Rigid insulation at perimeter footing / foundations on inside and exterior faces of concrete walls above and below grade, exterior metal stud walls as detailed.B. Insulation below concrete slab as indicated on drawings.C. Insulation at exterior metal framed walls as indicated on drawings.D. Expanded polystyrene rigid insulation where shown on drawings.E. Other rigid insulation at locations indicated on drawings.F. Roofing insulation

1. Extruded Polystyrene Insulation: Dow Chemical Company Styrofoam, UC Industries, Owens Corning, or approved extruded polystyrene rigid insulation. Owens Corning, "Foamular 250" is specified for type, quality, and construction required. At Pedestal pavers minimum 100 PSI.

2. Polyisocyanurate Foam Core Insulation - Sloped at roofa. RMAX

3. Polyisocyanurate at first floor walls.a. Rigid foil faced polyiso wall insulation: Dow Thermax. b. Insulation flashing tape: Dow Weathermate. c. Wall opening flashing: Dow Weathermate or Grace Ultra where required for greater width.

072116.13 Batt and Blanket Insulation A. Thermal glass wool blankets as indicated or required.B. Sound deadening acoustical batt insulation in walls and ceilings (as applicable/noted on Drawings).1. Manufacturers: Owens-Corning, Tel. 1-800-438-7465, Johns-Manville, Tel. 1-800-644-4013, Certainteed, Tel. 1-800-782-8777, or other reviewed and approved manufacturers. Owens-Corning is specified for type, quality, and construction required.

072119 Foamed-In-Place Insulation A. Foamed-in-place insulation in all roof assemblies to meet all applicable codes. B. Foamed-in-place insulation at junctions of dissimilar wall and roof materials to achieve a thermal and air seal.BASF WALLTITE

072500 Weather Barriers A. Exterior wall weather resistive barrier system, including water and air barriers over exterior wall sheathings, sealing joints, sill sealers, protrusions through the weather resistive barrier, with accessories as required for complete installation.B. Adhered flashings.1. Weather / Air Barrier (Sheet): Tyvek Commercial Wrap2. General Use Self-Adhered Membrane: Vycor V-40 by Grace3. Self-Adhered Membrane at High temperature conditions: Grace Ultra by Grace4. Penetration flashings: Quickflash Weatherproofing Products, Inc., Tel. (702) 614-6100, www.quickflashproducts.com, or other reviewed manufacturers.

Page 17 of 48


CSI Component Spec

072616 Below-Grade Vapor Retarders

A. Geomembrane liner overlaying compacted drainage material in Earthwork under concrete slabs on grade inside enclosed structures.1. Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier ( 15 MIL) Stego Industries, LLC, 216 Avenida Fabricante, Suite 101, San Clemente, CA 92672, Ph: (877) 464-7834, www.stegoindustries.comB. Seam Tape: Manufacturers standard adhesive sensitive tape compatible with Geomembrane Liner. Minimum width of 4 inches.C. Pipe Boots: Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material and pressure sensitive tape per manufacturer’s instructions.

074213 Metal Wall Panels A. CORTEN (A606) steel siding, 20 gauge in R panel profile. Manufacturer: Cortenroofing.com or approved equal.B. Furnish and install preformed metal wall panels as indicated on drawings:1. Include wall panels and associated flashing, sealants and fasteners for complete installation.

074223 Composite Wall Panels A. Parklex exterior panel siding with exposed fasteners meeting all code requirements or approved equal. Color: tbd., Note wood panel siding extends into L1 open air lobby to elevator/mail nook. B. ACM concealed fastener system at elevator shaft including level 1.1. Aluminum composite material comprised of a thermoplastic core sandwiched between two aluminum sheets formed in a continuous process with no applied glues or adhesives. Alpolic, Alcotex, Reynobond, or approved equal.

074646 FIBER CEMENT Siding A. Hardie Reveal panel system, painted as shown in drawings. Consists of Hardie Reveal 2.0 Panel System and Reveal Trims as needed for installation. Siding material includes pre-priming, panel flashings, sealing and opening trim. Panel siding to be constructed as an equal pressure rain screen per envelope consultant’s requirements. Colors: TBD.

B. Hardie Plank lap siding, 4” exposure, or approved equal, as shown in drawings. Siding material includes pre-priming, flashings, sealing and opening trim. Panel siding to be constructed as an equal pressure rain screen per envelope consultant’s requirements. Colors: TBD.

075200 SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING

A. Fully adhered modified bitumen membrane roofing including flashings and components installed over protection board on rigid insulation as necessary for complete watertight system.B. Roof systems shall comply with UL Class B Fire rating.1. Manufacturers: Siplast/Icopal, Tel. (425) 391-6893 or (425) 985-4852, Soprema, Tel. (206) 522-0144 or (206) 409-2421, Performance Roof Systems, Tel. 1-800-727-9872, or other reviewed and approved manufacturers.

Page 18 of 48


CSI Component Spec

075556 TPO Membrane Roofing A smooth type, polyester scrim reinforced thermoplastic polyolefin membrane with a nominal 0.080 inch (2.0 mm) thickness, for use as a single ply roofing membrane. Meets or exceeds the minimum requirements of ASTM D-6878. Manufacturers: 1.TPO membrane: UltraPly TPO by Firestone, Sure-Weld TPO Extra Fleece by Carlisle2.Roof Coverboard: Dens Deck Prime

TPO Membrane Roofing Flashing

A. Wall / Curb Flashing:B. Perimeter Edge FlashingC. Miscellaneous Flashing1. reglet: a heavy-duty, extruded aluminum flashing termination reglet used at walls and large curbs. reglet is produced from 6063-T5, 0.10 inch - 0.12 inch (2.5 mm - 3.0 mm) thick extruded aluminum. reglet has a 2¼ inch (57 mm) deep profile, and is provided in 10 foot (3 m) lengths. Use prefabricated reglet mitered inside and outside corners where walls intersect. Consult Product Data Sheet for additional information.2. stack: a prefabricated vent pipe flashing3. Corners – Universal: prefabricated outside and inside flashing corners made of TPO 4. Post Flashing

075564 Vegetated Roof System A. Provide equipment, materials, tools, and labor to install LiveRoof Standard System, Columbia Green Advanced Vegetative Roof System (AVRS®) Tray System or pre-vegetated system comparable and approved by the landscape architect. This vegetated roof system is to include growth media and plants. B. This work shall also include edge treatments, custom shaping of modules, installing paver stones or ballast, slip sheet/root barrier, irrigation system and a two year maintenance agreement.C. Provide the indicated or comparable vegetated roofing system from or as approved by the landscape architect: Columbia Green Partners, Columbia Green Technologies, Inc., Advanced Vegetative Roof Systems (AVRS) http://www.columbiagreenroof.com 79 SE Taylor Street, Ste 201 Portland, OR 97214

Page 19 of 48


CSI Component Spec


A. Flashings, counterflashings, metal drips, heads and weeps above and below metal windows, louver sill flashing, copings, condensation drip pans, reglets, pipe penetrations, rain receivers, scuppers, and the like. B. Provide prefabricated systems as indicated on drawings.1. Fabricate and install systems as required for weathertight job.2. Provide cleats, seams, connections and methods, as applicable, forproper expansion/contraction and to prevent distortion/"oil-canning".3. All sheet metal to be prefinished prior to installation.4. Thru-wall Flashing: Thru-wall flashing to be installed per envelope consultant’s requirements and as shown in drawings. Thru-wall conditions to be sealed and waterproofed per envelope consultant’s requirements. Thru-wall flashing to be 24 gauge sheet metal. Colors: TBD. 5. Parapet Cap Flashing: Parapet caps shall be manufactured of sheet metal and finished color TBD. Parapet caps to be 22 gauge sheet metal. 6. Miscellaneous Flashing: Galvanized sheet metal, painted to match adjacent siding where exposed. See elevations.


A. Galvanized Steel Sheet Metal Material: Coordinate with flashing and trim provided by supplier of TPO Membrane Roofing.B. Stainless Steel Sheet Metal Material: Sheet metal material shall conform to ASTM A167, Type 304, soft annealed, with No. 2D finish, except where harder temper is required for forming or performance; minimum 0.0187 inch (26 ga) thick, unless otherwise indicated.1. All sheet metal not otherwise called for to be minimum gauges/referenced in SMACNA Manual for comparable construction. Use heavier gauges if called for on drawings or specifications and where required by conditions of installation.

077200 Fall Protection A. Provide an engineered roof and site-wall fall protection anchor system for restraint and fall arrest. CB series roof anchor as needed for insulation depth at wood structure. B. Guardian Fall Protection Inc., Kent WA, phone 800-466-6385, fax 800-670-7892), or other reviewed manufacturers.

Page 20 of 48


CSI Component Spec

078400 Firestopping A. Firestopping and safing for sealing or stuffing in spaces between building materials to arrest the movement of smoke, heat, gases, or fire through wall or floor openings. Include all fireproof and waterproof sealant materials and accessories. Coordinate with work of Divisions 22, 23 and 26 for complete fire assembly. Provide firestopping materials for 1 to 4 hour shaftwalls, ceiling-floor, roof, wall assemblies ,and building separations as required by Code.B. Contractor to have sole responsibility for installation for fire stopping for entire project, including the Mechanical and Electrical work. C. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to identify methods and products to provide firestopping as required by UL-directory for conditions of installations.

D. Firestopping Systems: Provide Hilti Firestopping, or 3M Fire Protection Products, or Specified Technologies, or Nelson Fire Stop Products, or other reviewed manufacturers.1. Provide following Generic Firestopping Products:a. Firestop mortar.b. Firestop sealants and caulks.c. Firestop putty.d. Firestop collars.e. Wrap strips.f. Accessories: Include forming, damming materials as required.g. Colors: Provide in red and gray color. Gray to be used at visible areas.Safing Insulation: Owens Corning “Safing Insulation/MW”, USG "Thermafiber Systems", or other reviewed and approved manufacturers. USG is specified for type, quality and construction required.

079200 Joint Sealants A. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces:1. Control and expansion joints in cast-in-place concrete.2. Joints between different materials listed above.3. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows.4. Control and expansion joints in ceiling and overhead surfaces.5. Joints between metal wall panels and adjacent materials.6. Other joints as indicated on drawings.B. Exterior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces:1. Control, expansion, and isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.2. Joints between different materials listed above.3. Other joints as indicated.

Page 21 of 48


CSI Component Spec

C. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces:1. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.2. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated.3. Tile control and expansion joints.4. Vertical control joints on exposed surfaces of interior concrete walls and partitions.5. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and windows.6. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters.7. Acoustical joints as indicated on drawings.8. Other joints as indicated.D. Interior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces:1. Control and expansion joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.2. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring.3. Other joints as indicated.

Joint Sealant Products 1. General Exterior Sealant: Dow 7952. Exterior Air Seal: Dow 7583. Interior Air Seal: Dow 7584. Exterior Joints at Fiber Cement : BASF Sonolastic 150 VLM

Sealant Systems:1. Primers: As required and recommended by the Sealant Manufacturer for surface conditions encountered.2. Backer rod to be compatible with sealant and approved by sealant manufacturer for type of application.

Page 22 of 48


CSI Component Spec

080000 Doors & Windows

081100 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames

A. Steelcraft, Tel. (253) 288-8455, Ceco, Tel. (425) 821-8863, Curries, Tel. (206) 298-4770, or other reviewed manufacturers.

Mechanical and Utility spaces

A. 1 3/4" 18 GA flush hollow metal door. Finish: Primed and Painted (Color TBD)B. 16 GA welded hollow metal door frames. Assa Abloy M Series flush frames or approved equal. Finish: Primed and Painted (Color TBD) Insulated to meet Seattle Energy Code (NFRC #required)

Stairs A. 1 3/4" 18 GA flush hollow metal door. Finish: Primed and Painted (Color TBD)B. 16 GA welded hollow metal door frames. Assa Abloy M Series flush frames or approved equal. Finish: Primed and Painted (Color TBD) Insulated to meet Seattle Energy Code (NFRC #required)

081400 Wood Doors Doors scheduled as wood.

Unit Interior A. 1 3/8" flush solid core w/ medium density overlay skin. Finish: Primed & Painted (Color TBD)

Mezzanine Unit Bypass Closet

A. 1 3/8" flush hollow core w/ medium density overlay skin. Finish: Primed & Painted (Color TBD)

Wood Door Frames A. Wood Doors: Wood w/ MDF Painted rectangular trim

081613 Fiberglass Doors Unit Entry doorsA. Therma-Tru Fiberglass entry doors - solid no lite -20 Min rated. Finish: Primed and Painted (Color TBD)B. 16 GA welded hollow metal door frames. Assa Abloy M Series flush frames or approved equal. Finish: Primed and Painted (Color TBD) Insulated to meet Seattle Energy Code (NFRC #required)

083113 Access Doors and Frames A. Access doors in finished walls and ceilings where indicated or required.B. For access doors to Mechanical or Electrical work, see those Divisions. Bid shall include required access whether indicated or not.C. Contractor shall indicate locations for required access doors on Coordination Drawings Submittals.

083326 OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES

A. Rolling steel door with perforated slats. Basis of design is Raynor. Finish: At parking entrance: stainless steel. At garbage room: Stainless steel. Doors to include all needed hardware and electrical equipment and motors for full functionality. At garbage room provide ultra low head room option.

083613 Sectional Doors To be used if ultra low head room option is not available in section 083326 for the garbage room door.A. Steel sectional with frame and perforated infill panel, motor operated, overhead door, including all accessories as required for complete installation.

Page 23 of 48


CSI Component Spec

084313 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts

A. Aluminum framed Storefront system as indicated. Storefront system to be reinforced as necessary to support attachment of aluminum accessories.B. Aluminum entrances.C. Operable and fixed frame inserts.1.Oldcastle Building Envelope, Series 3000 Thermal MultiPlane, glass set to the front, thermally broken, [exterior, or interior] loaded 2" x 4-1/2" mullion profile. For the thermal break, this system uses a two-part polyurethane polymer poured in place into a mechanically altered aluminum pocket to provide enhanced adhesion between the dissimilar materials and improved shear strength of the composite section. This system accommodates 1" glass thickness, with 1/4" as an option. . Color: clear anodized. Insulated to meet Seattle Energy Code (NFRC #required)

Entrances A. Oldcastle Building Envelope, Standard duty systems (0.125" (3.17mm) wall thickness; 2-5/8" (66.67mm) deep) Model AD-375 - medium stile thermal (10" (254mm) bottom rail, 2-1/2" (63.5mm) top rail, 3-3/4" (95.25mm) verticals) Color: clear anodized. Insulated to meet Seattle Energy Code (NFRC #required)

Operable Windows A. Oldcastle Building Envelope, Zero Sightline Series 2750. Color: clear anodized. Insulated to meet Seattle Energy Code (NFRC #required)

085300 Vinyl Windows and Doors A. 1-inch sealed insulating glazing units, with Low e-coatings (Solar Ban 70 XL, Cardinal 366 or sim) and air space fill (Argon) to comply with Seattle Energy Code (NFRC #required)1. Gienow Aluminum Clad Vinyl (Slate Gray- Exterior, White- Interior)2. VPI vinyl - Black

Fire rated windows See section 088813 for fire rated windows

087100 Finish Hardware A. Hinges: Hager or approved equal. B. Locks: Pamex or approved equal. C. Exit Devices: Pamex or approved equal. D. Closers: Pamex or approved equal. E. Silencers: Hager or approved equal. F. Kickplates: Pamex or approved equal. G. Stops & Holders: Pamex or approved equal. H. Threshold: Pemco or approved equal. I. Gaskets, Sweeps, Seals & Bottom: Pemco or approved equal. J. Deadbolts: Pamex or approved equal. K. Viewport: Pamex or approved equal. L. Electrified Strikes & Locks: Adams Rite, Design Hardware or approved equal. M. Electric garage door opener: medium duty commercial operator, Lift Master or approved equal with electronic components for integration with building security system. N. Bypass hardware and flush pulls: Johnson or approved equal. O. Pocket door hardware: Johnson or approved equal.

Page 24 of 48


CSI Component Spec

1. Provide the following finishes unless noted differently in hardware groups.a. Hinges, Exterior 630 Stainless Steel, Interior 626 Dull Chromeb. Locksets Satin Nickel US15 - 619c. Exit Devices Satin Nickel US15 - 619d. Closers Alum 689e. Kickplates Stainless Steelf. Other hardware 626 Dull Chrome or Satin Nickel US15 - 619g. Thresholds ALUMINUMh. Weatherstrip/sweeps ALUMINUM

Unit Entry i. Pamex Daytona or approved equal. Finish: Satin Nickel US15 - 619

Unit Interior Doors j. Pamex Denver or approved equal. Finish: Satin Nickel US15 - 619

Stair A and B Doors k. Pamex Dallas or approved equal. Finish: Satin Nickel US15 - 619

088000 Glazing A. Glazing installations..1. Exterior openings: thermal glazed assemblies unless indicated/specified otherwise.2. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References", Specifications, and Manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern.3. Glass: Verify and coordinate glass and related glass and glazing materials with the performance requirements of assembly and installation and as recommended, in writing, by the applicable glass and gasket manufacturers. Verify and document the type, size, thickness, and design of glass units, including dimensions, tolerances, glazing pockets, jamb and seismic blocking, glass edge clearance, and frame lap.4. Glass is required to conform to quality and dimensional requirements specified in ASTM C1036, ASTM C1048, Q3 Glazing Select Quality or Better and ANSI Z97.1 and as specified herein. Acceptable Manufacturers are A.S.G. Industries, Libbey-Owens-Ford Co., Guardian Industries, PPG Industries, Viracon, or other reviewed manufacturers.

B. Leave label on glass until accepted, and then remove.1. Clear Float Glass: ASTM C1036, Type 1 transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality Q3 glazing select; 1/4 inch thickness.2. Tempered Glass: Clear tempered with horizontal tempering; conforming to ASTM C1172 and ANSI Z97.1; 1/4 inch thick. Provide safety labeling etched on safety glass. W here required at all hazardous conditions per code or where scheduled on drawings.3. Vision Glass:a. Vision (Low E) Glass (Type 1): Float type, clear, coating on inner surface, PPG Solarban 70 “XL” or Cardinal 366 with low E coating; 1/4-inch thick. Maximum U = .29, max. SHGC = .35.b. Vision Glass (Type 2): Float type, clear, coating on inner surface, PPG Clear Glass; 1/4 inch thick.

Page 25 of 48


CSI Component Spec

4. Wire Glass: ASTM C1036, Type II, Class 1 (clear), Form 1, Quality Q6, complying with ANSI Z97.1, Class C. Clear float glass with embedded welded wire mesh; square mesh of ±½ inch pattern; UL labeled; 1/4 inch thickness. Mesh pattern - M1 (diamond).

5. Frosted (Translucent) Glass: “EtchMatte” by Milgard Tempering, Inc. Conforming to ANSI Standard 297.1 and FS DD-G-001403. Glass to be 1/4-inch thick. Provide with translucent sand blasted finish facing private side; where two panes shown per drawings, locate finish on #2 surface. Refer to Drawings for full tempered locations.

6. Laminated Glass (covered passages at L5 and over entrance): Provide safety labeling etched on safety glass. Two layers of 1/4-inch “Ultra Clear” tempered glass with factory drilled holes for bracket attachment. Coordinate with steel fabricator. Provide .060-inch PVB inner layer.

088313 Mirrored Glass Glazing A. Custom wall-mounted mirrors above bathroom counters. See interior elevations1. Mirrors:a. Silvered Mirrored Glass: Annealed, clear float glass with successive layers of chemically deposited silver, electrically or chemically deposited copper, and manufacturer's standard organic protective coating applied to second glass surface to produce a coating system complying with FS DD-M-411.2. Adhesive: Palmer Products Corp., or approved manufacturers. Adhesive must be chemically compatible with mirror coating and wall substrate.3. Mirror Barrier Paint: Palmer Mirro-Bac Paint, or orange shellac or other moisture resistant paint as recommended by mirror manufacturer, applied to back of mirror.

088813 FIRE RATED GLASS & FRAMING

A. Framing System: SAFTIfireTM HM Framing as distributed by SAFTI FIRST Fire Rated Glazing Solutions.B. Fire Resistive Glass: SuperLite II-XL 45 safety rated, fire protective glazing with fire resistive qualities for interior and exterior applications. Contact: 100 N Hill Drive, Suite 12, Brisbane, CA 94005; Telephone 888.653.3333; Fax 888.653.4444; email [email protected]; Web site www.safti.com. Must be comprised of an inboard and outboard lite of clear tempered glass protecting a clear, fire resistive, intumescent interlayer. 1.SuperLite II-XL 45 to be constructed into IGU with Solarban 70XL or Cardial 366 lite at fire rated windows.C. Fire rated glass and framing must be provided by a single-source, US manufacturer. Distributors of fire rated glass and framing are not to be considered as manufacturers.

089119.13 Metal Wall Louvers A. Airolite louver type K6744 or approved equal. 56% Free area minimum drainable fixed aluminum louvers. Finish: TBD

Page 26 of 48


CSI Component Spec

090000 Finishes

092226.26 Ceiling Suspension System for Gypsum Wallboard

Pre-engineered drywall suspension system consisting of straight main tees along with straight furring cross channels or cross tees, that join together to support screw attached gypsum panels and independently supported light fixtures, and air diffusers, where applicable. W here applicable, installed systems must conform to Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Fire Resistance Design No. and other applicable codes. A. Main Beam: Double-web construction (minimum 0.0179 inch prior to protective coating), hot-dipped galvanized and heavy duty per ASTM A653.1. HD8906: 1-11/16 inch web height, 1-1/2 inch flange, available with G90 hot dipped galvanization.2. Primary Cross Tees: Double-web steel construction (minimum 0.0179 inch prior to protective coating), hot dipped galvanized with G90 coating per ASTM A653, web height 1-1/2 inches with rectangular bulb and prefinished 1-1/2" knurled flange.3. Wall Molding: HD7859 hot dipped galvanized (minimum G40) hemmed angle molding, 1-1/4 inch height with 1-1/4 inch flange.

4. Clips:a. MBAC - Main Beam Adapter Clip.b. DWACS, DW50, DW58 - Drywall attachment clip for transitions to acoustical ceilings.c. Drywall Angle Clips: Available in 30, 45, 60, and 90 degree angles.d. XTAC - Cross Tee Adapter Clip.e. Radius Clip (RC-2): Required to cover all pre-cut facets, including those not being clipped.f. Transition clip for 5/8" drywall - DW 5/8.g. Direct load ceiling clip - DLCC. B. Fastening Devices at Ceiling for Suspension: Manufacturer's standards, as reviewed. Screws, clips, bolts, cast-in-place concrete inserts or other devices applicable to the indicated method of structural anchorage for ceiling hangers and whose suitability for use intended has been proven through standard construction practices or by certified test data. Size devices for 3 x calculated load supported except size direct pull-out concrete inserts for 5 x calculated loads as determined by testing according to ASTM E488 by a qualified independent testing agency. (No shot anchors will be allowed).

Page 27 of 48


CSI Component Spec

C. Hangers:1. Hanger Wire: ASTM A641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch.2. Rod Hangers: ASTM A510, mild carbon steel. 1/4" diameter unless otherwise indicated. Provide hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A153 or with corrosion-resistant paint coating.3. Flat Hangers: Commercial steel sheet, ASTM A653, G40, hot-dip galvanized or ASTM A366, with corrosion resistant paint finish.4. Angle Hangers: ASTM A653 G60, hot-dip galvanized commercial-steel sheet. 16 gauge, 1-5/8-inch x 1-5/8-inch.D. Accessories including manufacturer's standard furring channel clips; wire ties - ASTM A641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch; 24 gauge galvanized steel L-type runners expansion screeds and moldings and as indicated or required for complete installations.

092900 Gypsum Board A. Gypsum wallboard finish over metal and wood framing on interior walls and ceilings.Systems include both fire rated and non-fire rated conditions.B. Installation of sound-deadening insulation in walls and ceilings, and including acoustical sealant, tape and the like for work of this Section.C. Installation of water resistant gypsum wallboard in bathrooms and garbage room.D. Abuse resistant GWB at common areas.2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERSA. Manufacturers will be accepted or rejected based upon the acceptability of the required submittals. National Gypsum Co., U.S. Gypsum Co., Georgia Pacific, Norwest, BPB, or other reviewed and approved manufacturers.

2.3 PRODUCTSA. Wallboard-Regular: 5/8 inch as detailed, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, edges tapered unless indicated or required otherwise. Comply with referenced ASTM C1396.B. Wallboard-Fire Rated: U.L. labeled and ICBO approved for fire resistive system detailed. Comply with referenced ASTM C1396. Use where detailed. 5/8 inch Type X as detailed, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, edges tapered unless indicated or required otherwise.C. Water Resistant-Board: 5/8 inch as detailed, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, edges tapered unless indicated or required otherwise. ICBO approved for installationin moisture areas including but not limited to restrooms. Comply with referenced ASTM C1396. Provide USG Fiberock Brand Aqua-Tough Gypsum Interior Panels.

Page 28 of 48


CSI Component Spec

D. Building sound-attenuation insulation: See Section 072116.13 - Batt and Blanket Insulation.E. Acoustic Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints:1. Acoustical Sealant shall meet the following requirements: Sealant shall be a paintable, non-hardening, non-bleeding, non-drying, resilient caulk.2. Acceptable Product: Sealants shall be LEED requirements/018113.a. Acoustical Sealant by U.S. Gypsum Company.b. “Fire Barrier 2000" by 3M Vibration Control Systems - fire rated.c. Non-Sag Firestop Caulk (Part # AA-529/569/542/492) by Nelson - fire rated.d. CP 606 by Hilti - fire rated.e. Tremco Acoustical Sealant - LEED Approved.3. Substitutions:a. Substitutions shall comply with requirements in Division 1.b. Contractor shall submit to the Acoustical Engineer for review and approval all substitutions for Acoustical Sealant including the following:1) Manufacturer’s product information.2) Manufacturer’s product specifications.3) Product sample consisting of a bead of caulk, approximately 3-inches long, 1/4-inch high, and 1/2-inch wide, applied to a portable substrate (i.e. cardboard or paper) and cured according to manufacturer’s instructions.

F. Backing Rod: Closed-cell, neoprene rod or polyethylene foam.G. Sound Sealant Tape:1. Polyvinyl chloride, minimum 14 pound density, non-porous, acoustically tested.2. Norton, or as reviewed, in required thickness and widths.H. Trim Accessories:1. Metal Trim Accessories: Provide Manufacturer's standard hot-dipped galvanized (A653, minimum G30 coating) steel beaded units conforming to ASTM C1047 with flanges for concealment in joint compound ("Beadex" or approved). Galvanized steel trim accessories shall contain high recycled content. Provide standard or specifically fabricated comparable items in shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C1047:a. Corner beadsb. L-type edge trim-beadsc. Special L-kerf type edge trim-beadsd. One-piece control jointbeadse. Special shapes requiredI. Fasteners:1. Screws in accordance with referenced ASTM C1002:a. Manufacturer: U.S. Gypsum, or other reviewed and approvedmanufacturers.b. Screws:1) Wood Framing: U.S. Gypsum Type “WF” screws in requiredlengths for attachments to wood framing.

Page 29 of 48


CSI Component Spec

J. Adhesives: Panel adhesives as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer.K. Joint Materials: As recommended by Gypsum Board Manufacturer for intended purposes. Conform to referenced GA 201 and GA 216 for reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive (if any), and water.

Wall Texture 3.4 FINISHINGA. Level 4 finish throughout.Level 4 All joints and angles shall have tape bedded in joint compound and have three separate coats of compound. All compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. Provide in all areas except those noted as level 1, 2, and 3.Apply level 4 finish in accordance with Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau GWB- 3 to work of this section unless other levels are indicated.

Primer A. One coat vapor barrier primer - @ exterior wallsB. One coat primer - @ interior wallsSherwin Williams as basis of design

095426 Wood Ceiling System A. Concealed suspension system for linear wood members.B. Linear wood members for concealed suspension system.C. Trim and accessories.D. Seismic restraints for suspended ceiling system.E. Exterior linear wood members.1. Manufacturer: 9Wood, Inc., www.9wood.com, or other reviewed and approvedmanufacturers.2. Linear Wood Members:a. Product: EcoGrille3. Wood Species: Pacific Albus, stained. Color, TBD.4. Panel Sizes: 1-foot x 4-foot (Nominal).5. Fire Rating: Class 1(A) fire rating at exterior applications.6. Treatment: Installed with integral black scrim. See Batt and Blanket InsulationSection 072116.13 for acoustical insulation above. Exclude at exterior applications.

2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEMSA. Manufacturer: Armstrong, Tel. (425) 828-6761, or other reviewed manufacturers.1. Model: 3600 Painted, Tech Black.2. Material: Hot-dipped galvanized steel.3. Surface Finish: 2.0 mil powder-coated painted surface.4. Cross Tee/Main Beam Interface: Override.5. End Detail:a. Main Beam: Staked-on clip.b. XL Cross Tee: Staked-on clip.

Page 30 of 48


CSI Component Spec

096513 Resilient Base and Accessories

A. Rubber Base: Roppe, Tel. 1-800-537-9527, Johnsonite, Tel. 1-800-899-8916, Burke Mercer, Tel. 1-800-669-7010, Marley - Flexco, Tel. (206) 251-0767, or other reviewed and approved manufacturers. Johnsonite Millwork Resilient W all is specified for type, quality, and construction required.1. Solid color throughout material.2. Height: 4 inches unless indicated otherwise, rounded tops.3. Color: TBD.4. Thickness: 1/8 inch.5. Style: TBD.6. Length: 120 foot continuous rolls. (No 4 foot precut strips allowed.)B. Rubber Nosings: Johnsonite “Slim Line Nosings”, size to accept adjacent materials, color TBD.

096519 Vinyl Plank Flooring 1. Johnsonite Tarkett - I.D. Freedom – Resilient Vinyl Tile Flooring with the following physical characteristics:a. Complies with requirements for ASTM F 1700 Standard Specification for Solid Vinyl Floor Tile, Class III, Type B.b. Heterogeneous printed vinyl floor covering with a non-woven glass fiberc. Polyurethane reinforced wear layerd. Tile sizes: 18" x 18" (45.7 x 45.78 cm) or 24" x 24" (60.9 x 60.9 cm)e. Plank size: 4" x 36" (10.1 x 91.4 cm), 6" x 36" (15.2 x 91.4 cm), 4" x 48" (10.2 x 121.9 cm), 6" x 48" (15.2 x 121.9 cm), 12" x 24" (30.5 x 60.9 cm), or 18" x 36" (45.7 x 91.4 cm)f. Wear layer thickness: 20 mil (0.5 mm)g. Overall thickness: .125" (3.2 mm)h. ASTM D 2047, Standard Test Method for Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish-Coated Flooring of 0.6 or greater.i. ASTM E 648, Standard Test method for Critical Radiant Flux of 0.45 watts/cm2 or greater, Class I.j. 100% Recyclable.2. Color selection: Concrete Charcoal B. Allow for 2 additional color and or pattern selections. Final color and patterns to be confirmed with architect and interior designer. 3. Selected size: 18”x36. Allow for 2 additional size selections from sizes above. Final sizes to be confirmed with architect and interior designer.

096800 Carpet 1. Carpet at bedrooms in 2 story units and unit stairs.Residential Carpet. Carpet to meet Carpet and Rug Institute Green Label Plus program. Carpet adhesives to be low VOC (limit 50g/l). 2. Acceptable ProductsShaw - contract

Page 31 of 48


CSI Component Spec

097726 Fiberglass Sanitary Paneling

Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) wall panels and accessories. 2.1 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTSA. Furnish one of the following:1. “Glasbord-P” as manufactured by Kemlite Co.2. “Lascoboard Sta-Flat Standard” as manufactured by Lasco Panel Products.3. “Tufliner Type 8101" as manufactured by BP Chemicals, Inc.4. “Structoglas Standard” as manufactured by Sequentia, Inc.5. “FRP” as manufactured by Marlite.2.2 PANEL CHARACTERISTICSA. Panel Height: 4-ft high in scheduled rooms.B. Width: 8 feet (120 cm).C. Thickness: 0.09 inch (2.3 mm).D. Exposed Surface: Pebble-like embossed finish.

099100 Painting Work includes but is not limited to following: Provide labor, materials, tools and other equipment, services and supervision required to complete interior and exterior painting work as indicated on drawings and specifications.1. High pressure washing and abrasive blasting of surfaces.2. Moisture testing of substrates.3. Surface preparation of substrates as required for acceptance of painting, including cleaning, small crack repair, patching, caulking, and making good surfaces and areas to the limits defined under MPI preparation requirements.4. Specific pre-treatments noted herein or specified in the Master Painters Institute (MPI) Architectural Painting Specification Manual.5. Priming (except where pre-primed with an approved primer under other Sections of work).6. Priming and back-priming of wood materials as noted herein or specified in the Master Painters Institute (MPI) Architectural Painting Specification Manual.

7. Painting of all semi-concealed areas (e.g. inside of light troughs and valances, behind grilles, and projecting edges above and below sight lines).8. Preparation and painting of exposed to view mechanical (heating, ventilating and plumbing) services and equipment, e.g., ducts, sprinkler piping, etc., and electrical work to extent noted on Finish Schedule. Items shall be painted to match adjacent wall, ceiling or other structure unless noted otherwise - review with Architect. Pre-finished items such as wall grilles shall also be painted, as directed by Architect.9. Refer to drawings and schedules for type, location, and extent of interior repainting required, and include touch-ups necessary to complete work shown, scheduled or specified.10. Provision for safe and adequate ventilation as required over and above temporary ventilation supplied by others, where toxic and/or volatile/flammable materials are being used.

Page 32 of 48


CSI Component Spec

Color: TBD, 5% of interior surfaces may be deep tone accent colors.Exterior Colors:1. Ext. Color (1) Hardie - White 2. Ext. Color (2) Hardie - Gray3. Ext. Color (3) Hardie - Dark Gray4. Ext. Color (4) Hardie - courtyard accent color5. Ext. Color (5) Fiberglass - Unit Entry Doors6. Ext. Color (6) Metal - Unit Entry Door Trim

Interior Colors:1. Int Color (1) GWB - Units - 2. Int Color (2) MDF - Trim3. Int Color (3) Fiberglass - Unit Entry Doors4. Int Color (4) Wood - Unit doors

Manufacturer’s:1. Sherwin Williams (Basis of Design unless otherwise indicated).3. Benjamin-Moore4. PPG Paints.5. ICI Dulux /Devoe Performance Coatings B. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References", Specifications, and Manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern.C. Conform also to governing regulations such as Federal and State requirements for pollution, safety, health, and the like. Finishes shall have flame spread ratings which do not exceed those permitted by SBC, Chapter 8.D. All materials (primers, paints, coatings, varnishes, stains, lacquers, fillers, thinners, solvents, etc.) shall be from a single manufacturer for each system used.E. Other paint materials such as linseed oil, shellac, etc. shall be the highest quality and shall be compatible with other coating materials as required.F. Materials and paints shall be lead and mercury free and shall have low VOC content where possible.G. Paint materials shall have good flowing and brushing properties and shall dry or cure free of blemishes or sags.H. Where required, paints and coatings shall meet flame spread and smoke developed ratings designated by local Code requirements and/or authorities having jurisdiction.I. Use site applied paints that meet or are lower than the following VOC and potentially harmful chemical component limits (Green Seal Standard GS-11).

Page 33 of 48


CSI Component Spec

Interior and Exterior Painting Schedule.

Gypsum Board Units - Egg-Shell. Level 4 gypsum board finish required.1st Coat: S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer, B28W26002nd Coat: S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20-2600 Series 3rd Coat: S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20-2600 Series

Gypsum Board Unit Bathrooms - Semi -GlossLevel 4 gypsum board finish required.1st Coat: S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer, B28W26002nd Coat: S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Semi-Gloss, B31-2600 Series 3rd Coat: S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Semi-Gloss, B31-2600 Series

Gypsum Board Unit Ceilings - Matte1st coat: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer, B28W26002nd coat: Emerald Interior Latex Matte, K36 Series3rd coat: Emerald Interior Latex Matte, K36 Series Interior doors and trim - Semi-Gloss1st Coat: S-W Premium Wall & Wood Primer, B28W81112nd Coat: S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Semi-Gloss, B31-2600 Series 3rd Coat: S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Semi-Gloss, B31-2600 Series

Hardie Panel siding - Satin Finish1st Coat: S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, A24W8300 2nd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series 3rd Coat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin, A82 Series

Exterior fiberglass doors -Semi-Gloss1st Coat: S-W PrepRite ProBlock Latex Primer/ Sealer, B51 Series2nd Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series3rd Coat: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss, A76 Series

099623 Graffitti Resistant Coatings A. Exposed concrete at level 1 and 3.1. Manufacturer: ProSoCo, Tel. (206) 384-8057, or other reviewed and approved manufacturers.2. Products:a. Graffiti-Resistant Coating: Blok-Guard® & Graffiti Control II.

Page 34 of 48


CSI Component Spec

099646 Intumescent Paints INTUMESCENT FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMA. Intumescent Fireproofing: CAFCO SprayFilm WB 4 as manufactured by Isolatek International orCAFCO Industries, or approved; water based formulation.B. Decorative Topcoat: CAFCO SprayFilm – Topseal, or approved; color as selected by the Architect to closely match the finish coat color.C. Paint Finish for Exterior Applications: As specified in Section 099000.D. Intumescent Paint for 1HR fire rating at exterior egress stair and balconies.

099713.26 Special Coatings for Exterior Ferrous Metals

A. Prime coating for exterior metal work other than complete factory primed products.1. Include preparation of surfaces, and application to exterior metal surfaces.B. Finish coating for exterior metal work other than complete factory finished products.1. Include preparation of surfaces, and application to exterior metal surfaces.C. Work includes but is not limited to the following:1. Structural Steel, Metal Fabrications, Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Exterior primer and finish.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERSD. Manufacturer: Tnemec Company, Tel. (206) 762-5755, or other reviewed and approved manufacturers. Tnemec Company is specified for type and quality required.MATERIALSE. Exterior Areas with Exposed Architectural Metals Receiving Shop Primer, FieldIntermediate and Field Finish:

1. System Type: Aromatic Polyurethane, Mio-Zinc Filled Primer/Self-CrosslinkingHydrophobic Acrylic/Waterborne Acrylic Polyurethane.2. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning.3. Shop Primer: Series 394 PerimePrime, DFT 2.5 - 3.5 mils.a. Volatile Organic Compounds: 330 grams/Litre.b. HAPs Content: 0.00 lbs/gallon solids.4. Field Intermediate: Series 115 Uni-Bond DF, DFT 2.0 to 4.0 mils.a. Volatile Organic Compounds: 94 grams/Litre.5. Field Finish: Series 1081 Endura-Shield WB, DFT 2.0 to 3.0 mils.a. Volatile Organic Compounds: 96 grams/Litre.6. Total DFT: 6.5 to 9.5 mils.

Page 35 of 48


CSI Component Spec

100000 Accessories:

101473 CODE SIGNAGE / Laminated Plastic Panel Signage

A. Engraved laminated plastic access signs.B. Fasteners and accessories.C. Sign work includes individual room signage (name / numbers) for all rooms indicated on the room finish schedule and any additional signage as required by code.ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERSD. Vertical Visual or other reviewed and approved manufacturers. Vertical Visual "mid-level" series is specified for type, quality and construction: Room signage shall be minimum 4" x 6" in size. All signage required by code requirements shall meet minimum dimensions as set forth by such codes.

102213 STORAGE LOCKERS WireCrafters or Spaceguard Products, Tenant Storage Lockers.

102613.13 Corner Guards A. Stainless Steel at all exposed common area GWB walls.

102813.13 Toilet and Bath Accessories

Towel Bar A. Gatco Towel Bar Bleu or Channel series

Toilet Paper Holder B. Gatco Horizontal Open TP Holder Bleu or Channel series

Towel Ring C. Gatco Towel Ring Bleu or Channel series

Medicine Cabinet D. Cabinet: American Pride Horizon, recessed.

104413 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets A. Cabinets as required by governing Codes, ordinances, and as indicated.

104416 Fire Extinguishers A. New portable units as required, that can be removed from cabinets in the event of fire.Type 2A Fire-extinguishers to be located throughout the building within 75’ of all occupied space. Note at 2 story units Type 1A Fire Extingushers are to be inlcuded in each unit in addition to in public areas.

105500 POSTAL SPECIALTIES A. Residential Mailboxes: (3) 4CFT2-20 and (1) 4CFT1-9 or sim as needed. Front loading gang style mailboxes for general delivery of mail by the Postal Service. Mailbox units to meet ADA reach requirements and to include large parcel compartments; 1 large parcel compartment per every 10 standard mailboxes. Finish: brushed aluminum or approved equal. Vendor: The Mailbox Guy, David Houston, 206-818-6902, [email protected] or approve equal.

Page 36 of 48


CSI Component Spec

110000 Equipment and Appliances:

114500 Refrigerator GE 28”, finish: stainless steel or approved equal. Model: tbd

Refrigerator - ADA GE 28”, finish: stainless steel or approved equal. Model: tbd to meet ADA at type "A" units.

Range GE 30” Electric stainless steel finish or approved equal. Model: tbd

Range Hood 30” Broan 40000 Series two-speed range hood 190CFM, finish: stainless steel. To connect to dedicated ducting exposed and soffited within each unit at levels 2-4. Level 5 to vent to roof.

Dishwasher GE, 24”, finish: stainless steel or approved equal. Model: tbd

Dishwasher - ADA GE, 24”, finish: stainless steel or approved equal. Model: tbd

Garbage Disposal In-Sink-Erator IBADGER5 "BADGER-V" Garbage Disposal

Washer/Dryer GE 24" Unitized spacemaker washer/dryer - Electric

Washer at ADA Type A Units

GE 24" Frontload Washer Model: tbd

Dryer at ADA Type A Units 24" Frontload Electric Dryer Model: tbd

Page 37 of 48


CSI Component Spec

120000 Furnishings

122113 Horizontal Louver Blinds A. Levelor Mark 1 1 3/8" horizontal metal blinds. Color: Brushed Aluminum

Clothes Shelf and Rod B. Clothes shelf and clothes hanging rod in closets

124813 Entrance Mats and Frames A. Walk off Mat: 9’-6” x 9’-6”’ recessed entrance grid at level 1 elevator lobby, color, tbd. Construction Specialties: PediTred-LP G3 or sim.

129313 BICYCLE RACKS A. DERO – Ultra Space Saver - wall mount

Page 38 of 48


CSI Component Spec

140000 Conveying systems

142123 MRL Elevator A. ThyssenKrupp - Synergy - Machine Rool Less - Self Supporting - 3500# Electric Passenger Elevator: Design based on ThyssenKrupp 85S Traction Elevator. 1. Elevator: a. Capacity 3500 pounds. b. Side opening doors (to meet stretcher requirements). c. Cab size to accommodate emergency stretcher. d. Single elevator controls. e. (6) stop, 150 fpm. f. Front opening. g. Cab Finishes: Standard manufacturers finish package. Machine Room: Elevator machine rooms (control rooms) to be located at level 1. Standby Power: Elevator to be on standby power per SBC.

Page 39 of 48


CSI Component Spec

210000 FIRE SUPPRESSION

210500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

A. See attached specB. Fire Protection Design will be in accordance with NFPA 13 / SBC 903.1.1.

211200 FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES

See attached spec

211300 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS

See attached spec

Page 40 of 48


CSI Component Spec

220000 Plumbing

220501 BIDDER DESIGN PLUMBING

A. See attached spec

Plumbing Fixtures

Kitchen Sink PROFLO PFSR252284, Moen or Sterling, Self-rimming, 20 ga, Single Bowl Kitchen Sink, Stainless Steel, 25 x 22 x 8

ADA Kitchen Sink PROFLO, Moen or Sterling, Self-rimming, 20 ga, Single Bowl Kitchen Sink, Stainless Steel, 25 x 22 x 6 to meet ADA requirments.

Kitchen Faucet Moen "Level" Single Handle Kitchen Faucet, Classic Stainless: 7106CSL

Shower / Bath compartment: Typical Unit

1. Typical units: acrylic or enameled steel. Kohler or American Standard 2. Fiberglass shower surround. Smooth with out tile pattern. Sterling "Accord" or approved equal3. Shower curtain rod: Straight shower rod, finish: brushed stainless steel or sim.

Shower / Bath compartment: ADA Type A Unit

1. Typical units: acrylic or enameled steel. Kohler or American Standard 2. Fiberglass shower surround. Smooth with out tile pattern. Sterling "Accord" or approved equal3. Shower curtain rod: Straight shower rod, finish: brushed stainless steel or sim.

Shower Faucet Moen Method T2803 or equal, single control.

Showerheads to be low flow 1.25 gpm and to meet the Washington State Code

Shower Faucet ADA Moen Method T2803 or equal, single control. Moen Handheld showerhead with 24" Slide/Grab Bar

Toilet 1. Low flow toilets (average flow <1.28 gpf; OR dual flush AND meet requirements of ASME A112.19.14; OR toilets must meet the US EPA Water-Sense spec and be certified and lebeled accordingly.2. Proflo PF9401WH or approved equal.3. Proflo PF9403WH or approved equal to meet ADA at Type "A" units.

Toilet Seat Bemis molded wood multi-coat enamel toilet seat to fit selected toilet. 1500EC or Sim.

Vanity Sink Kohler K2699-4-0 "Bryant" Self Rimming Bathroom Sink or approved equal, color: T.B.D. bid to allow for all color options.

Vanity Faucet Grohe G20334000 "BauLoop" Single Hole Bathroom Sink FaucetAlternate: Delta Faucet D559LFMPU "Trinsic"

Page 41 of 48


CSI Component Spec

230000 HVAC

230501 BIDDER DESIGN HVAC See attached spec

Miscellaneous Ventilation Hoods, Louvers and Grills: 1 Residential Unit Ventilation Louver: residential unit ductwork to exhaust at the exterior. Ductwork to terminate at exterior in a combined exterior vent hood. Vent hood to be constructed of CORTEN steel per SMACNA standards. Penetration through exterior wall assembly to be sealed and waterproofed per envelope consultant’s recommendations.

In unit fresh air intake 1. Provide at residential units.2. Vent Axia Fresh Vent 100 or approved equal. 3. Distributor: Coast Products Inc 954 Elliot Ave West, Seattle, WA 98118 800-735-7026, [email protected]

Page 42 of 48


CSI Component Spec

260000 ELECTRICAL:

Bidder Design Electrical

260500 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

See attached Spec

260519 600 Volt Wire and Cable See attached Spec

260526 Grounding See attached Spec

260529 Electrical supporting Devices

See attached Spec

260533 Raceway and Boxes See attached Spec

260553 Electrical Identification Procedures

See attached Spec

262413 Switchboard and Meter Centers

See attached Spec

262416 Panelboards and Load Centers

See attached Spec

262726 Wiring Devices See attached Spec

262813 Fuses See attached Spec

262819 Enclosed Switches See attached Spec

262913 Motor Control See attached Spec

263100 Photovoltaic System See attached SpecPhotovoltaic panels and infrastructure meeting 70 watts rated peak PV energy production per 1000 sq.ft. of conditioned space will be required for this project as part of the 2012 Seattle Energy code updates unless this is offset by higher efficiency mechanical systems.

263213 STANDBY POWER See attached Spec

263300 ELECTRIC HEATING, VENTILATION AND CONTROLS

See attached Spec

265100 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES See attached Spec

265600 EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES See attached Spec

Lighting: Provide allowance of $1500/unit. Allowance is intended to include per unit share of common area lighting.

Residential Unit Fixtures: TBD

Kitchen

Living Room

Bedroom

Bedroom Closet

Hallway

Bath

Laundry Closet

Common Hallways

Page 43 of 48


CSI Component Spec

270000 COMMUNICATIONS

270000 Telephone and Data System

See attached Spec

270523 Cable Television System See attached Spec

273243 Emergency Responder Communication System

See attached Spec

275123 Two-Way Communication System

See attached Spec

Page 44 of 48


CSI Component Spec

280000 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

281300 Entry Access / Intercom / CCTV System

See attached Spec

283100 Fire Alarm System See attached Spec

Residential units to be equipped with ceiling mounted combined smoke alarms/CO monitors in each unit. See electrical drawings and specifications.

Page 45 of 48


CSI Component Spec

310000 EARTHWORK

311100 CLEARING AND GRUBBING

See attached Spec

312300 Earthwork See attached Spec

312333 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING

See attached Spec

316316.13 Drilled Piers – Soldier Piles See Shoring Drawings

316316.16 Excavation Support and Protection System

See Shoring Drawings

Page 46 of 48


CSI Component Spec

320000 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

320190 Maintenance Planting A. Provide supervision, labor and materials to maintain all new landscaping and irrigation systems during the two-year maintenance period. The two-year maintenance contract shallbegin at the date of Final Acceptance, and shall continue for at least two years for each segment. The work includes:1. Plant management and maintenance of all plantings including green roof using ecologically sound plant care and best management practices.2. Mowing, edging, and trimming.3. Top dressing of mulch.4. Fertilizer application.5. Irrigation data gathering, management and maintenance.6. Watering.7. Winterization and spring startup of irrigation systems.8. Cleanup of litter and debris.

321200 Asphalt Concrete Paving New asphalt concrete paving, including crushed rock courses. Conform to APAW - Section II, "Specifications for Asphalt Paving" . Provide bases, type and thickness of asphalt concrete as required by these specifications and plans for site paving. All materials shall conform to COS Section 5-04.

321313 Concrete Paving See attached Spec

321413 Precast Concrete Pavers Stepstone Narrow Modular 12"x36" paver system at Level 2 courtyard. 1-800-572-9029Standard 2x2 paver system at other pedestal paver areas at level 2 private decks, level 3 private decks a at the roof deck.

321700 Pavement Markings Pavement Painting: Paint shall be white traffic paint or compound suitable for paved surfaces conforming to the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-85E Type I and TypeII. Paint shall be lead free.

323100 Decorative entrance Gates See metal Fabrications 055000

323116 Welded Wire Fence Vertigrow Green Screens

328400 Irrigation See Landscape Drawings

328413 Drip Irrigation See Landscape Drawings

329113 Soil Preparation See Landscape Drawings

329300 Planting See Landscape Drawings

Pre-manufactured lightweight roof planters, Corten steel planters at east edge of building as part of east elevation, and pre-manufactured planters for courtyard with wood or metal cladding. See landscape drawings and east elevation.

Page 47 of 48


CSI Component Spec

330000 UTILITIES

333100 Water Distribution System Water lines are located within the Dexter Ave. N. right-of-way. Connections to be made per City of Seattle Standard Spec.

333500 Sanitary Sewer See attached Spec

334000 Storm Sewer See attached Spec

334613 FOUNDATION DRAINAGE See attached Spec

335100 Gas Distribution System 6” Gas line is located in Dexter Ave. N. right of way. Connections to be made per City of Seattle Standard Spec.

337173 ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES

See attached Spec

Page 48 of 48

N-HABIT DEXTER SECTION 015713

1701 DEXTER AVE N. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

015713 - 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Requirements for work and materials to minimize erosion from disturbed areas and construct facilities for treating stormwater runoff during construction.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 013300, “Submittal Procedures” 2. Section 312300, “Earthwork”

1.2 REFERENCES

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.

B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM D 4397: (1991) Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial and Agricultural

Applications

C. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 1. TM-180: (1987) Test Method for Turbidity

D. City of Seattle (COS): 1. CSCTRM: (2009) Construction Stormwater Control Technical Requirement Manual 2. SS-1: (2012) Standard Specification for Municipal Construction

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 3300, “Submittal Procedures”. 1. Manufacturer’s catalog data for filter fabric, polyethylene sheeting, sedimentation barrier, and catch

basin inserts.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 EROSION CONTROL FILTER FABRIC

A. Mirafi 100X or approved equal.

2.2 POLYETHYLENE SHEETING

A. ASTM D 4397, translucent, 6 mil thickness.

2.3 SEDIMENTATION BARRIER

A. Barrier shall be a straw-filled tube of flexible netting material (wattle) exhibiting the following properties. It shall be a machine-produced tube of compacted rice straw that is Certified Weed Free Forage, by a manufacturer whose principal business is wattle manufacturing. The netting shall consist of seamless, high-density polyethylene and ethyl vinyl acetate and contain ultraviolet inhibitors. Lightweight rolled erosion control straw or wood fiber blankets rolled up to create a wattle-type device shall not be allowed under this specification.

2.4 CATCH BASIN INSERTS

A. Streamguard Catch Basin Insert #3003, Advanced Environmental Solutions, Stream Sentry Dirttrap or approved equal.



015713 - 2

2.5 SOIL STABILIZATION FABRIC

A. Construction geotextile for soil stabilization in accordance with SS-1, Section 9-37, “Construction Geotextile.”

2.6 CONSTRUCTION ACCESS

A. Quarry spalls in accordance with Section 312300, “Earthwork.”

2.7 WASHED GRAVEL

A. Washed gravel for TESC measures in accordance with Section 312300, “Earthwork.”

2.8 ROCK CHECK DAM

A. 2-inch to 4-inch rock in accordance with Section 312300, “Earthwork.”

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. During construction the runoff of storm water flows shall be controlled and treated to minimize water quality impacts. The methods of clearing, dewatering, excavation and stockpiling materials shall provide for preventive measure to control silting and erosion, and to intercept and settle any runoff of turbid waters. Any downstream damage due to the failure by the contractor to fulfill these requirements will become the contractor’s liability.

B. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control are the Contractor’s responsibility throughout the duration of the contract. The means and methods shown on the drawings and included in the specifications represent only minimum contract requirements and are not intended to represent a complete and comprehensive plan. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain all erosion and sedimentation control systems to meet all requirements of this contract and all requirements of permitting and regulatory agencies.

C. Any additions, improvements or changes to erosion control systems shall be designed in accordance with the City of Seattle Construction Stormwater Control Technical Requirements and all other relevant regulations and design standards, and shall be submitted for the Architect’s approval.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF FILTER FABRIC FENCES, SEDIMENTATION BARRIER, AND CATCH BASIN INSERTS

A. Install in accordance with the details and at locations shown on the drawings.

B. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

C. Install silt fences prior to commencement of any clearing and grubbing work.

3.3 PROTECTION OF EXPOSED SURFACES

A. Protect newly graded areas from traffic, erosion, and settlements that may occur after clearing, installation of silt fences, stockpiling, or excavation until hydroseeding and planting for permanent erosion control can be installed or until indicated on the contract schedule. Repair or reestablish damaged grades, elevations, or slopes. All exposed earth surfaces with a slope of 2:1 or steeper shall be protected from inclement weather by hydroseeding or with polyethylene sheeting staked to the ground as indicated. Individual polyethylene sheeting shall be overlapped a minimum of 1’-6” at the adjacent sheets. Exposed earth surfaces, with slopes flatter than 2:1 shall be protected from erosion with straw mulch spread over areas where concentrated surface water runoff is anticipated. No exposed, stripped soils shall remain unstabilized, unprotected, or uncovered for more than two days from October 1 to April 30, or more than 21 days from May 1 to September 30.



015713 - 3

3.4 CONSTRUCTION EXIT

A. Location of new construction exit is as indicated on the drawings.

3.5 SOIL STABILIZATION FABRIC

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

3.6 MAINTENANCE OF EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL SYSTEMS

A. The Contractor shall maintain, repair and replace all erosion and sediment control devices such as flow-through straw bales, silt fences, and sedimentation pond such that the system is in good working condition for the duration of the contract.

B. Silt Fences: Fences shall be inspected each day and repaired as necessary to conform to detail requirements, or upon notification of deficiency. Repairs shall be made within 24 hours of notification. Additional silt fences required by Contractor operations or scheduling of work shall be constructed by the Contractor at no additional cost. When sediment deposits reach a height of 6 inches on the fabric, the fence shall be cleaned or replaced with a new silt fence.

C. Construction Exit: Maintain in a condition that will prevent tracking of mud onto public rights-of-way. This will require periodic top dressing as conditions demand.

END OF SECTION

N-HABIT DEXTER SECTION 023200 1701 DEXTER AVE N. Geotechnical Investigations and Environmental Site Assessment

023200

Geotechnical Investigations and Environmental Site Assessment

Geotechnical & Earthquake

Engineering Consultants

GEOTECHNICAL REPORTPROPOSED DEVELOPMENT

1701 DEXTER AVENUE NORTH SEATTLE, WASHINGTON

2021A Minor Avenue EastSeattle, Washington 98102-3513Tel: 206.262.0370 Fax: 206.262.0374

Project No. 13-245February 2014

Prepared for:

H-HABIT DEXTER LLC

Image Credit: Bushnaq Studio, LLC

________________________________________________

3213 Eastlake Avenue E, Ste B

Seattle, WA 98102

Tel (206) 262-0370

Fax (206) 262-0374

Geotechnical & Earthquake

Engineering Consultants

February 5, 2014

File No. 13-245

Mr. Jim Daly

N-HABIT Dexter LLC

1101 North Northlake Way, #106

Seattle, WA 98103

Re: Geotechnical Report

Proposed Development

1701 Dexter Avenue North, Seattle, Washington

Dear Jim,

Please find attached our geotechnical report to assist you and your project team with the design

and construction of the proposed development at 1701 Dexter Avenue North in Seattle,

Washington. This report documents the subsurface conditions at the site and our geotechnical

engineering recommendations for the proposed project.

In summary, the property is underlain by relatively thick colluviual and slide deposits that extend

to over 30 feet below the existing grades. Based on the soil conditions anticipated at the

foundation level, we recommend that either a structural mat foundation or a mixed shallow

foundation system consisting of a structural mat foundation in the eastern portion of the building

and spread/continuous footings in the western portion of the building be used to support the

proposed building. The temporary excavation for basement construction may be accomplished

with a combination of an unsupported cut along the east basement wall and temporary

cantilevered/tieback soldier pile walls along the north, south, and west walls. Temporary

construction easements will be needed in order to install tiebacks.

We appreciate the opportunity to work on this project. Please call if there are any questions.

Sincerely,

H. Michael Xue, P.E.

Senior Geotechnical Engineer

Encl: Geotechnical Report

13-245_1701 Dexter Ave N_Report i PanGEO, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................... 1

2.0 PROJECT AND SITE DESCRIPTION ............................................................................... 1

3.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS ....................................................................................... 3

3.1 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION (PANGEO, 2008) ...................................................................... 3

3.2 PREVIOUS EXPLORATIONS ...................................................................................................... 4

3.3 LABORATORY TESTING .......................................................................................................... 5

4.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ............................................................................................. 5

4.1 SITE GEOLOGY ....................................................................................................................... 5

4.2 SOIL CONDITIONS................................................................................................................... 6

4.3 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS ................................................................................................. 7

5.0 ECA CONSIDERATIONS AND SITE STABILITY .......................................................... 7

5.1 STEEP SLOPE CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................................. 7

5.2 HISTORICAL LANDSLIDES AND SITE STABILITY ..................................................................... 7

6.0 GEOTECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS ...................................................................... 8

6.1 SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS ............................................................................................... 8

6.2 TEMPORARY EXCAVATION AND SHORING .............................................................................. 9

6.2.1 Unsupported Cuts........................................................................................................... 9

6.2.2 Solider Pile Wall .......................................................................................................... 10

6.2.3 Tiebacks ....................................................................................................................... 11

6.2.4 Lagging ........................................................................................................................ 14

6.2.5 Baseline Survey and Monitoring ................................................................................. 14

6.2.6 Temporary Dewatering ................................................................................................ 15

6.3 BUILDING FOUNDATIONS ..................................................................................................... 16

6.3.1 Mat Foundation ............................................................................................................ 16

6.3.2 Spread/Continuous Footings ........................................................................................ 17

6.3.3 Foundation Performance .............................................................................................. 17

6.3.4 Lateral Resistance ........................................................................................................ 18

6.4 FLOOR SLABS ....................................................................................................................... 18

6.5 BASEMENT WALLS ............................................................................................................... 19

6.5.1 Lateral Earth Pressures ................................................................................................ 19

6.5.2 Wall Surcharge ............................................................................................................. 19

6.5.3 Lateral Resistance ........................................................................................................ 20

6.5.4 Wall Drainage .............................................................................................................. 20

6.5.5 Wall Backfill ................................................................................................................ 20

7.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS .......................................................................... 21

7.1 DEMOLITION AND SITE PREPARATION .................................................................................. 21

7.2 SOLDIER PILE INSTALLATION ............................................................................................... 21

Geotechnical Report Proposed Development – 1701 Dexter Ave. North, Seattle, WA February 5, 2014

13-245_1701 Dexter Ave N_Report PanGEO, Inc. ii

7.3 MATERIAL REUSE ................................................................................................................ 22

7.4 STRUCTURAL FILL AND COMPACTION .................................................................................. 22

7.5 EROSION AND DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS ........................................................................ 22

7.6 WET EARTHWORK RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................................. 23

8.0 ADDITIONAL SERVICES.................................................................................................. 23

9.0 LIMITATIONS ..................................................................................................................... 24

10.0 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................... 26

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1 Vicinity Map

Figure 2 Site and Exploration Plan

Figure 3 Generalized Subsurface Profile A – A’

Figure 4 Design Lateral Pressures – Soldier Pile Wall, Cantilevered and One Row Tieback

Figure 5 Design Lateral Pressures – Solider Pile Wall, Multiple Row Tiebacks

LIST OF APPENDICES

Appendix A Summary Boring Logs (PanGEO, 2008)

Figure A-1 Terms and Symbols for Boring and Test Pit Logs

Figure A-2 Log of Test Boring BH-1



Appendix B Summary Boring Logs from Previous Explorations and Past Street

Grading Profile

Boring Logs B-1 and B-2 for 1707 Dexter Avenue N (Geotech Consultant 2005)

Boring Logs B-1 through B-3 for 1620 Dexter Avenue N (Terra Associates 1992)

Boring Logs B-2 and B-3 for 1735 Aurora Avenue N (RZA 1988)

Boring Logs B-1 and P-2 through P-4 for 1701 Dexter Avenue N (Shannon & Wilson

1978)

Street Grading Profile along Dexter Avenue North

Appendix C Summary of Laboratory Test Results

Figure C-1 Grain Size Distribution

Figure C-2 Atterberg Limits

GEOTECHNICAL REPORT

PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT

1701 DEXTER AVENUE NORTH

SEATTLE, WASHINGTON

______________________________________________________________________________

1.0 INTRODUCTION

This report presents the results of a geotechnical engineering study that was undertaken to

support the design and construction of the proposed development at 1701 Dexter Avenue North

in Seattle, Washington. PanGEO previously prepared a geotechnical report for a proposed

modular apartment building at the subject site in 2008. Our current study was performed in

accordance with our proposal dated September 25, 2013. The scope of our work included

reviewing published geologic and geotechnical data in the site vicinity, reviewing our previous

report for the subject property prepared in 2008, reviewing current design plans, conducting a

site reconnaissance, performing engineering analysis, and developing the conclusions and

recommendations presented in this report. We received your authorization to proceed on

November 5, 2013.

2.0 PROJECT AND SITE DESCRIPTION

The subject property is located at 1701 Dexter Avenue North on the west side of Dexter Avenue

North, near the intersection of Dexter Avenue North and Hayes Street, in Seattle, Washington

(see Vicinity Map, Figure 1). The site consists of an approximately 16,230 square-foot,

rectangular-shaped parcel that extends approximately 150 feet in the north-south direction along

Dexter Avenue North and approximately 108 feet in the east-west direction (See Plate 1 on Page

2). The subject site is bound to the north by two townhome buildings, to the south by a

commercial property occupied by a four level building, to the east by Dexter Avenue North, and

to the west by an asphalt-paved alleyway.

The site is located on a highly developed hillside that descends east toward Lake Union. The

northern half of the subject site is currently occupied by a vacant two-story office building

(including a daylight basement) and the southern half of the site is mostly an asphalt-paved

parking lot (see Plate 2 on Page 2). Based on our field observations, it appears that the existing

office building has been benched into the east-facing hillside. In addition, significant cuts were

made to reach the existing grade in the relatively level parking area. An approximately 10-foot

high, cast-in-place concrete retaining wall is located on the west side of the parking area (Plate

2). An approximately 15-foot high slope ascends from the top of the wall to the alleyway (west

property line) at an estimated inclination of 1½H:1V (Horizontal:Vertical).


13-245_1701 Dexter Ave N_Report PanGEO, Inc. 2

Plate 1. An aerial view of the existing site (Modified from Google Maps).

Based on a review of City of

Seattle ECA maps and

topographic survey map, the

east-facing slope at the west and

southwestern portions of the site

is a steep slope (40% or greater).

The subject site is also mapped

as a potential landslide area

because of past landslides in the

project vicinity and the site

geologic conditions.

Based on a review of the current plans, we understand that the proposed development will

consist of demolishing the existing building, and constructing a 4-story apartment building with

one level of below grade parking below Dexter Avenue North level (see Plate 3 on Page 3). We

also understand that the below-grade parking and first level will be concrete structures with post-

tension slabs, and the floors above that will be light-weight wood frame construction. The

Plate 2. Partial panoramic view of the site with the retaining

wall and the existing building, looking north and northwest

from the southeast corner of the site.

Dexter Avenue N

SUBJECT SITE

Alley N



basement excavation will be about 12 to 14 feet deep along Dexter Avenue North, and as much

as 35 feet deep along the west property line.

Plate 3. The East-West Building Section, Looking North.

The conclusions and recommendations outlined in this report are based on our understanding of

the current development plans, which is in turn based on the project information provided. If the

above project description is substantially different from your proposed improvements, or if the

project scope changes, PanGEO should be consulted to review the recommendations contained

in this study and make modifications, if needed.

3.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS

3.1 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION (PANGEO, 2008)

PanGEO completed three test borings (BH-1 through BH-3) on April 17, 2008 to explore the

subsurface conditions at the site. The approximate boring locations were taped from existing

features at the site and are indicated on the attached Figure 2. The borings were drilled to depths

of about 26½ to 46½ feet using a small track-mounted drill rig owned and operated by Geologic

Drill of Nine Mile Falls, Washington. The small track-mounted drill rig was equipped with an 8-

inch outside diameter hollow stem auger. Soil samples were obtained from the borings at 2½-

and 5-foot intervals in general accordance with Standard Penetration Test (SPT) sampling

methods (ASTM test method D-1586) in which the samples are obtained using a 2-inch outside



diameter split-spoon sampler. The sampler was driven into the soil a distance of 18 inches using

a 140-pound weight falling a distance of 30 inches. The number of blows required for each 6-

inch increment of sampler penetration was recorded. The number of blows required to achieve

the last 12 inches of sample penetration is defined as the SPT N-value. The N-value provides an

empirical measure of the relative density of cohesionless soil, or the relative consistency of fine-

grained soils. The completed borings were backfilled with drill cuttings and bentonite chips.

The surface for BH-1 and BH-2 was patched with concrete.

A geologist from our firm was present throughout the field exploration to observe the drilling,

assist in sampling, and to document the soil samples obtained from the borings. The soil samples

were described using the system outlined on Figure A-1 in Appendix A. Summary boring logs

are included as Figures A-2 through A-4.

3.2 PREVIOUS EXPLORATIONS

In addition to the three borings advanced at the site, we also reviewed previous geotechnical

explorations in the vicinity and the past street grading profiles along Dexter Avenue North

obtained from the City of Seattle. Specifically, previous geotechnical data for the following sites

and the street grading profiles along Dexter Avenue North were reviewed:

1620 Dexter Avenue North - Prepared by Terra Assoc. (TA), 1992.

1701 Dexter Avenue North (Subject Site) - Prepared by Shannon & Wilson, Inc. (SW),

1978.

1707 Dexter Avenue North - Prepared by Geotech Consultants, Inc. (GC), 2006.

1735 Dexter Avenue North - Prepared by Rittenhouse-Zieman & Assoc., Inc. (RZA),

1988.

Street grading profile along Dexter Avenue North.

The summary boring logs for the previous explorations and past grading profile are included in

Appendix B for reference purposes.



3.3 LABORATORY TESTING

Grain size distribution, Atterberg Limits, and natural moisture contents tests were conducted on

selected representative soil samples obtained from the borings. The test results from the

moisture content tests are indicated at the appropriate depths on the boring logs. The grain size

distribution test results are included in Figure C-1 in Appendix C. The Atterberg Limits test

results are summarized on the logs and in Figure C-2 in Appendix C.

4.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS

4.1 SITE GEOLOGY

Based on a review of The Geologic Map of Seattle (Troost, et. al., 2005), the surficial geologic

units in the project vicinity consist of landslide deposits, advance outwash, Lawton clay, and Pre-

Fraser glaciation aged deposits. A brief description of each mapped soil unit listed from

youngest to oldest follows:

Landslide Debris (Map Unit Qls) – Material transported down-slope triggered by a

landslide event. The relative density/consistency of landslide deposits is highly variable

and can range from very loose or soft to very dense or hard. Surface vegetation often

becomes incorporated into the deposit. Landslide deposits in the Seattle area are

common where coarse-grained deposits overlie fine-grained deposits.

Vashon Advance Outwash (Map Unit Qva) - This deposit consists of sediment

deposited in front of the advancing ice sheet by glacial meltwater (glaciofluvial) and was

subsequently overridden by the glacial ice, and is typically dense.

Lawton Clay (Map Unit Qvlc) - Fine grained sediments deposited in proglaicial lakes

that indicate a transition between non-glacial and earliest glacial time. Transitional beds

typically consist of very stiff to hard silt, clayey silt, and silty clay. This unit can be

laminated to massive and is also known as transitional beds.

Pre-Fraser Deposits (Map Unit Qpf) – Interbedded sand, gravel, silt, and diamicts that

were overridden by Pre-Fraser glaciations and are typically very dense or hard.

According to The Geologic Map of Seattle, the Dexter Avenue North right-of-way in the vicinity

of the site is mapped as modified land. A review of the street grading records in the Seattle

Department of Transportation’s (SDOT) records vault indicates that grading on the west side of



Dexter Avenue North (approximately east property line) involved cuts on the order of 8 to 12

feet to reach the current street grade.

4.2 SOIL CONDITIONS

In summary, our borings encountered loose to medium dense silty sand or soft to stiff clay and

silt overlying very stiff Lawton clay. The following is a summary of the soil units encountered at

the site. A generalized subsurface profile is presented in Figure 3.

UNIT 1: Colluvium – This unit was encountered in all borings from surface to about

14½ feet. The colluvium encountered consisted of brown to dark brown, loosed to

medium dense, silty sand with some gravel. Thin layers of medium stiff to stiff silt and

sandy silt of about 6-inch and 2 feet thick were also encountered within this unit in BH-1

and BH-2.

UNIT 2: Landslide Deposits – This unit was encountered in all borings, directly below

the colluvium. The landslide deposits encountered consisted of gray, soft to stiff, fat clay

to silty clay. This unit extended to the bottom of BH-1 and BH-2 at about 31½ and 26½

feet below the existing grade, respectively. This unit extended to about 40 feet in BH-3.

UNIT 3: Lawton Clay – Lawton clay consisting of gray, very stiff, silty clay/clayey silt

was encountered below Unit 2 in BH-3 extended to the maximum depth of BH-3 at 46½

below the surface.

Two test borings advanced at the neighboring property to the north (GC, 2006) encountered

about 14 to 19 feet of medium dense to dense sand overlaying medium dense to very dense silt to

about 31 feet below existing grades. Landslide deposits were not noted in these two borings.

The borings drilled at this site indicated a denser soil condition.

The borings advanced on the east side of Dexter Avenue North (RZA, 1991), however, generally

encountered similar soil conditions to what was observed in our borings at the subject site.

Those three borings encountered approximately 10 to 25 feet of loose to medium dense silty sand

over medium stiff to hard fat clay.



4.3 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS

Perched groundwater was encountered at depths of about 7 and 9 feet in Borings BH-1 and BH-2

that were drilled in the parking lot. Boring BH-3 drilled in the alleyway also encountered

perched groundwater at about 20 feet below the existing grade. We anticipate that localized

areas of groundwater seepage will occur throughout the disturbed soils or perched on top of silt

or clay layers. It should be noted that groundwater elevations may vary depending on the season,

local subsurface conditions, and other factors. Groundwater levels are normally highest during

the winter and early spring.

5.0 ECA CONSIDERATIONS AND SITE STABILITY

5.1 STEEP SLOPE CONSIDERATIONS

Our review of City of Seattle ECA maps and topographic survey map indicate the east-facing

slope at the west and southwestern portions of the site meets DPD steep slope ECA definition.

Site grades in the sloping area appear to have been modified by several different grading

activities, as the over-steepened slope was most likely the cuts to facilitate the construction of the

existing building and parking lot on the east side of the retaining wall. A review of street

grading records at the City of Seattle SDOT indicates that the current grade 40 ft west of Dexter

Avenue North centerline (approximate the east property line) was lowered up to 12 feet (see

Grading profile in Appendix B). Based on the past street grading information, the subsurface

conditions encountered in the borings, and the existing site topographic features, it is our opinion

that the steep slope on the property was the man-made cut slopes associated with past street

grading and previous site grading for the existing building and parking lot construction. As such,

in our opinion, the subject site qualifies for a Relief from Steep Slope Development Standards

due to previous grading activities.

5.2 HISTORICAL LANDSLIDES AND SITE STABILITY

The site is also mapped as a potential landslide hazard area by the City of Seattle due to its

geologic conditions. As part of our study, we reviewed records of historical landslides in the

Seattle Landslide Study commissioned by the Seattle Public Utilities (SPU) to gain a general

understanding of the past landslide activities in the project vicinity. Our review of the Seattle

Landslide Study indicated that there were two past known landslides within the same block of

subject property as listed below:



1520 Dexter Avenue N – Occurred in April 1967

1747 Dexter Avenue N – Occurred in February 1986

According to the City records, the landslide at 1520 Dexter Avenue North was reported to be

associated with the failure of fill soils placed illegally and the fill was subsequently removed.

The slide is at 1747 Dexter Avenue North is reported to be a small shallow colluvium slide

which did not affect the structures. The areas affected by the slope failures at both address have

since been stabilized.

Due to the marginal nature of the on-site soils, the steep slope portion of the site soils is

considered conducive to down slope movements. However, based on our understanding of the

proposed project, the new construction will remove the existing steep slope on the subject

property, and provided that the basement walls of the development are designed in accordance

with the recommendations presented in this report, in our opinion, the proposed development

will improve the stability of the subject and surrounding properties.

6.0 GEOTECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS

6.1 SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS

Table 1 below provides seismic design parameters for the site that are in conformance with the

2012 and later editions of the International Building Code (IBC), which specifies a design

earthquake having a 2% probability of occurrence in 50 years (return interval of 2,475 years),

and the 2008 USGS seismic hazard maps:

Table 1 – Seismic Design Parameters

Soil Liquefaction - Because of the high fines content of the soils underlying the site, and

sporadic seams of perched groundwater, in our opinion the potential for earthquake-induced soil

Site

Class

Spectral

Acceleration

at 0.2 sec. (g)

SS

Spectral

Acceleration

at 1.0 sec. (g)

S1

Site

Coefficients

Design

Spectral

Response

Parameters

Control

Periods

(sec.)

Design

PGA

(SDS/2.5)

Fa Fv SDS SD1 TO TS

D 1.33 0.51 1.0 1.5 0.88 0.51 0.12 0.58 0.35



liquefaction is considered to be low. As such, special design considerations associated with soil

liquefaction are not necessary for this project.

6.2 TEMPORARY EXCAVATION AND SHORING

As currently planned, the temporary excavations will be about 12 feet deep along the east

basement wall and about 30 to 35 feet deep along the west building line (alley). Based on our

test borings, we anticipate that the site excavations will generally encounter loose sand and soft

to very stiff silt and clay.

Zero lot line construction will be utilized for the basement construction except along the east

basement wall where it will be setback approximately 13 feet from the east property line. As

such, in our opinion, an unsupported open cut may be used along the east basement wall.

However, temporary shoring will be needed to support the excavations along north, west, and

south walls. Based on the soil and groundwater conditions encountered in the borings advanced

at the site, in our opinion, a combination of cantilever and tieback soldier pile walls is considered

the most appropriate temporary shoring system to retain the proposed excavation. It is our

opinion that a soil nail shoring wall would not be feasible due to the marginal soils at the site (i.e.

colluvium over landslide deposits) and high risk of ground movements. The shoring system

should be designed to provide adequate protection for the workers, adjacent structures, utilities,

and other facilities. . The contractor is responsible for maintaining safe excavation slopes and/or

shoring.

It should be noted that installation of tiebacks will require construction easements from the City

and adjacent property owners. If construction easements cannot be obtained, an internally

braced shoring system should be used in-lieu of tieback shoring system. PanGEO can provide

detailed design recommendations if such shoring system will be used.

The design recommendations for the unsupported cut and shoring walls are provided in the

following sections.

6.2.1 Unsupported Cuts

As previously indicated, an unsupported slope cut may be used along the east basement wall. All

temporary excavations should be performed in accordance with Part N of WAC (Washington

Administrative Code) 296-155. For planning purposes, the unsupported slope cut could be



sloped to as steep as 1H (Horizontal):1V (Vertical). If areas of seepage are encountered during

construction, the slopes may need to be flattened. The contractor is responsible for maintaining

safe excavation slopes. The stability of temporary excavation slopes should be evaluated in the

field during construction based on actual observed soil conditions.

6.2.2 Solider Pile Wall

A soldier pile wall consists of vertical steel beams, typically spaced from 6 to 8 feet apart along

the proposed excavation wall, spanned by timber lagging. Prior to the start of excavation, the

steel beams are installed into holes drilled to a design depth and then backfilled with lean mix or

structural concrete. As the excavation proceeds downward and the steel piles are subsequently

exposed, timber lagging is installed between the piles to further stabilize the walls of the

excavation. Due to the height of the proposed excavation along the north, west, and western half

of the south property lines, one or more levels of tie-backs will most likely be required.

Tiebacks are typically used for wall heights greater than about 12 feet to achieve a more

economical design.

An existing cantilever soldier pile and concrete wall about 10 to 12 feet in height was installed

along the western half of the north property line (see Plate 4 on page 11), which was installed to

retain fill when the site grade on the adjacent property to the north was raised. The temporary

shoring wall for this project should be designed to accommodate the surcharge load from this

wall.

Design Lateral Pressures – For a cantilevered soldier pile wall or a soldier pile wall with one

level of tiebacks, the earth pressures depicted on Figure 4 should be used for design. For a

soldier pile wall with more than one level of tiebacks, the earth pressures depicted on Figure 5

should be used for design. The lateral earth pressures shown on Figures 4 and 5 should be

increased for any surcharge loads resulting from traffic, construction equipment, building loads

or excavated soil if they are located within the height dimension of the wall.

Above the bottom of excavation, the recommended active earth and surcharge pressures should

be applied over the full width of pile spacing. Below the bottom of excavation, the active and

surcharge pressures should be applied over one pile spacing, and the passive resistance should be

applied over two times the pile diameter.



Vertical Capacity – We recommend the vertical capacity of the soldier piles be determined

using an allowable skin friction value of 0.5 ksf for the portion of the pile below the bottom of

the excavation, and an allowable end bearing value of 10 ksf.

Construction Considerations - We anticipate that the soldier piles will extend through layers of

saturated sandy soils and it is likely that the drilled holes may cave in when drilled through such

layers. As a result, temporary casings may be

needed to stabilize the drilled holes.

An existing soldier pile and concrete wall is

located along the north property line to retain the

yard on the neighboring property to the north (see

Plate 4 on the right). Drilling of the soldier pile

holes along the north property line could

potentially reduce the passive resistance of the

existing pile wall, which may cause significant

movement of the existing soldier pile wall. As

such, new soldier piles should be located

sufficiently away from existing piles and the use

of temporary casing during installation may be

required. The shoring designer should carefully

evaluate the loading conditions for design of the

temporary shoring wall along the north property

line. If necessary, the existing soldier pile wall

may be braced/supported prior to drilling of new

soldier pile holes.

6.2.3 Tiebacks

All tiebacks will extend beyond the property boundaries. As a result, construction easements

will be needed from the neighboring property owners, including the City of Seattle Department

of Transportation. The easements should be obtained as early in the design process as possible

because the project costs could be significantly impacted without the construction easements.

Plate 4. Partial view of the existing soldier

pile and concrete wall along the north

property line, looking west from Dexter

Avenue N sidewalk.



Excessive pile top deflection could occur before the first row of tiebacks is installed. To

improve the performance of the tieback wall, it may be necessary to limit the first row of

tiebacks to no more than 10 feet below pile top unless steel beams of sufficient size will be used

to limit the magnitude of the cantilever deflection. The cantilevered condition of the soldier pile

wall prior to installation of the tiebacks should be analyzed for the sufficient size and deflection.

The bond length of the tiebacks must be located behind a no-load zone defined as a plane

projected upward at a 60 degree angle from the base of the excavation, and setback from the face

of the wall a minimum distance of 5 feet or H/4, where H is the exposed height of the wall. The

tiebacks should have a minimum bond length of 15 feet beyond the no-load zone.

The manner in which the tieback anchors carry load will depend on the type of anchor selected,

the method of installation, and the soil conditions surrounding the anchor. Accordingly, we

recommend use of a performance specification requiring the shoring contractor to install anchors

capable of satisfactorily achieving the design structural loads, with a pullout resistance factor of

safety of 2.0. For planning purposes, however, the anchors may be sized for an allowable skin

friction value of 2.5 kips per lineal foot of anchor bond length, assuming that small diameter

(about 6 inches) pressure-grouted tiebacks will be used. Post-grouting may also be needed in

order to achieve the design capacity. We recommend that the allowable tieback loads be limited

to about 100 kips per anchor.

The tiebacks for this project should be installed by experienced personnel. We recommend the

tiebacks along the west and north walls be drilled with temporary casings to prevent excessive

ground loss. Because the boring logs indicated the presence of perched ground water and

disturbed soil, casings may also be needed along the north and south walls to prevent excessive

caving and allow for proper installation in the disturbed ground or when drilling through

saturated soil layers. In addition, the use of compressed air to flush the drill cuttings must be

properly controlled; the use of excessive amount of compressed air while drilling tiebacks could

lead to reduction of soil strength and ground movements.

The actual capacity of the anchors should be checked with 200 percent verification tests. At

least two 200-percent tests should be performed prior to installing production anchors. All

production anchors should be proof tested to 150% of the design load. The anchor installations

should be conducted in accordance with the latest edition of the Post Tensioning Institute (PTI)

“Recommendations for Prestressed Rock and Soil Anchors”. Elements of the testing are as

follows:



Verification Tests (200% Tests)

Prior to installing production anchors, perform a minimum of two tests each on each

anchor type, installation method and soil type with the tested anchors constructed to the

same dimensions as production anchors.

Test locations to be determined in conjunction and approved by the geotechnical

engineer.

Test anchors, which will be loaded to 200% of the design load, may require additional

prestressing steel (steel load not to exceed 80% of the ultimate tensile strength) or

reinforcing of the soldier pile.

Load test anchors to 200% load in 25% design load increments, holding each incremental

load for at least 5 minutes and recording deflection of the anchor head at various times

within each hold to the nearest 0.01inch.

At the 200% load, the holding period shall be at least 60 minutes.

At least one verification test along the west wall should be held at the 200% load for 4

hours to test for creep.

A successful test shall provide a measured creep rate of 0.04 inches or less at the 200%

load between 1 and 10 minutes, and 0.08 inches or less between 6 and 60 minutes and 24

and 240 minutes, and all time increments shall have a creep rate that is linear or

decreasing with time. The applied load must remain constant during all holding periods

(i.e. no more than 5% variation from the specified load).

Proof Tests (150% load tests on all production anchors)

Load test all production anchors to 150% of the design load in 25% design load

increments, holding each incremental load until a stable deflection is achieved (record

deflection of the anchor head at various times within each hold to the nearest 0.01inch).

Please note that the recommended 150% proof test is slightly higher than the typical

proof tests (133%) for anchors in better soil conditions.

At the 150% load, the holding period shall be at least 10 minutes

A successful test shall provide a measured creep rate of 0.04 inches or less at the 150%

load between 1 and 10 minutes with a creep rate that is linear or decreasing with time.

The applied load must remain constant during the holding period (i.e. no more than 5%



variation from the 150% load). Anchors failing this proof testing creep acceptance

criteria may be held an additional 50 minutes for creep measurement. Acceptable

performance would equate to a creep of 0.08 inches or less between 5 and 50 minutes

with a linear or decreasing creep rate.

Verification tested anchors or extended creep proof tested anchors not meeting the acceptance

criteria will require a redesign by the contractor to achieve the acceptance criteria.

In the tieback construction, a bond breaker shall be constructed in the no load zone when the

installation procedures use single stage grouting.

Performance – Generally, the shoring walls should be designed to limit lateral and vertical

deflection to about 1 inch. However, portions of the north and south walls, where the existing

buildings are located within 5 feet of the property lines, shoring walls should be designed to limit

pile top deflections to less than ½ inch to minimize the potential lateral movement of the

building foundation. Ground settlements outside the excavation are expected to be less than 1

inch and practically negligible beyond 100 feet from the shoring wall.

6.2.4 Lagging

Lagging design recommendations for general conditions are presented on Figures 4 and 5.

Lagging located within 10 feet of the top of the shoring which may be subjected to surcharge

loads from construction equipment or material storage should be designed for an additional

uniform surcharge pressure of 200 psf. This pressure approximately corresponds to a vertical

uniform surcharge load of 500 psf at the top of the wall. Point loads located close to the top of

the wall, such as outriggers of heavy cranes, may apply additional loads to the lagging. These

loads may need to be individually analyzed. However, lagging designed for a uniform load of

600 psf in the top 10 feet of the wall should be able to accommodate most crane outrigger loads.

We recommend that the voids behind lagging be immediately backfilled with Control Density

Fill (CDF).

6.2.5 Baseline Survey and Monitoring

Ground movements will occur as a result of excavation activities. As such, ground surface

elevations of the adjacent property and city streets should be documented prior to commencing



earthwork to provide baseline data. As a minimum, optical survey points should be established

at:

The top of every other soldier pile. These monitoring points should be monitored

twice a week as required by the SDOT before the first elevated concrete slabs are

completed, and the monitoring frequency may be reduced thereafter;

The curbs and the centerlines of Dexter Avenue North and alley. All monitoring

points should be spaced no more than 20 feet apart. After the initial baseline reading

has been surveyed, these monitoring points do not need to be surveyed unless the pile

top deflections exceed about one-half of an inch; and

The adjacent buildings and existing soldier pile wall to the north and south.

Monitoring points should be spaced no more than 20 feet apart along the north and

south walls (the walls next to the shoring walls) of the adjacent buildings and soldier

pile wall. After the initial baseline reading has been surveyed, these monitoring points

do not need to be surveyed unless the pile top deflections exceed about one inch

The monitoring program should include changes in both the horizontal (x and y directions) and

vertical deformations. The monitoring should be performed by a licensed surveyor, and the

results be promptly submitted to PanGEO and SDOT for review. The results of the monitoring

will allow the design team to confirm design parameters, and for the contractor to make

adjustments if necessary.

We also recommend that the existing conditions long the public right-of-way and the adjacent

private properties be photo-documented prior to commencing any earthworks at the site.

6.2.6 Temporary Dewatering

Because groundwater seepage and perched groundwater were encountered in the test borings

during our field exploration, the contractor should be prepared to provide temporary dewatering

systems for the excavation. Based on our understanding of the project and site conditions, we

anticipate that a conventional dewatering system consisting of trenches, sumps and pumps will

be adequate to dewater the temporary excavation. We also anticipate that the seepage quantities

should be relatively small, likely less than 5 gallons per minute.



6.3 BUILDING FOUNDATIONS

Based on the results of the borings drilled at the site, we anticipate that the soils at the proposed

foundation elevation on the eastern half of the site generally consist of loose and wet silty sand

and medium stiff silt and clay. The foundation soil on the western half of the site is anticipated

to consist of stiff to very stiff silt and clay (see Figure 3). Based on the subsurface conditions

anticipated at the foundation level and our understanding of the building design, it is our opinion

that conventional strip and spread footings are appropriate to support the western half of the

building. However, we recommend a mat foundation be used to support the eastern half of the

building to reduce potential for unacceptable differential settlements due to presence of less

competent soil conditions at the footing level. Alternatively, for the simplicity of design and

construction, the entire basement may be supported on a mat foundation.

A deep foundation system, such as augercast piles, is also feasible if a higher level of foundation

performance is desired. However, based on our experience and discussion with the project

design team, either a mat foundation or a combination of spread/continuous footings and mat

foundation will be the most cost effective foundation system to provide foundation support for

the proposed development. PanGEO can provide design recommendations for the deep

foundations if needed.

6.3.1 Mat Foundation

A mat foundation should be used to support the eastern half of the building, including the north-

south trending shear wall in the middle of the basement. A mat foundation will distribute the

loads from the structure over a wide area, and based on our understanding with the structural

engineer, will impose a bearing pressure of less than about 1000 psf. To improve the

performance of the mat foundation, we recommend removing one foot of soil below the slab and

replace it with structural fill compacted to 95% of its maximum dry density, as determined by

ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor). Import free-draining granular fill, such as Seattle Type 2 or

approved equivalent, should be used as structural fill as the existing on-site material has a high

fines content and may be too wet to compact. Following removal of the existing soil, and prior

to structural fill placement, the subgrade at the over-excavation level should be compacted to a

firm and unyielding condition. If the existing soils have a high moisture content, a heavy static

roller should be used to compact the subgrade. Any areas of soft fine-grained or organic soils

that cannot be properly compacted to a firm condition should be removed and replaced with



compacted structural fill. With the subgrade improvement discussed above, we recommend the

use of a modulus of subgrade reaction of 150 pci for the mat slab design.

6.3.2 Spread/Continuous Footings

As previously discussed, the western half of the building may be supported on conventional

spread and continuous footings. The footing subgrade should be over-excavated a minimum of

12 inches and replaced with compacted structural fill. The over-excavation should extend 12

inches horizontally beyond the footing edge. The subgrade soil at the over-excavation level

should be compacted to a firm and unyielding condition prior to placement of structural fill. If

the native soil cannot be compacted to a firm and unyielding condition, additional over-

excavation may be required as determined in the field during construction by the geotechnical

engineer.

We recommend that an allowable soil bearing pressure of 2,000 psf be used for sizing

spread/continuous footings bearing on the compacted structural fill. For allowable stress design,

the recommended bearing pressure may be increased by one-third for transient loading, such as

wind or seismic forces.

Continuous and isolated column footings should have minimum widths of 24 inches and 48

inches, respectively. Exterior foundation elements should be placed at a minimum depth of 18

inches below final exterior grade. Interior spread foundations should be placed at a minimum

depth of 12 inches below the top of slab.

6.3.3 Foundation Performance

Total and differential settlements are anticipated to be within tolerable limits for foundation

elements designed and constructed as discussed above. Provided the mat slab subgrade is

prepared as described above, mat foundation settlement is estimated to be approximately ½ inch

with differential settlement on the order of ¼ inch. Total spread/continuous footing settlement is

also anticipated to be on the order of approximately one inch, and differential settlement between

adjacent columns should be less than about ½ inch. The differential settlement between footings

and mat foundation should be on the order of about ¼ inch.



6.3.4 Lateral Resistance

Lateral forces from wind or seismic loading may be resisted by a combination of passive earth

pressures acting against the embedded portions of the mat foundation and walls, and by friction

acting on the base of the foundations. Passive resistance values may be determined using an

equivalent fluid weight of 300 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). This value includes a factor safety of

at least 1.5 assuming that properly compacted structural fill will be placed adjacent to the sides

of the foundation. A friction coefficient of 0.4 may be used to determine the frictional resistance

at the base of the mat. This coefficient includes a factor safety of approximate 1.5.

6.4 FLOOR SLABS

Conventional slab on grade construction may be used for the western half of the basement floors,

if spread/continuous footings are used. The concrete slabs on grade should be constructed on a

minimum 4-inch thick capillary break placed on the compacted native subgrade soil or structural

fill. The capillary break material should consist of free-draining, crushed rock compacted to a

firm and unyielding condition. The capillary break material should have no more than 10

percent passing the No. 4 sieve and less than 5 percent by weight of the material passing the U.S.

Standard No. 100 sieve. The capillary break material may be omitted for the mat foundation

since it is supported on a minimum of 12 inches of structural fill. We also recommend that a 10-

mil polyethylene vapor barrier be placed below the slab. We also recommend that construction

joints be incorporated into the floor slab to control cracking. If needed, the floor slab design may

be accomplished using a modulus of subgrade reaction of 150 pci.

Under-Slab Drain – Due to the presence of perched groundwater and seepage, we recommend

installing an under-slab drainage system below the floor slabs and the mat foundation. The

under-slab drainage system should consist of 4-inch diameter perforated drainpipes placed in

narrow (one foot or less), approximately 18-inch deep trenches (measured from the bottom of

slab) spaced no more than about 20 feet apart. In addition, a perforated footing drain pipe should

also be installed along the inside perimeter of the basement walls connected to the under-slab

drain pipes. The under-slab drain trenches should be backfilled with clean, free-draining 3/8

inch minus clean crushed rock or pea gravel. Water collected in these drainpipes should be

conveyed to a permanent sump pump and discharged to an appropriate outlet.



Based on our estimate, the flow rate from the passive drainage system may vary from 10 to 15

gallon per minute (gpm) depending on the time of the year. For design purposes, a factor of

safety of at least 1.5 should be applied to the estimated flow volume. We also recommend that

an overflow be built into the drainage system in the event of extreme flows during a heavy storm.

6.5 BASEMENT WALLS

Basement walls should be properly designed to resist the lateral earth pressures exerted by the

soils behind the wall. Proper drainage provisions should also be provided behind the walls to

intercept and remove groundwater and seepage that may be present behind the wall. Our

geotechnical recommendations for the design and construction of the retaining and basement

walls are presented below.

6.5.1 Lateral Earth Pressures

We recommend that a static lateral earth pressure based upon an equivalent fluid weight of 50

pcf be utilized for design of the basement walls. For the seismic condition, we recommend a

uniform lateral earth pressure of 7H psf (where H is the height of the below grade portion of the

wall) be added to the static pressure for sizing the basement walls for the ultimate/seismic

condition. The recommended lateral pressures assume level backslopes and that the backfill

behind the wall consists of a free draining and properly compacted fill with adequate drainage

provisions. Walls retaining sloping backfills or surcharge loads should be designed for higher

forces. If surcharge loads or building foundations will be located within a horizontal distance

equal to the height of the wall, lateral earth pressures will need to be increased based upon the

type and magnitude of surcharge.

6.5.2 Wall Surcharge

The basement walls should be designed to accommodate traffic surcharge pressures if the traffic

load is located within the height dimension of the wall. Similarly, surcharge loads from

construction equipment or soil/material stockpiles should be considered in the basement wall

design. Along the north and south property lines, the basement wall should also be designed to

accommodate the surcharge pressure from the buildings and soil retained by the existing soldier

pile wall. The lateral pressure acting on the wall from surcharge loads may be determined by the

surcharge diagram found on the attached Figure 4.



6.5.3 Lateral Resistance

Lateral forces from wind or seismic loading and unbalanced lateral earth pressures may be

resisted by a combination of passive earth pressures acting against the embedded portions of the

foundations and by friction acting on the base of the foundations. Passive resistance values may

be determined using an equivalent fluid weight of 300 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). This value

includes a factor of safety of 1.5, assuming the footing is poured against recompacted native soil

or properly compacted structural fill adjacent to the sides of footing. A friction coefficient of

0.40 may be used to determine the frictional resistance at the base of the footings. This

coefficient also includes a safety factor of approximate 1.5.

6.5.4 Wall Drainage

Provisions for permanent control of subsurface water should be incorporated into the design and

construction of the basement walls. We recommend that prefabricated drainage mats, such as

Mirafi 6000 or equivalent, be installed behind the basement walls to transport the water to the

base of the wall/floor slab, where it should be collected by a 4-inch diameter, rigid drain pipe,

which drains to an appropriate outlet.

We recommend that a building envelope specialist be consulted for damp-proofing and

waterproofing recommendations.

6.5.5 Wall Backfill

Based on the field exploration, the on-site soil would not be suitable for wall backfill due to its

high fines content. Where wall backfill will be needed, free draining granular soils such as

Seattle Mineral Aggregate Type 17 (2011 City of Seattle Standard Specifications, 9-03.12(3)) or

Gravel Borrow (WSDOT 9-03.14(1)) are recommended.

Wall backfill should be moisture conditioned to within about 3 percent of optimum moisture

content, placed in loose, horizontal lifts less than 8 inches in thickness, and systematically

compacted to a dense and relatively unyielding condition and to at least 95 percent of the

maximum dry density, as determined using test method ASTM D 1557. Within 5 feet of the

wall, the backfill should be compacted to 90 percent of the maximum dry density.



7.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS

7.1 DEMOLITION AND SITE PREPARATION

Site preparation for the proposed project includes demolishing the existing building, asphalt

concrete, striping and clearing of surface vegetation, and excavations to the design subgrade. All

footings and floor slabs of the existing building, as well as asphalt, building debris and concrete

rubble should be removed from the site prior to the start of excavations or grading. All stripped

surface materials should be properly disposed off-site. Because the north basement wall for the

existing building is located close to the property boundaries, it may be necessary to install the

temporary shoring walls prior to demolishing the below grade walls to prevent disturbance or

ground movements to adjacent properties.

The existing building at the site has a basement at the north portion of the footprint. Demolition

of exiting building basement wall along the north property line could reduce the passive

resistance of the existing soldier pile wall. We recommend installing new soldier pile walls

before demolishing the existing basement wall. The recommended construction sequence should

be noted on the project demolition plan.

7.2 SOLDIER PILE INSTALLATION

Soil caving may occur during drilling due to presence of loose soil and groundwater seepage. As

such, temporary casing may be needed to prevent caving of the soldier pile holes. We

recommend that the following should be incorporated into the project plans and specifications:

The geotechnical engineer shall verify the suitability of all soldier pile holes before

concrete placement;

Temporary casing should be used if caving occurs as determined by the geotechnical

engineer;

Tremie methods shall be used for concrete placement in all holes having 3 or more inches

of accumulated water; and

All soldier pile holes drilled shall be filled with concrete on the same day.

Minimize ground disturbance along north excavation line to avoid movements of existing

soldier pile wall.



7.3 MATERIAL REUSE

The contractor should be aware that the on-site soils contain a high fines content and will

become disturbed and soft when exposed to inclement weather conditions. As a result, the

excavated site materials will not be suitable for use as structural backfill, but may be used as

backfill in non-structural areas (landscaping areas). If use of the existing soils is planned, any

excavated soil should be stockpiled and protected with plastic sheeting to prevent softening from

rainfall.

7.4 STRUCTURAL FILL AND COMPACTION

Structural fill should consist of imported, City of Seattle Type 2 and 17 or approved equivalent.

Seattle Type 2 material should be used as structural backfill below the footings. Seattle Type 17

may be used as wall backfill. The structural fill should be moisture conditioned to within about 3

percent of optimum moisture content, placed in loose, horizontal lifts less than 8 inches in

thickness, and systematically compacted to a dense and relatively unyielding condition and to at

least 95 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined using test method ASTM D 1557.

7.5 EROSION AND DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS

Surface runoff can be controlled during construction by careful grading practices. Typically, this

includes the construction of shallow, upgrade perimeter ditches or low earthen berms to collect

runoff and prevent water from entering the excavation. All collected water should be directed to

a positive and permanent discharge system such as a storm sewer. It should be noted that some

of the site soils are prone to surficial erosion. Special care should be taken to avoid surface

water on open cut excavations, and exposed slopes should be protected with visqueen.

Permanent control of surface water and roof runoff should be incorporated in the final grading

design. In addition to these sources, irrigation and rain water infiltrating into landscape and

planter areas adjacent to paved areas or building foundations should also be controlled. All

collected runoff should be directed into conduits that carry the water away from the pavement or

structure and into storm drain systems or other appropriate outlets. Adequate surface gradients

should be incorporated into the grading design such that surface runoff is directed away from

structures.



7.6 WET EARTHWORK RECOMMENDATIONS

General recommendations relative to earthwork performed in wet weather or in wet conditions

are presented below:

Earthwork should be performed in small areas to minimize subgrade exposure to wet

weather. Excavation or the removal of unsuitable soil should be followed promptly

by the placement and compaction of clean structural fill. The size and type of

construction equipment used may have to be limited to prevent soil disturbance.

During wet weather, the allowable fines content of the structural fill should be

reduced to no more than 5 percent by weight based on the portion passing ¾-inch

sieve. The fines should be non-plastic.

The ground surface within the construction area should be graded to promote run-off

of surface water and to prevent the ponding of water.

Bales of straw and/or geotextile silt fences should be strategically located to control

erosion and the movement of soil. Erosion control measures should be installed along

all the property boundaries.

Excavation slopes and soils stockpiled on site should also be covered with plastic

sheets.

8.0 ADDITIONAL SERVICES

We anticipate the City of Seattle will require a plan review and geotechnical special inspections

to confirm that our recommendations are properly incorporated into the design and construction

of the proposed development. Specifically, we anticipate that the following construction support

services may be needed:

Review final project plans and specifications;

Verify implementation of erosion control measures;

Observe the stability of any open cut slopes;

Observe installation of excavation shoring system;



Evaluate optical survey data provided by others to evaluate the performance of the

shoring system;

Verify adequacy of foundation subgrades;

Confirm the adequacy of the compaction of structural backfill;

Observe installation of subsurface drainage provisions, and;

Other consultation as may be required during construction.

Modifications to our recommendations presented in this report may be necessary, based on the

actual conditions encountered during construction.

9.0 LIMITATIONS

We have prepared this report for use by N-Habit Dexter LLC and the project team.

Recommendations contained in this report are based on a site reconnaissance, a review of

existing subsurface information in the vicinity of the project site, and our understanding of the

project. The study was performed using a mutually agreed-upon scope of work.

Variations in soil conditions may exist between the explorations and the actual conditions

underlying the site. The nature and extent of soil variations may not be evident until

construction occurs. If any soil conditions are encountered at the site that are different from

those described in this report, we should be notified immediately to review the applicability of

our recommendations. Additionally, we should also be notified to review the applicability of our

recommendations if there are any changes in the project scope.

The scope of our work does not include services related to construction safety precautions. Our

recommendations are not intended to direct the contractors’ methods, techniques, sequences or

procedures, except as specifically described in our report for consideration in design.

Additionally, the scope of our work specifically excludes the assessment of environmental

characteristics, particularly those involving hazardous substances. We are not mold consultants

nor are our recommendations to be interpreted as being preventative of mold development. A

mold specialist should be consulted for all mold-related issues.

This report may be used only by the client and for the purposes stated, within a reasonable time

from its issuance. Land use, site conditions (both off and on-site), or other factors including



advances in our understanding of applied science, may change over time and could materially

affect our findings. Therefore, this report should not be relied upon after 24 months from its

issuance. PanGEO should be notified if the project is delayed by more than 24 months from the

date of this report so that we may review the applicability of our conclusions considering the

time lapse.

It is the client’s responsibility to see that all parties to this project, including the designer,

contractor, subcontractors, etc., are made aware of this report in its entirety. The use of

information contained in this report for bidding purposes should be done at the contractor’s

option and risk. Any party other than the client who wishes to use this report shall notify

PanGEO of such intended use and for permission to copy this report. Based on the intended use

of the report, PanGEO may require that additional work be performed and that an updated report

be reissued. Noncompliance with any of these requirements will release PanGEO from any

liability resulting from the use this report.

Within the limitation of scope, schedule and budget, PanGEO engages in the practice of

geotechnical engineering and endeavors to perform its services in accordance with generally

accepted professional principles and practices at the time the Report or its contents were

prepared. No warranty, express or implied, is made.

We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. Please feel free to contact

our office with any questions you have regarding our study, this report, or any geotechnical

engineering related project issues.

Sincerely,

H. Michael Xue, P.E. Siew L. Tan, P.E.

Senior Geotechnical Engineer Principal Geotechnical Engineer



10.0 REFERENCES

City of Seattle, 2011, Standard Specifications for Road, Bridges, and Municipal Construction.

International Code Council, 2012, International Building Code (IBC).

Troost, K.G., Booth, D. B., Wisher, A. P., Shimmel, S. A., 2005, The Geologic Map of Seattle-A

Progress Report, Seattle, Washington – U. S. Geological Survey Open File Report 2005-

1252, scale 1:24,000.

Washington State Department of Transportation/American Public Works Association, 2012,

Standard Specifications for Road, Bridges, and Municipal Construction.

13-245

Proposed Development1701 Dexter Avenue NSeattle, Washington

1

VICINITY MAP

11-

181

Vic

inity

Map

.grf

2/

2/14

(15

:09

) A

AE

Figure No.Project No.

NNTS

Reference: Google Terrain Map

ApproximateSite Location

13-245

Proposed Development1701 Dexter Avenue North

Seattle, Washington

2

SITE AND EXPLORATION PLAN

07-

198_

Fig

2_S

iteP

lan.

grf

2/4

/14

ST

S


Note:Base map modified from GIS map obtained from City of Seattle DPD website.

Approx. Scale1" = 100'

Approx. Boring Location (PanGEO, 2008)

Approx. Boring Location (Geotech, 2006)

Approx. Boring Location (Terra, 1992)

Approx. Boring Location (RZA, 1988)

Approx. Boring/Probe Location (SW, 1978)

Legend:Existing Subsurface Data

DE

XT

ER

AV

N

RZA B-2

RZA B-3

Geotech B-2Geotech B-1

Terra B-1 Terra B-2

Terra B-3

SW B-1

Potential Landslide Area

>40% Slopes

DPD Mapped Environmentally Critical Areas

SW P-2

SW P-3

SW P-4

Subject Site

BH-3 BH-2

BH-1A A'

BH-1

B-1

B-3

B-2

P-2

Pro

po

sed

De

velop

men

t1701 D

exter Aven

ue N

orth

Seattle, W

ashin

gto

n

13-2

453

04

-080 cross se

ction B

ldgA

.grf w/ 04

-080 so

il profile.xlss and

04-0

80 sticklog

s.xls 2/4/14 (15:51

) SH

E

GE

NE

RA

LIZ

ED

SU

BS

UR

FA

CE

PR

OF

ILE

A-A

'

Project N

o.F

igure N

o.

010

2030

Sca

le in

Fe

et

50 60 70 80 90

100

110

120

130

140

Elevation (feet)

50 60 70 80 90 100

110

120

130

140

3314111111121417141925

51712974517

118542512191715

Note

s:1

. Gro

und profile b

ased o

n the plot pla

n prepa

red b

y Mith

un, In

c.2

. See

Fig

ure

2 fo

r loca

tion of S

ection

A-A

'3

. Sub

surface

pro

file b

ased on

interpo

lation

of w

idely-spa

ced test b

orings,

actua

l condition

s should be anticipated to vary.

Existing G

round

Surface

LE

GE

ND

Bore

hole

Sym

bols

?

Silt

Soil descrip

tion

Grou

ndwa

ter table

Geolo

gic Co

ntact(app

roxim

ate)

BH

-1

SP

T N

-value

Borin

gD

esignatio

n

7

122526

>50

>50

Ap

pro

x. Pro

pe

rty Lim

it

Un

it 2

Dexter A

ve NB

H-1

?

?

?

?

?

?

BH

-2

WE

?

??

Un

it 1

Un

it 1: Fill/C

ollu

vium

- Lo

ose to

med

ium

silty sand

Un

it 2: Lan

dslid

e De

po

sit - So

ft to very stiff, silt a

nd

clayU

nit 3: L

awto

n C

lay - Very stiff to

hard

, clay an

d silt

Alley

BH

-3

Un

it 3

App

roxim

ate

bo

ttom

of excavation

13-245


Seattle, Washington4

DESIGN LATERAL PRESSURESSOLDIER PILE WALL

CANTILEVER WALL AND ONE ROW TIEBACK

Fig

ure

3-E

P d

iag

ram

.grf

2

/4/1

4 (

15:5

7)

JCR


Base of Excavation

Soldier Pile Wall withTimber Lagging

HE

Passive PressureActive Pressure

X

Surcharge Pressure

45 pcf

1 Z

Notes:1. Embedment (Z) should be determined by summation of moments at the bottom of the soldier piles or at ground anchor location if present. Minimum pile embedment shall be 10 feet.2. A factor of safety of 1.5 has been applied to the recommended passive earth pressure value. No factor of safety has been applied to the recommended active earth pressure values.3. Active and surcharge pressures should be applied over the full width of the pile spacing above the base of the excavation, and over one pile diameter below the base of the excavation.4. Passive pressure should be applied to two times the diameter of the soldier piles.5. Use uniform earth pressure of 200 psf and 250 psf for lagging design with soldier piles spaced at less than or equal to 8 feet and greater than 8 feet, respectively.6. Allowable vertical pile capacity: Skin Friction = 0.5 ksf, End Bearing = 10 ksf7. Refer to report text for additional discussions.

300 pcf

1

Single Rowof Tiebacks

60º

No-Load Zone

H/4 or5' min

X

Fill retained by existing soldier pile wall (along west portion of north property line)

Traffic Surcharge(along east and west property lines)

Hw

Hs = 2 feet (min)

(40 pcf)(HW+HS)

AEHs = Equivalent soil height for general traffic loading (2ft) (Greater for construction surcharge)

Hw = Height of Existing Soldier Pile Wall (ft)

AEHE = Height of Excavation (ft)

Z = Embedment Depth (min 10 ft)

LEGEND

Load Zone

Assumed capacity

for design: 2.5 kips/ft

13-245


Seattle, Washington

5

DESIGN LATERAL PRESSURESSOLDIER PILE WALL

MULTIPLE ROW TIEBACKS

07-

163

EP

dia

gram

.grf

2

/4/1

4 (

15:

56

) JC

R


1. Passive Pressure computed as acting on 2 times pile diameter B.

2. Active & Surcharge Pressures computed as acting over full pile spacing above base of excavation, and on one pile diameter B, below base of excavation.

3. Use 80% of the above pressures for computing moments in soldier piles.

4. Determine soldier pile penetration Z by moment equillibrium at bottom of solider piles or at ground anchor level if present.

5. Free drainage assumed behind the wall.

6. Locate anchor bond length behind no-load zone.

7. Design pressure values:

a = 45 pcf

p = 300 pcf AEP = 26 pcf

Where a and AEP have safety factor = 1 and p has safety factor = 1.5.

8. Lagging design: Clear Span (ft) 8 >8 Uniform Pressure (psf) 200 250

9. Allowable vertical pile capacity: Skin Friction = 0.5 ksf End Bearing = 10 ksf

NOTES

Pa, Pp = Active & Passive Forces Below Base of Excavation

Z = Embedment Depth (min 10 ft)

B = Soldier Pile Width

AEP = Apparent Earth Pressure Coefficient (pcf)

AEHs = Equivalent soil height for general traffic loading (2ft) (Greater for construction surcharge)

Hw = Height of Existing Soldier Pile Wall Backfill (ft)

AEHE = Height of Excavation (ft)

a, p = Equivalent Fluid Weights (Active & Passive) (pcf)

LEGEND

p

1a

1

Z

HE

0.2 HE

Base of Excavation

60o

PpPa

pZPassive Pressure

a(HE+Z)Active Pressure

H/4 or5' min

B

Hw

(AEP)(HE)

(40pcf)(HW+HS)

SurchargePressure

Hs= 2 ft (min)

Soldier Pile Wall withTimber Lagging

Tieback

Traffic surcharge(along west property line)

Fill retained by existing soldier pile wall (along west portion of north property line)

No LoadZone

X

X TiebackAssumed capacity inLoad Zone: 2.5 kips/ft

APPENDIX A

SUMMARY BORING LOGS

(PANGEO, 2008)

MONITORING WELL

<1515 - 3535 - 6565 - 8585 - 100

GW

GP

GM

GC

SW

SP

SM

SC

ML

CL

OL

MH

CH

OH

PT

TEST SYMBOLS

50%or more passing #200 sieve

Groundwater Level at time of drilling (ATD)Static Groundwater Level

Cement / Concrete Seal

Bentonite grout / seal

Silica sand backfill

Slotted tip

Slough

<250250 - 500500 - 1000

1000 - 20002000 - 4000

>4000

RELATIVE DENSITY / CONSISTENCY

Fissured:Slickensided:

Blocky:Disrupted:Scattered:

Numerous:BCN:

COMPONENT DEFINITIONS

Dry

Moist

Wet

Units of material distinguished by color and/orcomposition from material units above and belowLayers of soil typically 0.05 to 1mm thick, max. 1 cmLayer of soil that pinches out laterallyAlternating layers of differing soil materialErratic, discontinuous deposit of limited extentSoil with uniform color and composition throughout

Approx. RelativeDensity (%)

Gravel

Sand50% or more of the coarsefraction passing the #4 sieve.Use dual symbols (eg. SP-SM)for 5% to 12% fines.

MOISTURE CONTENT

2-inch OD Split Spoon, SPT(140-lb. hammer, 30" drop)

3.25-inch OD Spilt Spoon(300-lb hammer, 30" drop)

Non-standard penetrationtest (see boring log for details)

Thin wall (Shelby) tube

Grab

Rock core

Vane Shear

Dusty, dry to the touch

Damp but no visible water

Visible free water

Terms and Symbols forBoring and Test Pit Logs

Density

DESCRIPTIONS OF SOIL STRUCTURES

Breaks along defined planesFracture planes that are polished or glossyAngular soil lumps that resist breakdownSoil that is broken and mixedLess than one per footMore than one per footAngle between bedding plane and a planenormal to core axis

Very LooseLooseMed. DenseDenseVery Dense

SPTN-values

Approx. Undrained ShearStrength (psf)

<44 to 1010 to 3030 to 50

>50

<22 to 44 to 8

8 to 1515 to 30

>30

Layered:

Laminated:Lens:

Interlayered:Pocket:

Homogeneous:

Highly Organic Soils

#4 to #10 sieve (4.5 to 2.0 mm)#10 to #40 sieve (2.0 to 0.42 mm)#40 to #200 sieve (0.42 to 0.074 mm)0.074 to 0.002 mm<0.002 mm

UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM

MAJOR DIVISIONS GROUP DESCRIPTIONS

Notes:

for In Situ and Laboratory Testslisted in "Other Tests" column.

50% or more of the coarsefraction retained on the #4sieve. Use dual symbols (eg.GP-GM) for 5% to 12% fines.

1. Soil exploration logs contain material descriptions based on visual observation and field tests using a systemmodified from the Uniform Soil Classification System (USCS). Where necessary laboratory tests have beenconducted (as noted in the "Other Tests" column), unit descriptions may include a classification. Please refer to thediscussions in the report text for a more complete description of the subsurface conditions.

2. The graphic symbols given above are not inclusive of all symbols that may appear on the borehole logs.Other symbols may be used where field observations indicated mixed soil constituents or dual constituent materials.

COMPONENT SIZE / SIEVE RANGE COMPONENT SIZE / SIEVE RANGE

SYMBOLSSample/In Situ test types and intervals

Silt and Clay

Very SoftSoftMed. StiffStiffVery StiffHard

Phone: 206.262.0370

Bottom of Boring

CBRComp

ConDDDS%FGS

PermPP

RSGTV

TXCUCC

Boulder:Cobbles:Gravel Coarse Gravel: Fine Gravel:

Sand Coarse Sand: Medium Sand: Fine Sand:SiltClay

> 12 inches3 to 12 inches

3 to 3/4 inches3/4 inches to #4 sieve

SILT / CLAY

GRAVEL (<5% fines)

GRAVEL (>12% fines)

SAND (<5% fines)

SAND (>12% fines)

Liquid Limit < 50

Liquid Limit > 50

Consistency

Well-graded GRAVEL

Poorly-graded GRAVEL

Silty GRAVEL

Clayey GRAVEL

Well-graded SAND

Poorly-graded SAND

Silty SAND

Clayey SAND

SILT

Lean SILT

Organic SILT or CLAY

Elastic SILT

Fat CLAY

Organic SILT or CLAY

PEAT

SAND / GRAVEL

California Bearing RatioCompaction TestsConsolidationDry DensityDirect ShearFines ContentGrain SizePermeabilityPocket PenetrometerR-valueSpecific GravityTorvaneTriaxial CompressionUnconfined Compression

SPTN-values

LOG

KE

Y

06-0

69.G

PJ

PA

NG

EO

.GD

T

5/30

/06

Figure A-1

GS

ATT

4-inch of asphalt concrete.

Loose to medium dense, moist, dark brown, silty SAND (SM);(Colluvium).

Stiff, moist, light brown SILT(ML).

Loose, moist to very moist, reddish-brown, medium to coarse SAND(SP); trace silt, iron oxide staining.

7'- becomes very moist to wet.

Loose, very moist to wet, dark brown to black, medium SAND (SP);with some organics and wood debris.

--with less organics and wood debris.

Soft to medium stiff, moist to very moist, gray, silty CLAY (CL);interbedded with thin lenses of silty fine SAND, scattered organics,medium to high plasticity (Landslide Deposit).--becomes gray, fat CLAY (CH), fractured texture.

Medium dense, wet, gray, silt SAND (SM); scattered organics.

Stiff, moist to very moist, gray SILT (ML), with fine sand seams.

--with thin layers of gray, fine to medium SAND.

--becomes slightly clayey SILT (MH), iron oxide stained, thinlylaminated, blocky to massive texture.

Bottom of boring at 31.5'. Groundwater was encountred atapproximately 7 feet at the time of drilling.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

456

344

532

213

211

223

557

8811

889

569

Remarks: Boring was drilled with a small, track mounted drill rig. Standard PenetrationTest (SPT) sampler driven with a 140 lb hammer using a rope and cathead dropping 30inches per stroke. Elevation data from site plan provided by client. Hole was backfilledwith cuttings and bentonite chips.

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

The stratification lines represent approximate boundaries. The transition may be gradual.

MATERIAL DESCRIPTION

Figure A-2

Oth

er T

ests

Sam

ple

No.

Completion Depth:Date Borehole Started:Date Borehole Completed:Logged By:Drilling Company:

Dep

th,

(ft)

1701 Dexter Avenue North

13-245

Seattle, WA

Northing: , Easting:

31.5ft4/17/084/17/08Nels ReeseGeologic Drill

Sheet 1 of 1

Project:

Job Number:

Location:

Coordinates:

Sym

bol

Sam

ple

Typ

e

Blo

ws

/ 6

in.

101.0ft

HSA

SPT

Surface Elevation:

Top of Casing Elev.:

Drilling Method:

Sampling Method:

LOG OF TEST BORING BH-1

N-Value

0

Moisture LL

50

PL

RQD Recovery

100

ATT

2-inch of asphalt concrete.

Medium dense, moist, dark brown, gravelly, silty SAND (SM);(Colluvium).

Loose, moist, brown, medium SAND (SP), trace silt.

Medium stiff, moist, light brown, fine sandy SILT(ML).

Very loose to medium dense, moist to very moist, reddish-brown fineto medium SAND (SP); trace silt, trace fine gravel, heavy iron oxidestaining.

9'- becomes very moist to wet.

--becomes brown, medium SAND (SP) with trace to some silt, wet.

--becomes gray, with iron oxide staining.

Medium stiff, moist to very moist, gray fat CLAY (CH); high plasticity,blocky, fractured texture, slickensides (Landslide Deposit).

19'- thin bed of dark brown, slightly silty SAND.

20'- interbeds of wet, gravelly, silty SAND, fine sandy SILT, and clayeySILT; scattered organics observed in clayey SILT.

25'- becomes stiff, moist, massive to thinly laminated clayey SILT.


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

332

100

343

466

654

443

122

532

689


0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35



Figure A-3

Oth

er T

ests

Sam

ple

No.


Dep

th,

(ft)


13-245

Seattle, WA



Sheet 1 of 1

Project:

Job Number:

Location:

Coordinates:

Sym

bol

Sam

ple

Typ

e

Blo

ws

/ 6

in.

102.0ft

HSA

SPT

Surface Elevation:


Drilling Method:

Sampling Method:


N-Value

0

Moisture LL

50

PL

RQD Recovery

100

ATT

Dense, moist, gray-brown, gravelly, silty SAND (SM); (Fill).

Loose to medium dense, moist, brown silty SAND (SM); someorganics and gravel (Colluvium).

5'- becomes reddish-brown, iron oxide stained, trace fine gravel.

10'- heavy iron oxide staining, organic rich interbeds. Possibleseasonal perched groundwater.

Medium dense, moist, gray silty fine SAND (SM).

Stiff, moist, gray, silty CLAY (CL-CH); scattered organics, medium tohigh plasticity, iron oxide staining, blocky texture, with thin interbeds ofsilty fine SAND (Landslide Deposit).

Medium dense, wet, gray silty SAND (SM); rapid dilatancy.

Stiff to very stiff, moist, gray, fat CLAY (CH); medium to high plasticity,massive to thinly laminated, wih scattered blocky/fractured zones.

--becomes moist, massive to thinly laminated CLAY with fine sandseams.

--becomes highly fractured, with some slickensides and fine sandseams.

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

10

121

112

559

565

456

356

557

568

998


0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35



Figure A-4

Oth

er T

ests

Sam

ple

No.


Dep

th,

(ft)


13-245

Seattle, WA



Sheet 1 of 2

Project:

Job Number:

Location:

Coordinates:

Sym

bol

Sam

ple

Typ

e

Blo

ws

/ 6

in.

128.0ft

HSA

SPT

Surface Elevation:


Drilling Method:

Sampling Method:


N-Value

0

Moisture LL

50

PL

RQD Recovery

100

Stiff to very stiff, moist, gray, fat CLAY (CH); occasional silty fine sandinterbeds, high plasticity, thinly laminated to massive.

Very Stiff, moist, light gray, silty CLAY/clayey SILT (CL-ML); fine sandseams, medium plasticity, massive (Lawton Clay).


11

12

13

586

7910

81015


35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70



Figure A-4

Oth

er T

ests

Sam

ple

No.


Dep

th,

(ft)


13-245

Seattle, WA



Sheet 2 of 2

Project:

Job Number:

Location:

Coordinates:

Sym

bol

Sam

ple

Typ

e

Blo

ws

/ 6

in.

128.0ft

HSA

SPT

Surface Elevation:


Drilling Method:

Sampling Method:


N-Value

0

Moisture LL

50

PL

RQD Recovery

100

APPENDIX B

SUMMARY LOGS OF PREVIOUS EXPLORATIONS

AND HISTORIC STREET GRADING PROFILES

13-245


Seattle, Washington

N/A

BORING LOGS BY OTHERS


NOTE: Boring B-1 and B-2 logs by Geotech Consultants, Inc. for 1707 Dexter Ave. N.in Seattle, Washington. B-1 and B-2 were drilled on May 25 and May 31, 2005, respectively.Geotech Consultants, Inc. Proj. No. 05189.

APPENDIX C

SUMMARY OF LABORTARY TEST RESULTS

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

0.0010.010.1110100

Specimen Identification

1.5 16

D10

GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION

4

0.223 0.123

@ 5.0 ft.

PE

RC

EN

T F

INE

R B

Y W

EIG

HT

Classification

GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS

3/4

D100 D60 %Gravel84.9

Reddish-brown, medium to coarse SAND

PI

19

8

Cc

10.1

404

GRAVEL

BH-1

COBBLESSAND

fine

5.0BH-1

CuLL

3 60


1/23/81

%Silt

medium

6 10 14

50

HYDROMETERU.S. SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES

Figure

U.S. SIEVE NUMBERS

Figure

0.405

coarse

%Sand

6 2

coarse

PL

20

%Clay

100 1403

D30

FigureC-1

fine

30 200

1.00 3.29

5.0

SILT OR CLAY

Project: 1701 Dexter Avenue NorthJob Number: 13-245Location: Seattle, WAPhone: 206.262.0370

GR

AIN

SIZ

E

1701

DE

XT

ER

AV

E N

OR

TH

.GP

J P

AN

GE

O.G

DT

2/

4/14

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

0 20 40 60 80 100

CL

MH

CH


BH-1

BH-2

BH-3

MLCL-ML

PLASTICITY

INDEX

Classification

36

40

39

61

67

66

25

27

27

M LL

15.0

15.0

25.0

31

45

35

ATTERBERG LIMITS

Gray, fat CLAY

Gray, fat CLAY

Gray, fat CLAY

FinesPIPL

LIQUID LIMIT

FigureC-2

Project: 1701 Dexter Avenue NorthJob Number: 13-245Location: Seattle, WAPhone: 206.262.0370

AT

TE

RB

ER

G L

IMIT

S

1701

DE

XT

ER

AV

E N

OR

TH

.GP

J P

AN

GE

O.G

DT

2/

4/14


1701 DEXTER AVE N. SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION

024100 - 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Requirements for demolition and/or removal work as a part of new construction.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 3300, “Submittal Procedures” 2. Section 312300, “Earthwork”

1.2 REFERENCES


B. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR): 1. 29 CFR 1910: Occupational Safety and Health Standards 2. 29 CFR 1926: Occupational Safety and Health Regulations for Construction

C. Washington State Department of Labor and Industries: 1. WAC 296-24: General Safety and Health Standards

1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Do not begin demolition until authorization is received from the Owner. Remove rubbish and debris from the project site daily. Store materials that cannot be removed daily in areas specified by the Owner.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 3300, “Submittal Procedures.” 1. Submit the proposed Demolition Plan, which delineates demolition and removal procedures. 2. Demolition plan shall include procedures and coordination with other work in progress. The

contractor shall provide a disconnection schedule of utility services, and a detailed description of methods and equipment to be used for each operation and of the sequence of operations.

1.5 REGULATORY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with federal, state, and local hauling and disposal regulations.

B. Perform all excavation work in accordance with all applicable requirements of governing authorities and applicable rules and regulations of 29 CFR 1910, 29 CFR 1926 and WAC 296-24.

1.6 DUST AND DEBRIS CONTROL

A. Prevent the spread of dust and debris to occupied portions of the building, on pavements, and avoid the creation of a nuisance or hazard in the surrounding area. Do not use water if it results in hazardous or objectionable conditions such as, but not limited to, ice, flooding, or pollution. Vacuum and dust the work area daily. Sweep pavements as often as necessary to control the spread of debris.

1.7 PROTECTION

A. Traffic Control Signs: Where pedestrian and driver safety is endangered in the area of removal work, use traffic barricades with flashing lights. Anchor barricades in a manner to prevent displacement. Notify the Owner prior to beginning such work.

B. Existing Work: Protect existing work which is to remain in place, be reused, or remain the property of the Owner. Repair items, which are to remain and which are damaged during performance of the work to their original condition, or replace with new. Do not overload structural elements or pavements to



024100 - 2

remain. Provide new supports and reinforcement for existing construction weakened by demolition or removal work. Repairs, reinforcement, or structural replacement must have Owner approval.

C. Facilities: Protect utility services. Where removal of existing utilities and pavement is specified or indicated, provide approved barricades, temporary covering of exposed areas, and temporary services or connections to utilities.

1.8 RELOCATIONS

A. Perform the removal and reinstallation of relocated items as indicated with workmen skilled in the trades involved. Repair items to be relocated, which are damaged or replace damaged items with new undamaged items as approved by the Owner.

B. Remove all vegetation from the proposed building area.

C. Remove the existing structure’s concrete foundation elements if within 2 vertical feet of the new slabs-on-grade or pavement sections. This will help prevent an uneven or inconsistent hard spot or ridge beneath these new structural elements.

D. Remove or completely grout abandoned underground utilities. Ends of remaining abandoned utility lines should be sealed to prevent piping of soil or water into the pipe.

E. Remove soft or loose materials from beneath structural elements and replace with compacted structural fill beneath slabs-on-grade and pavement sections.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXISTING FACILITIES TO BE REMOVED

A. Structures: Remove indicated existing structures and foundations.

B. Utilities and Related Equipment: Remove existing utilities as indicated and terminate in a manner conforming to the nationally recognized code covering the specific utility and approved by the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that are not shown on drawings, contact the Owner for further instructions.

C. Paving and Slabs: Provide neat sawcuts at limits of pavement removal as indicated. Remove sawcut concrete and asphaltic concrete paving and slabs as indicated.

3.2 FILLING

A. Fill holes, open basements, and other hazardous openings in accordance with Section 31 2300, “Earthwork.”

3.3 DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS

A. Title to Materials: Except where specified in other sections, all materials and equipment removed, and not reused, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be legally removed from property. Title to materials resulting from demolition, and materials and equipment to be removed, is vested in the Contractor upon approval by the Owner of the Contractor’s demolition and removal procedures, and authorization by the Owner to begin demolition. The Owner will not be responsible for the condition or loss of, or damage to, such property after contract award. Materials and equipment shall not be viewed by prospective purchasers or sold on the site.



024100 - 3

3.4 CLEANUP

A. Debris and Rubbish: Remove and transport debris and rubbish in a manner that will prevent spillage on pavements, streets or adjacent areas. Clean up spillage from pavements, streets and adjacent areas.

END OF SECTION

N-HABIT DEXTER SECTION 028200 1701 DEXTER AVE N. Asbestos Remediation

028200

Asbestos Remediation per ASBESTOS SURVEY 1701 Dexter Ave.N., Seattle, King County, Washington 98109

1429 Ave. D. #187, Snohomish, WA 98290

425-489-4040; c 206-914-5500; f 775-665-0420 www.asbestotest.com; [email protected]

A-T ASBESTO-TEST,

INC.

ASBESTOS SURVEY

1701 Dexter Ave. N., Seattle, King County, Washington 98109

Page 1 of 9 2140211 February 12, 2014 Daly Partners, LLC 1101 N. Northlake Way- Suite 105 Seattle, WA 98103 attn: Patrick Ashman 206-816-3339; 206-383-6982 [email protected] c.c: Peter Law [email protected] On February 4, 2014, Asbesto-Test personnel conducted an Asbestos survey (per U.S.E.P.A./A.H.E.R.A. guidelines as designated and specified by Puget Sound Clean Air Agency and Washington State) of the structure @ 1701 Dexter Ave. N., Seattle, King County, Washington 98109. This survey purpose is to identify any Asbestos Containing Materials that may be present and will require professional removal prior to demolition.

NARRATIVE OF FINDINGS

BASIC CONSTRUCTION: The structure is three story wood frame on a concrete slab. The siding is wood. The siding vapor barrier materials were sampled. The roofing materials are composition and torch down. The torch down roofing has “silver seal” roofing surfacing in some areas. The roofing materials were sampled. INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION, FINISHES, AND FLOORINGS: The interior construction is plaster, drywall, and wood. The plaster/surfacing and drywall/taping materials were sampled. The vinyl and tile flooring with relating backing and mastic materials were also sampled. The misc. mastic materials were also sampled.

INSULATION: The insulation was sampled.

continue to page 2

http://www.asbestotest.com/

mailto:[email protected]



Page 2 of 9 February 12, 2014 CB2140211 Asbesto-Test, Inc. 425-489-4040


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: The electrical wiring insulation did not appear to be the kind to be ACM. The power may have been “on” at the time of the inspection, thus sampling was not safe. Any suspect electrical wiring insulation or any suspect TSI (Thermal System Insulation) found in, around, or behind any located fuse or breaker boxes should be considered to be ACM (Asbestos Containing Material), unless determined otherwise by laboratory analysis. HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEM: There is an electric forced air furnace in the structure. There was no relating suspect ACM located. Note: It was not possible to dismantle the furnace and ducting to locate and/or evaluate any additional suspect ACM that may be concealed, inside the unit, or associated in hidden areas. It is our opinion any further handling of the furnace system should be coordinated by the project manager and/or abatement contractor. If any additional relating suspect materials are located prior to and/or during any demolition or renovation, any and all additional related suspect materials should be considered to be ACM (Asbestos Containing Material), unless determined to be otherwise by laboratory analysis. Any TSI that may be present inside or outside the furnace and/or ducting system including but not limited to all gaskets, joint compounds, sealants, and/or insulations, are PACM unless tested otherwise by laboratory analysis.

• There is also some baseboard/wall electric in the structure. There was no visible suspect ACM located associated with any of the electric heating units. It was not possible to dismantle the electric heating units to locate and/or evaluate any additional suspect ACM which may be concealed, inside the units, or associated in hidden areas. It is our opinion any further handling of the heating units should be coordinated by the project manager and/or abatement contractor. If any additional relating suspect ACM is located prior to and/or during any demolition or renovation, those materials are PACM (Presumed Asbestos Containing Material), unless determined to be otherwise by laboratory analysis.

MISC.: None.

ADDITIONAL STRUCTURES ON SITE INCLUDED IN SURVEY: None. # of structures included in survey: one house Requested by: Patrick Ashman

Carl Dykstra Inspector, certified A.H.E.R.A. Accred. #142264 EXP. May 22, 2014

continue to page 3

1429 Ave. D. #187, Snohomish, WA 98290 425-489-4040; c 206-914-5500; f 775-665-0420 www.asbestotest.com; [email protected]

A-T





Any and all materials identified as ACM or PACM in this report (and/or additional materials associated with the structure that may be discovered and later identified as ACM or PACM), must be professionally abated prior to demolition. ASSESSMENT AND QUANTIFICATION OF ACM FOR ABATEMENT PURPOSES AND/OR PRICING FOR REMOVAL SHOULD BE DETERMINED BY ON SITE EVALUATION, AS LISTED QUANTITIES ARE NOT GUARANTEED AND ARE AN APPROXIMATION ONLY.

SAMPLES 1-15 ARE ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS, except those materials listed as “NAD” ANALYSIS ID ASBESTOS//TYPE//QUANTITY OTHER MATERIAL BASEMENT: 1.0 “Concrete Sink” yes // chrysotile // 2% non-fibrous materials NON-FRIABLE ACM The concrete material making up the concrete sink in the south center room is ACM. 2.0 FLOOR TILE yes // chrysotile // 3% non-fibrous materials NON-FRIABLE ACM Center north room & under sheet vinyl in one bathroom – color: brown 3.0 BLACK MASTIC yes // chrysotile // 2% adhesive, cellulose NON-FRIABLE ACM Beneath previous sample listed and also under NON-ACM floor tile in NE ROOM. NOTE: THE CENTER NORTH ROOM IS APPROX. 500 SQ. FT. ON CONCRETE. HOWEVER, THE ACM BLACK MASTIC GOES THROUGHOUT THE BASEMENT ON THE CONCRETE FLOOR IN MOST AREAS. (APPROX. 1800 SQ. FT.) ALL OF THE BLACK MASTIC ON THE CONCRETE FLOOR IN THE BASEMENT IS PACM. QUANTITIES OF ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (FOR ABATEMENT ASSESSMENT AND/OR PRICING FOR REMOVAL) SHOULD BE DETERMINED BY ON SITE EVALUATION. 4.0 acoustic ceiling tile NAD cellulose, paint, in most rooms throughout the basement 5.0 MASTIC yes // chrysotile // 2% adhesive, cellulose NON-FRIABLE ACM holding acoustic ceiling tile as listed in previous sample ALL OF THE MASTIC HOLDING THE ORIGINAL ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE UP IS PACM APPROX. 1700 SQ. FT.

continue to page 4


A-T





ANALYSIS ID ASBESTOS//TYPE//QUANTITY OTHER MATERIAL 2nd LEVEL: 6.0 SHEET VINYL FLOORING yes // chrysotile // 38% non-fibrous materials, FRIABLE ACM cellulose Both restrooms – color: tan pebble Note: The asbestos is in the gray/white vinyl backing. The mastic is also ACM as it cannot be separated from the friable vinyl backing material. APPROX. 200 SQ. FT. ON PARTICLE BOARD 7.0 SHEET VINYL FLOORING yes // chrysotile // 38% non-fibrous materials, FRIABLE ACM cellulose Break room bottom layer– color: cream Note: The asbestos is in the gray/white vinyl backing. The mastic is also ACM as it cannot be separated from the friable vinyl backing material. APPROX. 200 SQ. FT. ON PARTICLE BOARD 8.0 MASTIC yes // chrysotile // 2% adhesive, cellulose NON-FRIABLE ACM NW ROOMS under glue down carpet ALL OF THE BLACK FLOORING MASTIC (INCLUDING ALL UNDER THE GLUE DOWN CARPET) IS PACM. QUANTITIES OF ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (FOR ABATEMENT ASSESSMENT AND/OR PRICING FOR REMOVAL) SHOULD BE DETERMINED BY ON SITE EVALUATION. UPPER LEVEL: 9.0 FLOOR TILE yes // chrysotile // 3% non-fibrous materials NON-FRIABLE ACM Under glue down carpet @ top of stairs –color: off white 10.0 BLACK MASTIC yes // chrysotile // 2% adhesive, cellulose NON-FRIABLE ACM Beneath previous sample listed 11.0 FLOOR TILE yes // chrysotile // 3% non-fibrous materials NON-FRIABLE ACM Under glue down carpet in 2 bedrooms-color: tan

continue to page 5


A-T





ANALYSIS ID ASBESTOS//TYPE//QUANTITY OTHER MATERIAL 12.0 BLACK MASTIC yes // chrysotile // 2% adhesive, cellulose NON-FRIABLE ACM Beneath previous sample listed ALL OF THE FLOOR TILE AND BLACK FLOORING MASTIC (INCLUDING ALL UNDER THE GLUE DOWN CARPET) IS PACM. QUANTITIES OF ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (FOR ABATEMENT ASSESSMENT AND/OR PRICING FOR REMOVAL) SHOULD BE DETERMINED BY ON SITE EVALUATION. NOTE: Any additional colors or kinds of vinyl flooring and/or tile with any relating mastics/backings that were not discovered in this survey and may later be located in this structure are also presumed to contain asbestos unless tested otherwise by laboratory analysis ROOFING: 13.0 ROOFING SURFACE yes // chrysotile // 2% non-fibrous materials, @ east end ACM cellulose “silver seal” material on roofing surface SILVER SEAL MATERIAL IS FRIABLE APPROX. 1800 SQ. FT. 14.0 torch down roofing NAD non-fibrous materials beneath previous sample listed tar, cellulose, fiberglass

15.0 roofing vapor barrier NAD cellulose, tar beneath previous sample listed

continue to page 6


A-T





ANALYSIS ID ASBESTOS//TYPE//QUANTITY OTHER MATERIAL

THERE WAS NO ASBESTOS DETECTED IN ANY OF THE REMAINING SAMPLES BASEMENT: 16.0 sheet vinyl flooring NAD non-fibrous materials, restrooms – color: gray speck cellulose, fiberglass 17.0 mastic NAD adhesive beneath previous sample listed 18.0 acoustic ceiling panels NAD foam, fiberglass suspended 19.0 drywall NAD non-fibrous materials paint, gypsum 20.0 drywall taping compounds NAD non-fibrous materials, SAMPLED PER AHERA GUIDELINE cellulose, fiberglass 21.0 mastic NAD adhesive, cellulose holding base cove 22.0 tile flooring NAD non-fibrous materials NE ROOM surface-color: tan NOTE: THIS TILE IS ON ACM BLACK MASTIC AS PREVIOUSLY LISTED. 2ND LEVEL: 23.0 tile flooring NAD non-fibrous materials break room – color: gray & brown intermixed 24.0 mastic NAD adhesive beneath previous sample listed ON TOP OF ACM SHEET VINYL AS PREVIOUSLY LISTED 25.0 sheet vinyl flooring NAD non-fibrous materials, room west of furnace – color: gold cellulose 26.0 mastic NAD adhesive beneath previous sample listed 27.0 acoustic ceiling panels NAD cellulose, fiberglass suspended

continue to page 7


A-T





ANALYSIS ID ASBESTOS//TYPE//QUANTITY OTHER MATERIAL 28.0 mastic NAD adhesive, cellulose break room – holding laminate on countertop 29.0 insulating material NAD non-fibrous materials, on underside of kitchen sink cellulose, polymers 30.0 mastic NAD adhesive, cellulose holding base cove 31.0 drywall NAD non-fibrous materials paint, gypsum 32.0 drywall taping compounds NAD non-fibrous materials, SAMPLED PER AHERA GUIDELINE cellulose, fiberglass 33.0 sheet vinyl flooring NAD non-fibrous materials, furnace room – color: tan & cream cellulose 34.0 mastic NAD adhesive beneath previous sample listed UPPER LEVEL: 35.0 jute vinyl flooring NAD non-fibrous materials, restroom & supply room – color: tan cellulose 36.0 mastic NAD adhesive beneath previous sample listed 37.0 surface paint NAD non-fibrous materials, bedroom 1 cellulose 37.1 plaster surfacing NAD non-fibrous materials, bedroom 1 cellulose 37.2 plaster material 3rd layer NAD non-fibrous materials, bedroom 1 cellulose 38.0 surface paint NAD non-fibrous materials, bedroom 2 cellulose 38.1 plaster surfacing NAD non-fibrous materials, bedroom 2 cellulose 38.2 plaster material 3rd layer NAD non-fibrous materials, bedroom 2 cellulose

continue to page 8


A-T





ANALYSIS ID ASBESTOS//TYPE//QUANTITY OTHER MATERIAL 39.0 surface paint NAD non-fibrous materials, hall cellulose 39.1 plaster surfacing NAD non-fibrous materials, hall cellulose 39.2 plaster material 3rd layer NAD non-fibrous materials, hall cellulose COMMON AREAS: 40.0 insulation NAD cellulose, fiberglass mineral wool fiberglass – color: black 41.0 composition roofing NAD cellulose, tar, non-fibrous materials 42.0 vapor barrier NAD cellulose, tar beneath previous sample 43.0 mastic NAD cellulose, adhesive holding composition roofing 44.0 vapor barrier NAD cellulose, tar material beneath siding exterior

continue to page 9


A-T





Samples taken are listed with their corresponding analyses. If asbestos is detected, those samples containing asbestos are listed first and noted with the initials “ACM”. Some sample analyses listed may be a representative analysis of individual and separate samplings and analysis of homogenous materials, as prescribed by A.H.E.R.A. guideline. If, during demolition or renovation, any additional suspect asbestos containing materials are located [may include but not limited to: sheet vinyl flooring, tile flooring, wall or ceiling texturings or paints, concrete siding or skirting, cement pipes, cement wallboard, electrical cloth, electrical wiring insulation, thermal paper, wallboard, joint compounds, vinyl wall coverings, spackling compounds, or any other suspect TSI (Thermal System Insulation)], those materials are presumed Asbestos Containing Materials unless determined to be non-asbestos by laboratory analysis. Asbesto-Test, Inc. does not guarantee approximations of quantities of ACM, which may be listed with the analyses. It is therefore recommended professional abatement price and/or disposal quotes be obtained by inquiring as to fees per area of specific ACM material (i.e. square or linear foot, etc.), or by on site assessment. Any and all materials identified as ACM and/or PACM in this report must be abated prior to disturbance in renovation or demolition. PLM (polarized light microscopy) has been known to miss asbestos in small percentages of some samples, which contain asbestos, thus negative PLM results cannot be guaranteed. Floor tiles and wipes should be tested with SEM (scanning electron microscope) or TEM (transmitting electron microscope), to insure analytical accuracy when asbestos is reported in small percentages

Analytical test method: USEPA 600/R93/116** (PLM); WAC 296-62-07753 App. J **One percent is the USEPA regulatory limit for asbestos in bulk samples. Key: “FRIABLE” signifies “Easily Airborne”

ACM signifies “Asbestos Containing Material” PACM signifies “Presumed Asbestos Containing Material”

CAB signifies “Concrete Asbestos Board” < signifies “less than” TSI signifies “Thermal System Insulation”

HVAC signifies “Heating Ventilating Air-Conditioning” NAD signifies “No Asbestos Detected”

END OF REPORT ArLynn Hammond, Pres., BSc. Analytical Chemist, AIHA proficient Inspector, certified A.H.E.R.A. accred.#143265 (Expires July 24, 2014)


A-T



N-HABIT DEXTER SECTION 2105001701 DEXTER AVE N. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

210500 - 1

SECTION 210500COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

PART 1 GENERAL1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Pipe, fittings, valves, and connections for sprinkler, standpipe and fire hose, and combinationsprinkler and standpipe systems.

1.2 DESCRIPTIONA. The requirements of this section are applicable to all of Division 21. In the event of a conflict

between this section and another section, the more stringent requirement shall apply.B. All work must be in conformance with the current NFPA codes and all existing governing codes and

authorities (including Building and Fire Departments) now in effect in Seattle, including supplementsto code if applicable. Subcontractor shall protect and hold harmless the Owner, Architect andContractor from any errors and/or omissions resulting in the fire protection system design orinstallation. Sprinkler Subcontractor or his Engineer shall carry design liability insurance (errors andomissions).

C. Fire Protection Subcontractor is required to coordinate his work with the Architect, StructuralEngineer, MEP consultant hired by Owner, and all other Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbingdesign-build subcontractors to provide a complete fire protection sprinkler scope of work.

D. This project is a mixture of wood framed and concrete structure with garage and it to be fullysprinklered low rise project without elevator lobbies and as such requires fire protection systems thatwould be required for such a building. Provide wet and dry fire sprinkler systems per all code andjurisdictional authority requirements including NFPA, SBC and DPD rulings. Parking garage (andother areas subject to freezing) shall have dry sprinkler protection (estimated minimum one dry pipevalve required). This is a Residential only project with no Retail; Residential areas shall have wetsystem protection (provide dry sidewall or pendant where required to suit conditions). Coordinatewith Architect if some stair enclosures and egress walkways are outside the building envelope andshall have dry sprinkler protection.

E. Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for coordination, in conjunction with the Owner, ofall Department of Public Works for water supply for the projects sprinkler system. All Public WorksDepartment fees are to be paid by Owner. Scope under this section includes underground work toand including the backflow prevention devices. Backflow prevention devices shall be located ininterior fire sprinkler room in garage, and shall be listed in the current WA state list of approvedbackflow preventer assemblies.

F. Provide all necessary fire protection sprinkler permit and inspection expenses.G. Excluded are electrical wiring, fire extinguishers and cabinets and painting of pipe. If piping is

installed in locations for convenience of Subcontractor where areas are otherwise accessible forconcealed installation, Subcontractor shall be responsible for all costs related for concealing ofpiping.

H. Provide dry fire systems in garage (antifreeze systems are not allowed) including dry pipe valves andcompressors. Dry Pipe Alarm Valve Assemblies and Appurtenances shall include cast irondifferential type alarm valve and trim, tank mounted air compressor, air maintenance device,accelerator (quick opening device), anti-flood device, and alarm devices.

I. Wet Pipe Alarm Valve Assemblies and Appurtenances: A water flow indicator with test and drainarrangement (commonly called a shotgun riser) and dry standpipe as allowed by AHJ is acceptable.Provide necessary pressure gages, pressure operated relief valve, alarm test valve, and drainvalves. Dry standpipe is allowed at residential occupancy per NFPA and as approved by the City ofSeattle. Provide wet standpipes and wet interconnection pipes with insulation and UL listed heattrace monitored by fire alarm system in unheated stairs (where present) and in garage.

J. Standpipe Hose Valve: 2-1/2 inch polished brass angle globe hose valve with wheel handle, cap, andchain. Cap with 1/8 inch diameter hole drilled in face to relieve water pressure. Threads compatiblefor use with local fire department equipment. Potter-Roemer Model 4065 cap with Model 4626 chainor approved.


210500 - 2

K. Contractor shall be responsible for all permits and fees associated with preparation and approval ofdrawings and the installation and approval of fire sprinkler system.

L. Where possible, systems shall be design to allow for gravity drain down and test to a gravity flowingsanitary sewer (i.e., avoid draining/flow testing to sanitary pump station).

1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating: Preparation and painting of fire protection piping systems.B. Section 211300 - Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems: Sprinkler systems design.C. Section 211200 - Fire-Suppression Standpipes: Standpipe design.D. Sprinkler Contractor shall coordinate with General Contractor for provision of and caulking of all

interior and exterior wall penetrations.1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ASME (BPV IX) - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX - Welding and Brazing Qualifications;The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2013.

B. ASME B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250; TheAmerican Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2010.

C. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300; The American Society ofMechanical Engineers; 2011.

D. ASME B16.4 - Gray Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2011.E. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of

Mechanical Engineers; 2012 (ANSI B16.18).F. ASME B16.25 - Buttwelding Ends; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2012.G. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,

Welded and Seamless; 2012.H. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings; 1984 (Reapproved 2009).I. ASTM A795/A795M - Standard Specification for Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)

Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use; 2013.J. ASTM F438 - Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)

Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40; 2009.K. ASTM F439 - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe

Fittings, Schedule 80; 2013.L. ASTM F442/F442M - Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe

(SDR-PR); 2013.M. ASTM F493 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride)

(CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings; 2010.N. AWS A5.8/A5.8M - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding; American Welding

Society; 2011 and errata.O. AWWA C110/A21.10 - American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In.

Through 48 In. (75 mm Through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids; American Water WorksAssociation; 2012.

P. AWWA C111/A21.11 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings; AmericanWater Works Association; 2012 (ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11).

Q. AWWA C151/A21.51 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water; American Water WorksAssociation; 2009 (ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51).

R. AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints; 2011 (ANSI/AWWA C606).S. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; National Fire Protection Association;

2013.T. NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems; National Fire Protection

Association; 2013.


210500 - 3

U. UL (FPED) - Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition.V. UL 262 - Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; Current Edition,

Including All Revisions.W. UL 312 - Check Valves for Fire-Protection Service; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; Current Edition,

Including All Revisions.1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings.C. Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration

seals. Indicate installation, layout, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections.D. Contractor's Material and Test Certificates:

1. "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping" per NFPA 13, complete andsigned.

2. "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Underground Piping" per NFPA 13, complete andsigned.

E. Contractor shall not proceed with installation until required approvals are obtained from the AHJ,theGeneral Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner

F. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and tag numbering.1. Show all changes to approved shop drawings.2. Contractor shall maintain an up-to-date marked set of as-built drawings at the site which shall

be corrected and delivered to the Owner upon completion of work. Upon completion, furnish theOwner with four large print photocopies revised to show as-built conditions along withContractor’s Material and Test Certificates signed by the Owner’s Representative whowitnessed tests

3. Also, at the completion of the project, provide a small-scale plan of the building indicating thelocations of all control valves, low point drawings and inspector’s test valves. The plan shall beneatly drawn and color coded to indicate the portion of the building provided by each system.Plan shall be protected by placing between two pieces of clear acrylic. Mount securely to thewall adjacent to the sprinkler riser.

G. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions and spare parts lists.1. Submit 2 complete sets to the project.2. Include service directory with telephone numbers for 24-hour emergency service.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this

section with minimum three years documented experience.B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum

five years experience. approved by manufacturer.C. Conform to UL, FM, and Warnock Hersey requirements.D. Valves: Bear UL label or marking. Provide manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on

valve body.E. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified as suitable for the purpose specified

and indicated.F. The Architect and the fire marshal's approval shall not relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities

to perform all work in accordance with specification and contract terms.G. Shop drawings shall be prepared by an Engineering Technician or Senior Engineering Technician

(Level III or Level IV), NICET certification for fire sprinkler system design. Include NICET CertificationNumber on shop drawings. Drawings will be signed by the Technician and submitted for approvalunder his name. Drawings will be signed by a Registered Engineer if required by AHJ

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place.


210500 - 4

B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.

1.8 WARRANTYA. Provide a one-year warranty on materials and workmanship beginning on the date of final

acceptance by the Owner.B. Provide emergency repair service within 8 hours of request by Owner during the warranty period.

Provide emergency service 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.1 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

A. Sprinkler Systems: Conform work to NFPA 13.B. Standpipe and Hose Systems: Conform to NFPA 14.C. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Code.D. All fire suppression components furnished under this Section shall be UL listed in the UL Fire

Protection Equipment Directory and FM approved in the FM Approval Guide for fire suppression use. All components shall be new and rated for a working pressure of 175 psi unless required to behigher by the fire marshal.

2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERSA. Sprinkler equipment, heads and material shall be U.L. listed or FM approved for used in fire

protection systems.2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS2.4 BURIED PIPING

A. Piping shall be same material and type as provided by division 31/33 fire sprinkler water service pipeto building or as specified below.

B. Cast Iron Pipe: AWWA C151/A21.51.1. Fittings: AWWA C110, standard thickness.2. Joints: AWWA C111, rubber gasket.3. Mechanical Couplings: Shaped composition sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers.4. Cement lined, AWWA C104.5. All ductile iron pipe shall be encased within polyethylene per AWWA C105.

2.5 ABOVE GROUND PIPINGA. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 795 Schedule 10 or ASTM A 53 Schedule 40, black.

1. Steel Fittings: ASME B16.25, buttweld ends.2. Cast Iron Fittings: ASME B16.1, flanges and flanged fittings and ASME B16.4, threaded

fittings.3. Malleable Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, threaded fittings.4. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C"

shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanizedpipe.

5. Mechanical Formed Fittings: Carbon steel housing with integral pipe stop and O-ring pockedand O-ring, uniformly compressed into permanent mechanical engagement onto pipe.

6. Galvanized outdoors and for test and drain pipes.7. Pipe, other than Schedule 40 or Schedule 10, acceptable if UL listed and labeled, FM approved,

and approved by AHJs.8. Schedule 40 pipe used in cut groove joints.9. Schedule 10 pipe for sizes 2 inch and smaller with screwed joints and fittings.10. Schedule 10 pipe used for rolled grooved joints. Rolled grooved joints for dry pipe sprinkler

systems not acceptable. Dyna-Flow pipe is acceptable where allowed by AHJ.11. Internal and external galvanized steel for exterior pipes, dry pipe sprinkler systems, buried pipe

if not ductile iron, and drains. Alternate bid: Dyna-Flow pipe where allowed by AHJ.


210500 - 5

12. FlexHead sprinkler connections may be used at Contractor’s option. If used, install withthreaded fittings. Gasket or pressure fit type fittings not acceptable. Oversized ring, sleeve, oradaptor through ceiling not required.

B. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), H58 drawn temper.For exposed sprinkler main upstreamof backflow preventer, or Stainless steel pipe meeting requirements of AHJ1. Type: Type L (B).2. Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast copper alloy solder joint, pressure type.3. Joints: AWS A5.8 Classification BCuP-3 or BCuP-4 copper/silver braze.4. Unions: Wrought copper solder joint unions, ASME B16.22; cast bronze solder joint fittings,

ASME B16.18.5. Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Cast bronze, 125 pound Class, ASME Standards.6. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick compressed non-asbestos material selected for applicable

temperature and pressure of systems installed. Full face gaskets for flat faced flanges.7. Joint Compound: Teflon tape.8. Solder Material: 95 percent tin, 5 percent antimony solder or 96 percent tin 4 percent silver

conforming to ASTM B 32. Solder for domestic water piping lead free (not more than 0.2percent lead). Flux water soluble conforming to ASTM B 813. J.W. Harris “Bridgit”, Hardy &Harman, Allstate or approved.

9. Brazing Material: Copper-phosphorus alloys, BcuP Series, conforming to AWS A5.8. Solder fordomestic water piping lead free (not more than 0.2 percent lead). Flux water soluble conformingto ASTM B 813. J.W. Harris, Hardy & Harman, Allstate, or approved.

C. CPVC Pipe : ASTM F442/F442M, SDR 13.5.1. For residential wood-framed construction where acceptable by AHJ.2. Fittings: ASTM F438 Schedule 40, or ASTM F439 schedule 80, CPVC.3. Joints: Solvent welded, using ASTM F493 cement.

2.6 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTSA. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring.B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.C. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods.D. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 inches: Cast iron hook.E. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp.F. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.G. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or

steel support.H. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated.

2.7 MECHANICAL COUPLINGSA. Rigid Mechanical Couplings for Grooved Joints:

1. Dimensions and Testing: Comply with AWWA C606.2. Minimum Working Pressure: 300 psig.3. Housing Material: Fabricate of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536.4. Housing Coating: Factory applied orange enamel.5. Gasket Material: EPDM suitable for operating temperature range from minus 30 degrees F to

230 degrees F.6. Bolts and Nuts: Hot dipped galvanized or zinc electroplated steel

2.8 GATE VALVESA. Up to and including 2 inches:B. Over 2 inches:

1. Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem pre-grooved for mounting tamper switch, handwheel, OS&Y,solid rubber covered bronze or cast iron wedge, flanged ends.

C. Over 4 inches:1. Iron body, bronze trim, non-rising stem with bolted bonnet, solid bronze wedge, flanged ends,

iron body indicator post assembly.


210500 - 6

2.9 GLOBE OR ANGLE VALVESA. Up to and including 2 inches:

1. Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem and handwheel, inside screw, renewable rubber disc,threaded ends, with backseating capacity repackable under pressure.

B. Over 2 inches:1. Manufacturers:2. Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, OS&Y, plug-type disc, flanged ends, renewable

seat and disc.2.10 BALL VALVES

A. Up to and including 2 inches:1. Bronze two piece body, brass, chrome plated bronze, or stainless steel ball, teflon seats and

stuffing box ring, lever handle and balancing stops, threaded ends with union.B. Over 2 inches:

1. Cast steel body, chrome plated steel ball, teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle orgear drive handwheel for sizes 10 inches and over, flanged.

2.11 BUTTERFLY VALVESA. Bronze Body:

1. Stainless steel disc, resilient replaceable seat, threaded or grooved ends, extended neck,handwheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and built-in tamper proof switch rated10 amp at 115 volt AC.

B. Cast or Ductile Iron Body1. Cast or ductile iron, chrome or nickel plated ductile iron or aluminum bronze disc, resilient

replaceable EPDM seat, wafer, lug, or grooved ends, extended neck, handwheel and gear driveand integral indicating device, and internal tamper switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC.

2.12 CHECK VALVESA. Up to and including 2 inches:

1. Bronze body and swing disc, rubber seat, threaded ends.B. Over 2 inches:

1. Iron body, bronze trim, swing check with rubber disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged endswith automatic ball check.

C. 4 inches and Over:1. Iron body, bronze disc, stainless steel spring, resilient seal, threaded, wafer, or flanged ends.

D. Double Detector Check Valve Assembly.1. Ames, Watts, Febco, Beeco, Cla-Val, or ITT Lawler. Must be listeD with the local state agency

having jurisdiction.E. Alarm Check Valves

1. 2-1/2 in. to 8 in.2. Iron body with rubber faced clapper assembly.3. Standard trim package with all necessary valves, gauges, fittings and nipples.4. Flanged, or flange/groove, ANSI B16.1, AWWA C606.5. Accessories: Retard chamber for variable pressure water supply, water motor gong and alarm

pressure switch.6. Provide with outlets for pressure gauges and two inch main drain.7. Shotgun style valves are acceptable.

2.13 DRAIN VALVESA. Ball Valve:

1. Brass with cap and chain, 3/4 inch hose thread.PART 3 EXECUTION3.1 PREPARATION

A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.


210500 - 7

B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly.C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.D. D. Keep a set of approved shop drawings at the job site. Mark-up all field changes.

3.2 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADESA. Carefully check Drawings and specifications of other trades before installing any work. In all cases

consider the work of all other trades, and coordinate this work with that of the structural, sheet metal,piping, plumbing, electrical, and site work subcontractors so that the best arrangement of allequipment, piping, conduit, ducts, and other related items can be obtained. Coordinate work to theend that there is no conflict between location of sprinkler heads and electric fixtures, piping, ducts,and other items.

B. Call to the attention of the Architect any points of conflict between fire protection work and that of theother trades, so that the conflict may be properly resolved. Work which interferes with the work ofother trades shall be removed and re-installed at Contractor's expense when so directed by theArchitect. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to provide additional work as necessary to satisfy therequirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. It shall be understood that no extras to theContract will be permitted to accomplish the above results.

3.3 INSTALLATIONA. Install sprinkler system and service main piping, hangers, and supports in accordance with NFPA 13.B. Install standpipe piping, hangers, and supports in accordance with NFPA 14.C. Provide all fire system drains piped to the closest available drain receptor provided by the plumbing

subcontractor. Coordinate size and location with plumbing subcontractor (minimum 4” diameterstandpipe drain for main drain down of system). Sprinkler room shall have floor drain(s) connected tothe sanitary sewer system.

D. Provide all hose connections regulating and backflow prevention as required for fire protectionsprinkler system, including FDC’s and pump testing devices (if applicable).

E. Provide trenching, thrust restraints and backfill for underground piping.F. Piping, valves and accessories shall be rated at a pressure class 25% higher than its peak operating

pressure.G. Provide Standpipes with pressure regulated hose valves in each stair and on each floor as required

by code and pressure ratings of pipe.H. Provide sprinkler main floor pressure regulators, fire department test devices, supervised valves,

flow switches, tamper switches, and test drains.I. Provide hose valves inside stairs with caps per code and SFD criteria.J. Sprinkler piping shall be supported by the use of powder driven studs or inserts into concrete decks.

Large main lines shall have inserts in deck. Powder driven studs to be minimum length due to PTtendons in decks (where applicable). Seismic brace all pipes as required by code. Wedge anchorsallowed where UL or FM listed for fire protection use, and approved by the City of Seattle.

K. All sprinkler piping shall be installed per code. Typically, piping to be in drop ceiling spaces or wallcavities. Only exposed piping that is acceptable is to be in utility type areas and small closets.Drywall ceilings will be provided as shown on the architectural reflected ceiling plans. Subcontractoris responsible in providing required wall thickness and locations of required ceilings to Contractorand Architect to be incorporated into the final “For Construction” set of plans. All costs for anydeviations or lack of providing correct or adequate information prior to issuance of “For Construction”plans shall be borne by subcontractor.

L. All wall penetrations to have escutcheon trims. All wall penetrations made through rated walls shallhave fire sealant. All wall penetrations made through acoustical walls that are not rated shall haveacoustical sealant. All fire and acoustical sealants required for the sprinkler system are by the fireprotection subcontractor.

M. All slab penetrations to have acoustical and/or fire sealant closure.


210500 - 8

N. Sprinklers are to be provided throughout, with upright heads in all exposed areas, recessed infinished ceilings, and side-walls in living areas of units. Omega heads are not approved for thisproject.

O. PIPING INSTALLATION1. Installation of fire protection systems and components shall be in accordance with applicable

NFPA standards, manufacturer’s recommendations, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction.a. Install underground piping in accordance with requirements of Division 33 (civil

specifications for site piping).2. Provide seismic bracing. Seismic bracing shall be in conformance with NFPA 13, the IBC and

as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for code compliance.3. Cutting and welding on sprinkler piping shall be avoided. When system fabrication requires

drilling, cutting, or burning of holes in sprinkler pipe, and/or welding of outlets to pipe, pipingshall be removed to a safe location. Extreme care shall be taken to ensure that coupons, slag,and other debris are removed from piping before installation begins. Welders certified for theprocedures used shall perform all welding. Each weld shall bear the welder's identifying mark.If such activity is necessary within the facility, the FM Global Hot Work Permit System shall beused in its entirety. Welding of materials shall conform to NFPA requirements and weldingwithin the project structure itself shall be in accordance with NFPA 51B.

4. Welding of materials shall conform to NFPA requirements and welding within the projectstructure itself is authorized in accordance with NFPA 51B. Each weld shall bear the welder’sidentifying mark. All equipment, pipe, and fittings exposed to weather or corrosion shall begalvanized, plated, or otherwise protected.

5. Install piping as concealed work in finished areas, unless indicated otherwise. Valves infinished areas shall be concealed in cabinets recessed in wall.

6. Provide flexible couplings at the top and bottom of each riser assembly, seismic joints, and anyother locations recommended or required by NFPA 13.

7. Install sprinkler piping to provide for system drainage per NFPA 13. Automatic ball drip pipingshall drain to nearest floor drain. Route all auxiliary drains to a floor sink or a safe dischargeoutside the building.

8. Rubber gasketed, grooved end pipe fittings shall be assembled to pipe grooved with toolsapproved by the fitting manufacturer. Groove dimensions and tightening torque values shall bewithin tolerances published by the fitting manufacturer. Reductions in pipe sizes shall be madewith one-piece reducing fittings. Bushings will not be acceptable. Piping shall have flushingconnections per NFPA 13.

9. Reductions in pipe sizes shall be made with one-piece reducing fittings. Bushings will not beacceptable.

10. All sprinkler system and supervisory devices shall be mounted in a manner which is readilyaccessible for the installation of electrical wiring and conduit and inspection service. Providethe proper trim and a means of testing and calibrating each device.

P. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient.Q. Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work.R. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.S. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls, and floors.T. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.U. Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated or required (only with prior approval);

coordinate with Structural Engineer prior to placing sleeves and/or coring.V. Locate fire department connections in an accessible area and clear of obstructions. Threads shall

match local fire department requirements.W. Identification Signs:

1. At completion of installation, provide signing as required by NFPA #13X. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected

equipment.Y. Inserts:

1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwork.


210500 - 9

2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforcedconcrete beams.

3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches.4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface.5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with

recessed square steel plate and nut above slab.Z. Pipe Hangers and Supports:

1. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacentwork.

2. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.3. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement

without disengagement of supported pipe.4. Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected

horizontal piping.5. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or

trapeze hangers.6. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping.7. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Refer to Section 099000. Hangers and

supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are notconsidered exposed.

AA. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top ofpipe level.

AB. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Where pipe support membersare welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primerto welding. Refer to Section 099000.

AC. Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated.AD. Provide sleeves when penetrating footings, floors, and walls. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to

achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required.AE. When installing more than one piping system material, ensure system components are compatible

and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges,union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided.

AF. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings prior toinstallation.

AG. Provide gate, ball, or butterfly valves for shut-off or isolating service.AH. Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus.

3.4 CLEANINGA. Painting of sprinkler piping is not included in this Section. However, the exterior of the sprinkler

piping shall be left in a clean condition ready for paint application.3.5 EXCAVATION, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL

A. Provide excavation, bedding, and backfill required for the underground piping installation inaccordance with requirements of Division 33 (civil specifications).

3.6 CONCRETE WORKA. Provide a concrete thrust block for the sprinkler service water piping where it turns up to enter the

building and elsewhere where shown on Drawings in accordance with requirements of Division 33(civil specifications).

3.7 FLUSHING AND TESTING (AS REQUIRED BELOW AND PER NFPA 13, MORE STRINGENTAPPLIES)A. Underground feed mains shall be flushed in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 24. The

aboveground sprinkler piping shall not be connected to the underground piping until the undergroundpiping has been satisfactorily flushed, tested, and certified.

B. Test all piping at 200 psi water pressure for a continuous two hour period, or at 50 psi above themaximum system pressure where the maximum pressure exceeds 150 psi. No pressure loss is


210500 - 10

allowed. Piping between the fire department connection and inlet pipe check valve shall also betested. Any defects due to materials or workmanship occurring during this test shall be immediatelyand properly corrected. Fire marshal shall be present for all tests.1. Dry system piping shall also be tested at 40 psi air pressure for a continuous 24 hour period. A

maximum pressure loss of 1.5 psi is allowed.2. Visual Inspection: Perform a visual inspection of all system components, including sprinklers,

piping, fittings, valves, hangers, and sway bracing. Verify that all system risers, fire departmentconnections, standpipes, and isolation valves have the appropriate signage as specified. Verifythat each system riser has a sign describing hydraulic design information.

3. Copies of completed Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for hydrostatic testing andflushing shall be sent to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

END OF SECTION

N-HABIT DEXTER SECTION 2112001701 DEXTER AVE N. FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES

211200 - 1

SECTION 211200FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES


A. Standpipe system.B. Fire department connection.C. Below listed information are general requirements. Final requirements shall be verified with Fire

Marshall/AHJ prior to the start of design and shall be included in the price for this project.1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 210500 - Common Work Results for Fire Suppression: Fire protection piping.B. Section 211300 - Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems; National Fire Protection

Association; 2013.1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section.1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog sheet for equipment indicating rough-in size, finish,

and accessories.C. Shop Drawings: Indicate supports, components, accessories, and sizes.

1. Submit shop drawings and product data to Owner's insurance underwriter for approval.2. Submit proof of approval to Architect.

D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components.E. Operation Data: Include manufacturer's data.F. Maintenance Data: Include servicing requirements and test schedule.G. Certificates: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of

field acceptance tests.1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 14. Maintain one copy on site.B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum

five years experience approved by manufacturer.1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver and store products in shipping packaging until installation.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.1 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION

A. Type: Flush mounted wall type with brass finish.B. Outlets: Two way with thread size to suit fire department hardware; threaded dust cap and chain of

matching material and finish.C. Drain: 3/4 inch automatic drip, outside.D. Label: "Standpipe - Fire Department Connection".E. 3. Threads to match local fire department requirements.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

N-HABIT DEXTER SECTION 2112001701 DEXTER AVE N. FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES

211200 - 2

B. Install in accordance with NFPA 14.C. Connect standpipe system to water source ahead of domestic water connection.D. Where static pressure exceeds 100 psi but is less than 100 psi at any hose station, provide pressure

orifice disc in discharge of hose station valve to prevent pressure on hose exceeding 90 psi.E. Where static pressure exceeds 100 psi at any hose station, provide pressure reducing valve to

prevent pressure on hose exceeding 90 psi.F. Provide two way fire department outlet connection on roof as/if required by AHJ.G. Flush entire system of foreign matter.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Section 014000.B. Test entire system in accordance with NFPA 14.C. Test shall be witnessed by Fire Marshal.

END OF SECTION

N-HABIT DEXTER SECTION 2113001701 DEXTER AVE N. FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS

211300 - 1

SECTION 211300FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS


A. Wet-pipe sprinkler system.B. Dry-pipe sprinkler system.C. System design, installation, and certification.D. Fire department connections.

1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTSA. Description: Work Included: The work of this Section includes the design, provision, and testing of

complete fire protection systems as described herein and as required by NFPA 13 and the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction to cover all areas of this building project. Scope starts from required point ofconnection to the fire sprinkler service 5' outside building as shown on plans. System shall bedesigned to fit in the allocated space shown on the mechanical schematic drawings.

B. Below listed information are general requirements. Final requirements shall be verified with FireMarshall/AHJ prior to the start of design and shall be included in the price for this project.

1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Division 28 - Fire Detection and Alarm requirements.B. Section 210500 - Common Work Results for Fire Suppression: Pipe, fittings, and valves.C. Section 210548 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment.D. Section 211200 - Fire-Suppression Standpipes.E. Division 26 - Equipment Wiring: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections.F. Division 31 - Earthwork for underground water supply main to 5’ from building specified as part of the

site work. Sprinkler Contractor shall be responsible for connecting to main, extension into buildingand testing and flushing of that portion of the water supply main. Excavating, trenching andbackfilling shall be per the requirements of Division 31 and the AHJ.

G. Sprinkler Contractor shall coordinate with General Contractor for provision of and caulking of allinterior and exterior wall penetrations.

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; National Fire Protection Association;

2013.B. UL (FPED) - Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition.C. FM Global (FM):

1. FM P7825: Approval Guide - Equipment, Materials, Services for Conservation of Property.2. FM Data Sheets 2-8, 2-8N and 3-26.

1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTSA. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section.

1.6 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide data on sprinklers, valves, and specialties, including manufacturers catalog

information. Submit performance ratings, rough-in details, weights, support requirements, and pipingconnections.

C. Shop Drawings:1. Submit four sets of preliminary layout of finished ceiling areas showing the reflected ceiling plan

indicating only sprinkler locations coordinated with ceiling installation (including all ceilingmounted devices, i.e., lights, speakers, sensors, grilles, diffusers) for approval by Architect.Sprinkler heads shall be centered in the ceiling tiles and between light fixtures. This


211300 - 2

symmetrical pattern may require additional sprinkler heads as compared to NFPArequirements. Lights and HVAC ductwork have precedence over sprinkler system.

2. Drawings shall show connection to fire loop, water meter, fire department connections, valves,checks and double check backflow preventer, standpipe hose valves and connections toequipment, etc.

3. Indicate hydraulic calculations, detailed pipe layout, hangers and supports, sprinklers,components and accessories. Indicate system controls.

4. Submit shop drawings, product data, and hydraulic calculations first to the authority havingjurisdiction (Seattle Fire Department) for approval. Once this approval has been obtained, thesame information that now includes the stamp of approval shall be submitted for approval toArchitect. No work shall be started until the above items have been approved by theArchitect.

5. Shop drawings and hydraulic calculations shall be stamped by a licensed individual (minimumof NICET Level III or Registered Fire Protection Engineer in the State of Washington).

D. Certifications: Submit certifications of qualifications and satisfactory performance as follows.1. Contractor's license, fire sprinkler permits, and designer's certificate of qualifications.2. Overhead materials and testing certificates per NFPA 13.3. Welder qualifications and procedures.4. Certificates of approval from the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

E. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of sprinklers and deviations of piping fromdrawings. Indicate drain and test locations. A set of working drawings shall be "red-lined" dailyduring construction to reflect progress and the accurate as-built record condition. Reproducibledrawings reflecting "red-lines" and the "red-lined" drawings shall be submitted.

F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that system has been tested and meets or exceeds specifiedrequirements and code requirements.

G. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include components of system, servicing requirements, recorddrawings, inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and location and numbers ofservice depot.

H. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.1. Extra Sprinklers: Type and size matching those installed, in quantity required by referenced

NFPA design and installation standard.2. Sprinkler Wrenches: For each sprinkler type.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Conform to UL requirements.B. Designer Qualifications: Design system under direct supervision of a Professional Fire Protection

Engineer (or Certified NICET III Designer if allowed by AHJ)experienced in design of this type ofwork and licensed in the State in which the Project is located.

C. The Architect and the Fire Marshal's/AHJs approval shall not relieve the Contractor from hisresponsibilities to perform all work in accordance with specification and contract terms.

D. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in thissection with minimum three years documented experience.

E. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimumfive years experience approved by manufacturer.

F. Equipment and Components: Provide products that bear UL label or marking.G. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as

suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.1.8 MOCK-UP

A. Provide components for installation in mock-up.B. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work.

1.9 EXTRA MATERIALSA. Provide extra sprinklers of type and size matching those installed, in quantity required by referenced

NFPA design and installation standard.


211300 - 3

B. Provide suitable wrenches for each sprinkler type.C. Provide metal storage cabinet in location designated.

1.10 WARRANTYA. In addition to standard manufacturer's warranty, provide detailed item by item pricing for extending

manufacturer's standard warranty to both 5 years and 10 years for all major equipment items (i.e.,compressors, fire sprinkler booster pump, etc.).

1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Store products in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. Provide temporary inlet

and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Sprinklers, Valves, and Equipment:1. Tyco Fire Protection Products, a Tyco Business: www.tyco-fire.com.2. Viking Corporation: www.vikinggroupinc.com.

2.2 SPRINKLER SYSTEMA. Sprinkler System: Provide coverage for entire building where required by code.B. Occupancy: Hazard rating shall be as required by NFPA for the applicable occupancy type shown on

contract documents unless noted otherwise.C. Water Supply: Determine volume and pressure from water flow test data. Contractor is responsible

for coordinating and any costs associated with having a fire flow test done and obtaining a copy ofthe test report as needed for designing sprinkler systems. Obtain latest water supply engineeringtest data prior to the design of the fire protection system. The fire sprinkler subcontractor shall beresponsible for verification of the water supply information. All hydraulic calculation demands shallbe at least 10 psi below the specified supply curve at that point.1. Reference only, Existing water certificate (certified in 04/28/2008, Water Availability Certificate

ID No. 20080533) shows 86 psi static pressure at an elevation of 128 feet (326' pressurezone). Obtain updated WAC since above WAC is out of date.

2. Provide for hose allowance as required by the AHJ.D. Pipe sizing shall be determined by hydraulic calculations. Preliminary Minimum size for underground

shall be 6-inch (system shall be designed for 6” fire service tap and meter). Coordinate exactrequirements with Civil. Minimum size for risers shall be 4-inch.

E. Provide backflow prevention devices as required by AHJ (confirmed double check valve assembly).Coordinate location of backflow preventers, system control valves and fire department connectionswith the site utility contractor, Civil Drawings, Architect, Electrical, Plumbing and AHJ (AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction). Locate system control valves on risers and fire department connections on thebuilding unless otherwise required by AHJ. Backflow prevention devices shall be located in firesprinkler riser room. This is a shared room with domestic water service; coordinate with Division 22Plumbing.

F. Provide pipe materials for the exposed portion of the sprinkler main service from the street point ofconnection depicted on the Civil drawings to the backflow prevention device that are suitable forpotable water use. Coordinate with the Seattle Fire Department.

G. Sprinkler coverage shall be complete in all areas as required by NFPA #13. Provide sprinklerprotection for canopies utilizing dry sidewall heads or dry systems as conditions require. Extendedcoverage, ordinary hazard heads are permitted in accordance with their listing; however, in no caseshall spacing exceed 256 square feet per head.

H. Sprinkler contractor is responsible for the installation of the water flow switches and any sprinklersystem supervisory switches including tamper switches on all system control valves. Fire systemmonitoring contractor shall provide local exterior and interior (when required by code) water flowsignaling device and off-premise monitoring of the sprinkler system.


211300 - 4

I. Sprinkler piping shall be above ceilings when ceilings are present. Maintain maximum elevation ofpiping in areas without ceiling either by locating piping up inside open web joists or by locating uptight to solid roof structural members. Coordinate with other trades.

J. Sprinkler piping in the parking garage shall be installed as high as possible and coordinated with thework in those areas. Minimum pipe elevation shall be 7'-0" bottom of pipe in any parking or driveaisle (City of Seattle minimum height to obstructions is 6’-8”) except for areas noted (on architecturaldrawings) for ADA van access which shall be 8'-2" clear height. Where piping is up against a wall(for head in parking), piping will be allowed to go lower than 6’-8” bottom of pipe. Steel bollards shallbe provided at any locations where piping is subject to vehicular damage. Coordinate with insulationand other utilities, including Electrical for potential duct bank runs and with Plumber for gravitydrainage systems and domestic water system piping, and HVAC for ductwork and equipment.

K. Sprinkler contractor shall identify all concealed combustible construction and protect in accordancewith the appropriate Section of NPFA 13

L. Obtain approval of Architect for drain valve, drain plug and Inspector’s test locations prior tofabrication and installation.1. Inspector’s test valves shall be located where they are not subject to damage or blocking by

stock. Do not discharge to sidewalk or planter areas where damage may be caused by flowingwater.

2. Main drain and inspector’s test valve outlets shall be positioned such that discharge of water willnot result in damage to landscaped areas. Coordinate locations with the Architect.

M. Provide fire department connections as required.N. Provide a complete dry system for protection of unheated spaces and overhangs exceeding 48”.

Include FM approved dry valve, air compressor, remote electric alarm, flow and tamper and airpressure switches and all required accessories. Include all conduit and wiring for remote alarm andair compressor in accordance with Divisions 26 and 28.

O. Storage Cabinet for Spare Sprinklers and Tools: Steel, located adjacent to alarm valve.P. Whenever possible, fire flow test discharge and system drain discharge shall be configured to allow

for gravity sewer drainage and not rely on the sump station pumps. Coordinate with Division 22 fordrain requirements in riser room to allow this to occur.

2.3 SPRINKLERSA. Manufacturers:

1. Central Sprinkler Corp.2. Grinnell Fire Protection Systems.3. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co.4. Viking Corp.5. Approved Equal.

B. Suspended Ceiling Type: Recessed pendant type with matching push on escutcheon plate.1. Response Type: Standard or extra large orifice.2. Coverage Type: Standard.3. Finish: Chrome plated.4. Escutcheon Plate Finish: Chrome plated.5. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.

C. Exposed Area Type: Upright type with guard.1. Response Type: Standard.or extra large orifice.2. Coverage Type: Standard.3. Finish: Brass.4. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.

D. Sidewall Type: Recessed horizontal sidewall type with matching push on escutcheon plate.1. Response Type: Standard or extra large orifice.2. Coverage Type: Standard.3. Finish of sprinkler and escutcheon, non-public areas: Brass.4. Finish of sprinkler and escutcheon, public areas: white or chrome.5. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.


211300 - 5

E. Dry Pendent:1. Standard orifice.2. Flush mounted or semi-recessed.3. Finish: Chrome.

F. Guards: Furnish to match sprinkler headG. Dry Sprinklers: Exposed pendant type with matching push on estucheon plate.

1. Response Type: Standard.2. Cover Plate Finish: Chrome plated.3. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.

H. Residential Sprinklers: Concealed pendant type with matching push on cover plate.1. Response Type: Quick.2. Cover Plate Finish: Enamel, color as selected.3. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.

I. Storage Sprinklers: Pendant type with guard.1. Response Type: Standard.2. Coverage Type: Standard.3. Fusible Link: Fusible solder link type temperature rated for specific area hazard.

J. Guards: Finish to match sprinkler finish.K. Public area, offices, work areas and restrooms where finished ceilings are provided:

1. Standard response, pendent sprinklers, chrome finish with white 2-piece escutcheons shall beprovided in areas with surface mounted light fixtures.

2. Standard response, pendent sprinklers, chrome finish with white, two-piece, recessedescutcheons shall be provided in areas with flush mounted light fixtures.

L. Sprinklers of intermediate and high temperature ratings shall be installed in specific locations asrequired by NFPA #13.

M. Provide corrosion resistant heads where heads are exposed to the exterior.N. Provide quick response heads where required by AHJ.O. Flexible Drop System: Stainless steel, multiple use, open gate type.

1. Application: Use to properly locate sprinkler heads.2. Include all supports and bracing.3. Provide braided type tube as required for the application.4. Product:

2.4 PIPING SPECIALTIESA. Wet Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber faced clapper to

automatically actuate water motor alarm, pressure retard chamber and variable pressure trim withthe following additional capabilities and features:1. Activate electric alarm.2. Test and drain valve.3. Replaceable internal components without removing valve from installed position.

B. Dry Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber faced clapper toautomatically actuate water motor alarm, accelerator, and with the following additional capabilitiesand features:1. Activate electric alarm.2. Test and drain valve.3. Externally resettable.4. Replaceable internal components without removing valve from installed position.

C. Backflow Preventer: Double check valve assembly backflow preventer with drain and OS & Y gatevalve on each end.

D. Electric Alarm: Electrically operated chrome plated gong with pressure alarm switch.E. Water Flow Switch: Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical, with two contacts; rated 10

amp at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amp at 24 volt DC.


211300 - 6

F. Fire Department Connections:1. Type: Flush mounted wall type with brass finish.2. Outlets: Two way with thread size to suit fire department hardware; threaded dust cap and

chain of matching material and finish.3. Drain: 3/4 inch automatic drip, outside.4. Label: "Sprinkler - Fire Department Connection".

2.5 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTERFACEA. Operation of the fire protection systems is intended to be integrated into the building fire alarm

system provided under Division 26 - Fire Alarm System.B. Provide the following waterflow detectors on each system as follows.

1. Wet Pipe System: Pressure type, two sets SPDT, System Sensor Model EPS10-2, PotterModel PS10-2A or approved equal.

2. Provide supervisory switches for all interior valves, all exterior water service valves, and at alllocations shown on Drawings; System Sensor Model OSY2, PIBV2, Potter Model OSYSU-2,PCVS-2 or approved equal.

C. Connection of all switches shall be made under Division 26.D. Switches shall conform to NFPA 72.

2.6 AIR COMPRESSORA. Compressor: Single unit, electric motor driven, motor, motor starter, safety valves, check valves, air

maintenance device incorporating electric pressure switch and unloader valve.B. Provide automatic type, tank mounted, air compressor including pressure switch, air piping, and

tank.C. Compressor shall have a minimum capacity capable of charging the complete sprinkler system to

normal system air pressure within 30 minutes and within 15 minutes for the pre-action systempneumatic detection system. Provide an approved automatic air maintenance device for eachsystem.

2.7 AIR PIPINGA. Piping and valves shall be the same as specified for sprinkler piping. Suitable drips with automatic

drain valves shall be provided on the low points of the compressed air mains. Compressed air mainsshall pitch not less than 1/8 inch per foot toward the drips.

2.8 PRESSURE GAGESA. Pressure gages shall be fluid filled, 3-1/2 inch dial type, glass face, with a maximum limit of not less

than 300 psi; Marsh or equivalent.2.9 ELEVATOR SPRINKLER PROTECTION

A. Provide a separate supply to the elevator equipment room and pit sprinklers with a normally open,supervised shut-off valve.1. The valve shall be located outside the equipment room in a valve cabinet. Valve cabinet shall

be a Potter Roemer Figure No. 1810-A or equal. Label door, "Elevator Room/Pit SprinklerShut-off Valve”.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATION

A. COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES1. Carefully check Drawings and specifications of other trades before installing any work. In all

cases consider the work of all other trades, and coordinate this work with that of the structural,sheet metal, piping, plumbing, electrical, and site work subcontractors so that the bestarrangement of all equipment, piping, conduit, ducts, and other related items can be obtained.Coordinate work to the end that there is no conflict between location of sprinkler heads andelectric fixtures, piping, ducts, and other items.

2. Call to the attention of the Architect any points of conflict between fire protection work and thatof the other trades, so that the conflict may be properly resolved. Work which interferes withthe work of other trades shall be removed and re-installed at Contractor's expense when so


211300 - 7

directed by the Architect. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to provide additional work asnecessary to satisfy the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. It shall beunderstood that no extras to the Contract will be permitted to accomplish the above results.

B. PIPING INSTALLATION1. Installation of fire protection systems and components shall be in accordance with applicable

NFPA standards, manufacturer’s recommendations, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction.a. Install underground piping in accordance with requirements of Division 33 (civil

specifications for site piping).2. Provide hangers and supports as required by NFPA 13.3. Provide seismic bracing. Seismic bracing shall be in conformance with NFPA 13, the IBC and

as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for code compliance.4. Cutting and welding on sprinkler piping shall be avoided. When system fabrication requires

drilling, cutting, or burning of holes in sprinkler pipe, and/or welding of outlets to pipe, pipingshall be removed to a safe location. Extreme care shall be taken to ensure that coupons, slag,and other debris are removed from piping before installation begins. Welders certified for theprocedures used shall perform all welding. Each weld shall bear the welder's identifying mark.If such activity is necessary within the facility, the FM Global Hot Work Permit System shall beused in its entirety. Welding of materials shall conform to NFPA requirements and weldingwithin the project structure itself shall be in accordance with NFPA 51B.

5. Welding of materials shall conform to NFPA requirements and welding within the projectstructure itself is authorized in accordance with NFPA 51B. Each weld shall bear the welder’sidentifying mark. All equipment, pipe, and fittings exposed to weather or corrosion shall begalvanized, plated, or otherwise protected.

6. Install piping as concealed work in finished areas, unless indicated otherwise. Valves infinished areas shall be concealed in cabinets recessed in wall.

7. Provide flexible couplings at the top and bottom of each riser assembly, seismic joints, and anyother locations recommended or required by NFPA 13.

8. Install sprinkler piping to provide for system drainage per NFPA 13. Automatic ball drip pipingshall drain to nearest floor drain. Route all auxiliary drains to a floor sink or a safe dischargeoutside the building.

9. Rubber gasketed, grooved end pipe fittings shall be assembled to pipe grooved with toolsapproved by the fitting manufacturer. Groove dimensions and tightening torque values shall bewithin tolerances published by the fitting manufacturer. Reductions in pipe sizes shall be madewith one-piece reducing fittings. Bushings will not be acceptable. Piping shall have flushingconnections per NFPA 13.

10. Reductions in pipe sizes shall be made with one-piece reducing fittings. Bushings will not beacceptable.

11. All sprinkler system and supervisory devices shall be mounted in a manner which is readilyaccessible for the installation of electrical wiring and conduit and inspection service. Providethe proper trim and a means of testing and calibrating each device.

C. TEST CONNECTIONS1. Inspector’s test valves shall be provided from the highest and most hydraulically remote part of

the system in relation to the riser assembly. Test valves shall be conveniently accessible fromthe floor.

2. Provide alarm test connections for each flow/pressure alarm switch, including floor controlvalves with flow switches.

D. Install in accordance with referenced NFPA design and installation standard.E. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.F. Provide approved double check valve assembly at sprinkler system water source connection.G. Locate fire department connection with sufficient clearance from walls, obstructions, or adjacent

siamese connectors to allow full swing of fire department wrench handle.H. Locate outside alarm gong on building wall as indicated.I. Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work.J. Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings.


211300 - 8

K. Center sprinklers in two directions in ceiling tile and provide piping offsets as required.L. Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler

escutcheons do not receive field paint finish. Remove after painting. Replace painted sprinklers.M. Install air compressor on vibration isolators. Refer to Section 210548.N. Flush entire piping system of foreign matter.O. Install guards on sprinklers where indicated.

1. Provide whenever clear height under head is less than 7’-6”, and in all mechanical rooms,storage rooms, and custodial/janitor rooms

P. Hydrostatically test entire system.Q. Notify Owner and AHJ prior to acceptance testing. Schedule tests so they can be witnessed by the

Owner and AHJ. Required tests shall be witnessed by authority having jurisdiction and Owner.END OF SECTION

N-HABIT DEXTER SECTION 2205011701 DEXTER AVE N. BIDDER DESIGN PLUMBING

220501 - 1

SECTION 220501BIDDER DESIGN PLUMBING

PART 1 - GENERAL1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to General and Supplementary Conditions, the modifications thereto and Division-1 GeneralRequirements for all work in Division 22.

1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTIONA. This project consists of the complete design and installation of plumbing systems within the building

shown on architectural documents and plumbing design build documents. Scope of work includesinstallation of all plumbing fixtures, plumbing piping systems(including natural gas piping), domesticwater heating system, condensate drains, storm water drainage system, irrigation piping (withinboundaries of building footprint), etc..

B. Refer to Schematic (SD) level documents for further information on plumbing scope of work. SDdrawings and specifications are intended to show owner's intent, define the scope, configuration,basic components, and quality of the M&P work. Coordinate with final Architectural drawings foradditional information, requirements, location and quantity of required fixtures and equipment.

C. Plumbing subcontractor shall design and select all equipment to be in compliance with the City ofSeattle Noise Ordinance. Forward the sound power levels of all equipment to sound consultant forevaluation early in design of project.

D. Bidders are encouraged to provide voluntary alternates beyond the specific scope outlined in thisnarrative and the accompanying drawings. Submit a base bid that conforms to the specifiedrequirements and DOES NOT INCLUDE any value engineering or alternates. Any alternates orvalue engineering options shall clearly be broken out and identified as separate line items forevaluation by Owner/Architect.

E. The architectural floor plans, elevations and sections provided are not final. System pricing shallallow for equipment relocations due to minor interior layout modifications and modifications to piperouting as required.

F. The bid proposals shall identify scope gaps the contractor perceives and provide breakout pricing tocover these gaps.

1.3 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORKA. The work under this Division includes furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools

and items necessary for the design, permitting, construction, installation, connection, testing andoperation of all mechanical work for this project as defined in this document and as shown on projectdrawing sketches. In general the mechanical and electrical systems are interrelated. Coordinate theinterface and operation of all systems so that all interrelated systems operate in propersynchronization and balance.

B. This project is a low rise wood framed/concrete, residential project and as such requires plumbingsystems that would be required for such a project including sizing of piping system so domestic watersystems provide 30-80 PSI static head at every outlet. Domestic water booster system should not berequired as incoming static pressure is over 95 psi.

C. Plumbing subcontractor agrees that he will provide any and all life safety equipment and devices asrequired by local governing jurisdictions for all work covered under this design-build plumbing scopefor this building design.

D. Life safety systems to be installed or size coordinated by the plumbing subcontractor shallinclude,but not necessarily be limited to the following:1. Drainage for fire sprinkler systems in the Sprinkler Room.2. Drainage for fire sprinkler systems in the Garage area.3. Gas piping installation.4. Garage drainage and Groundwater Drainage sump pump systems are required. Coordinate

HP/voltage and device locations with Div. 26.E. The Plumbing Subcontractor is a design-build subcontractor, including all engineering with plans

engineered, designed and stamped by a registered engineer licensed to practice mechanical


220501 - 2

engineering in the State of Washington. All work must be in conformance with the current 2012Seattle Energy Code, Seattle Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and all existing governingcodes and authorities (including Building and Fire Departments) now in effect in Seattle, includingdirector's rules and supplements to code if applicable and to all local utility requirements.Subcontractor shall protect and hold harmless the Owner, Architect and Contractor from any errorsand/or omissions resulting in the plumbing design or installation. Plumbing Subcontractor and hisMechanical Engineer shall carry design liability insurance (errors and omissions) with a minimum of$1 million in coverage. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to design and provide completedrawings, specifications, and calculations and submit for agency approval to the authority havingjurisdiction.

F. All work shall comply the codes and standards listed below and as required by the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

G. Design Coordination: The design/build contractor shall thoroughly review architectural and structuraldrawings in order to provide a well coordinated design. The schematic design drawings included inthis bid set are preliminary and are for general guidance only. Coordinate roof penetrations, louvers,furnace closet sizes, etc. with architectural. Contractor is required to coordinate his work with theArchitect, Structural Engineer, MEP Consultant hired by Architect, and all other Mechanical,Electrical and Sprinkler design-build subcontractors to provide a complete plumbing scope of work.Plumbing subcontractor is required to provide any and all water, drain, and gas work required by theHVAC design-build subcontractor, and any and all drain requirements required by the Sprinklerdesign-build subcontractor. Electrical subcontractor will provide any and all line voltage workrequired by the plumbing subcontractor. Subcontractor(s) shall provide all necessary coordination ofinformation to other parties in a timely manner in order to comply with the Div. 0 schedules.

H. Systems: Provide design, labor, materials and appliances and perform operations in connection withsatisfactory installation of mechanical work ready to operate in strict accordance with thesespecifications and drawings.

I. Seismic restraints shall be provided as required by these specifications and by local code. Allmechanical equipment, duct work and piping shall be provided with seismic restraints in accordancewith IBC Seismic Design requirements.

J. It is noted and agreed that neither the Owner/Contractor nor any other third party representing theOwner/Contractor has reviewed any of the technical aspects of the Plumbing Designs or it'sequipment or design, and thus the Owner/Contractor is relying exclusively on the Subcontractor'sexpertise that the Plumbing Systems are properly designed and specified and will be furnished andinstalled properly as described in these specifications and as shown on the drawings.

K. Except as specifically provided herein, there shall be no change orders for any work or features thatcould be reasonably inferred to be required in (a) the Contract Documents; (b) that may arise indesign or in the field to conflict with other systems, special limitations, routing requirements, etc.

L. The subcontractor shall provide preconstruction consulting and design work to lead and assist theOwner/Contractor in finalizing the Project's Plumbing design. This shall include diligently pursuingand “extracting” all necessary design input including requesting specific design input so that progressis not hindered and design decisions are resolved at the earliest possible date. The Subcontractorshall assume the lead roll in suggesting design solutions for the Owner/Contractor's considerationand in obtaining approvals and coordinating this work with all parties whose work may interface withthis work.

M. Subcontractor Staffing: Subcontractor will provide a full-time Project Superintendent and/or Foremanwho will administer the work from the jobsite.

N. Safety: Subcontractor shall provide and maintain a safe working area within WISHA standards andguidelines along with industry standard practices. This includes providing a “Site Specific” SafetyPlan and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all products being utilized on the project site.

O. Fencing: Maintain the perimeter fencing and replace any fencing removed during this work(Including re-installing all clamps each and every night) when used by this subcontractor.

P. Clean-up: Include all provisions required by the City, AHJ and/or General Contractor. Work area willbe kept clean and safe per WISHA standards and maintained daily.


220501 - 3

Q. Material Handling: Provide all material handling equipment and operators, distribution, hoisting andscaffolding (if required) for this work.

R. Sleeves/Panels: Locate all sleeves required in concrete or C.M.U. to be embedded in concrete byothers. All buck outs or framed openings as required in concrete shall be furnished and installed byothers (but located by Plumbing Subcontractor).

S. Penetrations: All drilling, boxing, blocking etc. required for this work in the metal or wood framing isto be completed by this subcontractor. No cutting of structural members shall be allowed withoutwritten approval from Architect (especially P.T. Slabs, joists frames and shear walls). The repair costfor any damage caused by unapproved alterations by this Subcontractor to any part of the structureshall be deducted from the Subcontract amount if caused but this Subcontractor. This Subcontractor shall provide locations and sizes only for others to install block-outs in all concrete or CMUwalls.

T. Contractor shall design and select all equipment to be in compliance with the City of Seattle NoiseOrdinance.

U. Electrical/Plumbing Division of work.

Item Furnished by Set By PowerWiring

Control Wiring

Equipment Motors PC PC EC --Fused and Unfused Disconnectswitches, thermal overload &Heaters

EC EC EC --

Motor Starter and Overload Heaters PC EC EC PCManual Operating & SpeedSwitches

PC EC EC EC

Control Relays and Transformers PC PC EC PCTemperature Control Panels PC PC EC PCMotor & Solenoid Valves, DamperMotors, PE & EP Switches

PC PC EC PC

Temporary Heating Connection PC PC EC PC

Heat Trace PC PC EC PC/EC**

Low Voltage Thermostats/Sensors PC PC EC PC/EC**

1. EC = Electrical Contractor (Division 26)2. PC= Plumbing Contractor (Division 22)3. * MOTOR INTERLOCK BY PC.4. ** LINE VOLTAGE BY EC, LOW VOLTAGE BY PC.5. ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONDUIT AND WIRING SHALL BE FURNISHED AND

INSTALLED UNDER PC SUBCONTRACT. ALL MOTORIZED ACTUATOR WIRING SHALLBE BY PC.

1.4 CODES AND STANDARDSA. Conform to following code and agency requirements having jurisdictional authority over mechanical

installation; comply strictly with all applicable codes and regulations including but not limited to thelatest adopted version of the following.1. Seattle International Building Code (SBC).2. Seattle Mechanical Code (SMC).3. International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC, including Seattle Amendments)4. International Residential code (IRC) as amended by the State of Washington and the City of

Seattle.5. Uniform Plumbing Code as amended by the State of Washington and the City of Seattle.6. International Fire Code as amended by the State of Washington and the City of Seattle.7. Seattle Energy Code (SEC).8. American Water Works Association (AWWA)


220501 - 4

9. ANSI/NFPA 70, "National Electric Code"10. National Electric Code11. Local Sewer and Water District Requirements12. Local Department of Health13. Department of Labor, OSHA, Occupational Safety and Health Standards14. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)15. Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA)16. SMACNA "Seismic Restraints Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems"17. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Codes, Standards, Recommended Practices,

Manuals and Guides.18. ASTM, ANSI, and NEMA standards, as referenced in subsequent sections19. Washington State Water Efficiency Standards (WAC 51-26-1803)20. ADA Accessibility Guidelines

1.5 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONSA. Obtain permits and pay fees required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction over this work.B. Arrange for inspections required during construction. On completion of work, furnish satisfactory

evidence to show all work installed in accordance with codes.1.6 FINAL CONSTRUCTION APPROVAL

A. Recommended upon completion of the following:1. Execution of Architect/Engineer's final observation report2. Operation and maintenance manuals3. Operation instruction period4. Permit submittal5. Record drawings6. Testing and cleaning

1.7 TERMS OF CONTRACTA. Design: The calculations and construction documents shall be developed by or under the

supervision of a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Washington. The submittal of theseitems shall include the official stamp and signature of this Engineer.

B. Plans and Coordination: Provide final drawings in accord with Architect's schedule. Provide floorplans and other details as necessary for coordination and a well integrated design.

1.8 SUBMITTALSA. Contractor shall submit for review, equipment and materials submittals including all pertinent

performance information, code compliance information, and capacity and electrical data andinstallation procedures. Refer to Section 01330 for administrative requirements.

B. Submit prior to fabrication or delivery.C. Submit complete, at one time. Partial submittals will not be considered.D. Catalog sheets shall be complete and the item or model to be used shall be clearly marked.E. Form: Submittals shall be in booklet form. The data shall be arranged and indexed under basic

categories. A typewritten index shall be included with dividers and identifying tabs between sectionsand references to sections of the specifications. Catalog sheets shall be marked to indicate thescheduled equipment tag item being submitted.

F. Schedules: Within two (2) weeks of execution of this subcontract, provide a detailed project scheduleand job cost schedule, including all critical work items, material deliveries, and area sequencing.This work will be installed in a manner to allow inspection and approval to cover on a floor-by-floorbasis, top floor down. Payments for this Subcontractor's work will not be made until this informationis received. This subcontractor shall staff the job as required to meet a mutually agreeable projectschedule.

G. Documents Required: Design Build drawings (as required below) shall be submitted a minimum of(3) weeks prior to start of installation. Maintain design build record documents and submitreproducible as-builts to the Owner/Contractor upon project completion. Payments for retention ofthis Subcontractor's work will not be made until this information is received.


220501 - 5

1.9 PLUMBING PERMIT AND CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTSA. At a minimum, construction/permit documents shall show complete design of all requirements of

Division 22 specifications and as shown on the drawings. Plumbing is Bidder Design Work. Provideconnections to utility stubs shown on civil drawings.

B. Construction documents shall be 100% complete at date of Plumbing Permit submission.C. Provide 1/8” = 1'-0” scale computer generated (ACAD 2010 or newer) drawings of all floors. Show

all equipment, piping, drains, fixtures on plans with sizes and routing.D. Provide diagrams for each of the following systems.”

1. Residential waste and vent risers.2. Domestic water risers (showing pressure regulators where applicable).3. Domestic hot water heating and circulation.4. Gas system risers showing pressure regulator locations, MBH, runout lengths and sizes.5. Trap primer and water hammer arrestor system.

E. Provide ¼” = 1'-0” scale or larger plans and details of the following systems.1. Vertical riser plumbing chases and sections of horizontal runs.2. Roof, planter and terrace drain installation details.3. ADA fixture installation details.4. Post tension Slab (as applicable), mild steel concrete slabs and shear wall blockouts.5. Details for backflow preventer, pressure reducing valve, piping wall/roof penetrations, and any

other details required for coordination with other trades.6. Below grade Drainage Sumps/Vaults as required.

F. Provide ¼” = 1'-0” scale or larger plans and sections of the following areas:1. Water Heater rooms.2. Domestic water / fire service room.

G. Provide layout and installation of all sleeves and blockouts necessary for plumbing workH. Provide abbreviations and legend including description of all devices shown on plans.I. Provide schedules of all equipment within building complete with Fixture number, pipe connection

sizes, static pressure, MBH, GPM, MCA, HP, and maximum overcurrent protection of each. Indicatenormal or emergency system power coordinate with Div. 26.

J. Show waste and vent fixture unit loads on all riser pipe size labels and on all services leavingbuilding.

K. Provide supporting calculations for sizing of all piping systems and domestic water heating.1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Submit Permit Drawings (3 full size sets) to architect for review.B. Include control diagrams and sequence of operation and all support structures as a minimum.

Provide piping layout drawings. Provide shop drawings where the system/component is not astandard catalog product and must be fabricated for the Contractor or by the Contractor.Additionally, provide shop drawings where the accuracy of location is necessary for coordination orcommunication purposes. Refer to Division 1 for administrative requirements.

C. Shop drawings and diagrams shall show all pipe sizes as well as the manufacturer's name andcatalog number of each piece of equipment used.

D. The Architect's review of such drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility fordeviations from the Contract drawings or specifications, unless he/she has, in writing, called theattention of the Architect to such deviations at the time of the submission, nor shall it relieve him/herfrom the responsibility for errors or omission in such drawings.

E. Submit complete, at one time. Partial submittals will not be considered.1.11 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Manufacturers and models of equipment and material indicated herein and on drawings are thoseupon which the mechanical design is to be based. Other manufacturers with products consideredequal in general quality may be listed without specific model designation.


220501 - 6

B. For substitution of any other manufacturers' equipment, see Division 1. In selecting substituteequipment, provide a guarantee equal performance and fit. Cost of redesign and all additional costsincurred to accommodate the substituted equipment shall be borne by the Contractor.

C. Note substitution of any other manufacturers' equipment in the bid proposal.D. Any and all substitutions must be requested by the contractor, and approved by the Architect prior to

incorporation into the project.E. Request for substitution must be submitted with sufficient time for review to avoid impacting work

schedules. If not, they will be summarily turned down.1.12 DOCUMENTATION

A. Permits: Submitted for, paid for and obtained by the contractor. Submit copies of signed, approvedpermits to the Architect.

B. Calculations: Provide all required calculations to the AHJ.C. Record Drawings: See Division 1. Provide two sets of record drawings for every building. Show

location of equipment and size of piping and ductwork. Locate all valves, cocks, dampers andsimilar equipment.

1.13 ELECTRICALA. Power wiring: By Division 26.B. Owner will not entertain additional cost requests due to lack of coordination between Division 22 and

26.1.14 WARRANTY

A. Warrant materials and workmanship for one year in accord with Division 0 and 1. Provide writtenguarantees, which exceed one year such as on domestic hot water tanks and similar items. Submitwith Maintenance and Operating Manual. Warrant period to extend from date of substantialcompletion.

1.15 EMERGENCY SERVICEA. Provide a twenty-four (24) hour emergency telephone number for all service work related to the

contract. Any emergency service work shall be completed within the same day of the notice.1.16 COORDINATION OF WORK

A. Coordinate design and shop drawings to preclude interference between trades. Conflicts shall bebrought to the attention of the Architect prior to installation.

B. Insure proper "rough-in" on all equipment to which connections are made.C. Verify all measurements at the job site. Locate all equipment and fixtures on the centers of walls,

openings, spaces, etc. Check all piping, ducts, etc. to clear openings.1.17 HANDLING

A. Deliver packaged materials in unbroken packages, manufacturer's label thereon; do not openpackages or remove labels until Architect inspects and approves.

1.18 TESTINGA. Test all piping before backfilling or covering. The Architect or a representative is to be preset at all

tests. Notify him at least 48 hours before an expected test.B. Water Piping: Test all water piping systems at 125 psi water pressure and hold for four (4) hours.

Test in sections before covering. Test entire system when completely installed. Repair any defectsshown by test and retest until entirely tight.

C. Waste and Sewer Piping: Test all waste, sewer and vent piping by filling with water to roof. Hold forfour hours. Test in sections as work progresses. Repair any defects shown by test and retest untilentirely tight.

1.19 CHANGE OF WORK ORDERSA. All requests for change of work or scope shall be submitted in writing to the General Contractor.


220501 - 7

B. Unapproved or unauthorized changes of work or additional work shall not be considered forpayment.

C. See Division 1 for more detail.1.20 CLEANING UP AND HOUSEKEEPING

A. Leave all equipment clean and ready for use.B. Remove all labels, paint, plaster, etc., from fixtures, equipment and piping.C. At final completion, remove all rubbish and waste resulting from the work from the site.D. On a periodic basis, remove all piping, duct scraps, etc., from working areas and site so that an

orderly construction may continue.1.21 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Provide per Division 1 and herein.1.22 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Provide per Division 1 and herein.1.23 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Coordinate all cutting and patching required for the work with the General Contractor. Cutting ofstructural members shall be done with Architect's approval. Patching shall match the surroundingarea. Refer to Division 1.

1.24 WORKMANSHIPA. All work shall be installed in accordance with best trade practice. Any substandard workmanship

shall be removed and replaced at no extra cost to the Owner.1.25 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. A minimum of three feet of clearance will be provided around all mechanical equipment whereverpossible.

B. Insulation of Mechanical Systems will include domestic hot water/cold water/hot water circulationpiping, and the first 10 feet of RWL piping. The insulation will be in accordance with the WashingtonState Energy Code.

C. Plumbing systems will include the following:1. Design of the interior sanitary waste and vent system with stub out(s) to the new sanitary

sewer(s) at 5 feet outside the building.2. HVAC condensate piping to approved receptors.3. Central domestic cold and hot water systems with a stub out to the new water service at 5 feet

outside the building.4. Natural gas distribution piping system and coordination of the utility supplied gas meter.5. Floor drains will be provided in all toilet rooms with more than 1 toilet, in the parking garage, in

the central mechanical room, in the trash room, in common area toilet rooms, at the dog runand at other locations as shown on the architectural drawings. Trap primers for floor drains willbe located behind an access panel below lavs (where applicable) or in an adjacent wall. Seearchitectural drawings for qty and location of all required floor drains, trench drains, garagedrains, etc...

6. Hot water re-circulation will be provided on the domestic hot water system for common areasand apartments as/if required to assure hot water at all fixtures within a reasonable amount oftime (<30 seconds).

7. Provide hook-up of all kitchen, laundry and bathroom appliances that require waterconnections. Provide installation and connection of the dishwasher. Locate the washer/dryerexhaust-utility box at side wall (not behind combo washer/dryer) at 36" bottom of box A141.,and front of box 6" from front of alcove soffit wall.

D. Central Domestic Hot Water Systems shall be sized as required for the building load but shall haveno less capacity than that specified below.

1.26 DETAILED PROJECT REQUIREMENTSA. Provide mechanical systems to support construction of all new buildings as follows:


220501 - 8

B. Plumbing Fixtures1. All new plumbing fixtures complete with trim for residential units, amenity spaces, office areas,

etc.. See architectural plans for quantity and location. The following information indicates ageneral level of quality for fixtures. Coordinate final selection of all plumbing fixtures witharchitect. Provide line item unit pricing information in bid for each plumbing fixture type in orderto facilitate documenting any cost revisions associated with plumbing fixture changes.

2. Kitchen Sink: PROFLO PFSR252284, Moen or Sterling, Self-rimming, 20 ga, Single BowlKitchen Sink, Stainless Steel, 25 x 22 x 8. Provide 4th hole for dishwasher air gap vent whereapplicable.a. Moen "Level" Single Handle Kitchen Faucet, Classic Stainless: 7106CSL.b. In-Sink-Erator IBADGER5 "BADGER-V" Garbage Disposal

3. ADA Kitchen Sink:a. PROFLO, Moen or Sterling, Self-rimming, 20 ga Stainless Steel, Single Bowl Kitchen Sink,

25 x 22 x 6 to meet ADA requirements. Provide 4th hole for dishwasher air gap ventwhere applicable.

b. Moen "Level" Single Handle Kitchen Faucet, Classic Stainless: 7106CSL.4. Shower/Bathtub for ADA Type A Unit:

a. Typical units: acrylic or enameled steel. Kohler or American Standardb. Fiberglass shower surround. Smooth with out tile pattern. Sterling "Accord" or approved

equalc. Shower curtain rod: Straight shower rod, finish: brushed stainless steel or sim.

5. Shower/Bathtub for typical unit:a. Typical units: acrylic or enameled steel. Kohler or American Standardb. Fiberglass shower surround. Smooth with out tile pattern. Sterling "Accord" or approved

equalc. Shower curtain rod: Straight shower rod, finish: brushed stainless steel or sim.d. Moen Method T2803 or equal, single control.e. Moen Method T2803 or equal, single control.f. Moen Handheld showerhead with 24" Slide/Grab Bar

6. Toiletsa. Low flow toilets (average flow <1.28 gpf; OR dual flush AND meet requirements of ASME

A112.19.14; OR toilets must meet the US EPA Water-Sense spec and be certified andlabeled accordingly.

b. Proflo PF9401WH or approved equal.c. Proflo PF9403WH or approved equal to meet ADA at Type "A" units.d. Bemis molded wood multi-coat enamel toilet seat to fit selected toilet. 1500EC or Sim.

7. Vanity Sinka. Kohler K2699-4-0 "Bryant" Self Rimming Bathroom Sink or approved equal, color: T.B.D.

bid to allow for all color options.b. Grohe G20334000 "BauLoop" Single Hole Bathroom Sink Faucet

8. Roof/Overflow Drain: Froet Industries9. Interior Floor Drain: Zurn Z-415B-P with Nickel-Bronze 6" round strainer.10. Funnel Floor Drain: Zurn Z-415B-OF.11. Garage Floor Drain: Zurn Z-512.12. Garage Trench Drain: Zurn Z-664C.13. Planter Drains: Zurn Z-415G with Galv. CI strainer. Provide at all planter locations(verify with

landscape architect).14. Area drain (exterior): JR Smith 2005Y-C-06-NB-HP, with heavy duty nickel-bronze strainer, 6"

dia. top, heel proof, flashing clamp for secondary waterproof membrane. 3" size pipeconnection for area drain minimum (4" if required by area size). Provide PVC piping for stormdrainage for area drains located in garage.

15. See attachments for additional information.C. All Piping systems

1. Route piping in garage areas as required to minimize potential impact damage from vehicles.This is shall include locating on back side of columns as much as possible and providing heavysteel protective cages around piping where it is not possible.


220501 - 9

a. Piping in the parking garage shall be installed as high as possible and coordinated with thework in those areas. Minimum pipe elevation shall be 7'-0" bottom of pipe in any parking ordrive aisle (City of Seattle minimum height to obstructions is 6’-8”) except for areas noted(on architectural drawings) for ADA van access which shall be 8'-2" clear height. Wherepiping is up against a wall (for head in parking), piping will be allowed to go lower than 6’-8”bottom of pipe provided it does not cross door openings. Steel bollards shall be provided atany locations where piping is subject to vehicular damage. Coordinate with insulation andother utilities, including Electrical for potential duct bank runs and with sprinkler contractorand HVAC contractor for ductwork and equipment.

2. Trenching, backfill and compaction for under slab plumbing per division 31 through 33.3. All piping penetrations through walls to have escutcheon trim plates. All wall penetrations made

through rated walls shall have fire sealant. All wall penetrations made through acoustical wallsthat are not rated shall have acoustical sealant. All fire and acoustical sealants required for theplumbing system are by the plumbing subcontractor.

4. Provide layout and installation of all sleeves and block outs necessary for plumbing work.5. Furnish and install all access panels require in sheet rock walls or ceilings as a result of

plumbing work.6. All wall penetrations made through rated walls shall be fire sealed per Division 7.7. Provide dielectric insulated riser clamps and plumbing strapping, water hammer arrestors at

quick closing valves at public toilets, residential washing machines and dishwashers. Providedielectric isolation between pipes and metal studs. Seal and anchor tight all shower heads.Provide minimal plumbing in party walls with all unit or rated wall and slab penetrations filledwith acoustical or fire sealants.

8. All wall penetrations made through rated walls shall have fire sealant. All wall penetrationsmade through acoustical walls that are not rated shall have acoustical sealant. All fire andacoustical sealants required for the plumbing system are by the plumbing subcontractor.

9. Install unions at all final connections to equipment and at all points where necessary todisconnect piping for repairs or maintenance.

10. Provide expansion/contraction devices as required to compensate for thermal expansion andfor settling of wood structure (i.e., for vertical risers).

D. Natural Gas Piping Systems (Bidder Design)1. Low pressure or medium pressure (2 psi) gas system is Bidder Design. Allow for gas fired

domestic water heaters/boilers in addition to firepit and barbecue on roof.2. Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible for coordination, in conjunction with the Owner, of

all utility gas work. All PSE fees to be paid by Owner. Subcontractor is responsible to provide allgas piping from PSE meter to all gas fired devices and equipment. Any steel piping (gas) shallbe US or Canadian steel. Design of the main gas piping infrastructure system is Bidder Design.Provide seismic valve on gas services (Koso seismic valve or equal).

3. NG hook ups will be provided at the roof deck for future barbecue and fire pit. Any steel piping(gas) shall be US or Canadian steel. Provide automatic shut off valves as noted on plans.

E. Domestic Water Systems (Bidder design)1. A central reduced pressure backflow preventer and pressure reducing station will be installed at

the domestic water service in the building. For required backflow prevention, provide either twodevices in parallel with each sized for a minimum of 75% of design flow or provide two inparallel with one sized for approximately 2/3rds of the required flow and one sized for 1/3rd.For the required pressure reducing valves, provide a minimum of two in parallel with one sizedfor approximately 2/3rds of the required flow and one sized for 1/3rd.

2. Water flow velocities shall not exceed:a. 5 feet per second (fps) inside of residential units and office areas for

HW/CW/NPW/IRRIGATION piping (all piping material types).b. 8 fps for CW copper piping outside of units and office areas.c. 5 fps for all HW copper piping.d. 8 fps for all CPVC piping outside of units and office areas.e. 2 fps for Copper, CPVC and PEX HWC piping.

3. All domestic, cold and hot water piping shall be new. Below grade domestic water piping shallbe Type K copper (except for main water service which shall match that provided by Civil).


220501 - 10

Above grade domestic water piping shall be Type L copper, CPVC (FlowGuard Gold/Corzan),or PEX piping. Any copper water piping shall be US or Canadian copper.

4. Provide expansion loops in piping runs required to allow pipe movement during operation.Perform all calculations and submit drawings showing expansion loop locations for review priorto permit drawing submittal.

5. Provide irrigation piping that is located within the building footprint. This shall include providinga backflow assembly, deduct meter (per Seattle Public Utility District Meter Criteria), pipesupply to 5' outside the building and piping to planter areas. Coordinate exact requirements forthis piping with architect and irrigation designer. Provide isolation valve and drain downwinterization capability where required for freeze protection. All controls, wiring, control valves,sprinkler heads are by the irrigation contractor. All piping outside the building footprint is by theirrigation contractor. Coordinate with Irrigation subcontractor on where Irrigation subcontractorneeds plumbing contractor to run lines in the garage (if any at all). Provide NPW piping to roofand points of connection identified on Landscape Irrigation drawings. Pipe size shall be asrequired to provide the required flow and pressure subject to the velocity limitations notedabove.

6. Provide a main shut-off for each individual dwelling unit (for CW and HW).7. Utility water meter and incoming service is by Division 33.8. Pressure and temperature relief piping from water heaters/boilers to approved drain point.9. Individual domestic hot water metering (per Seattle Energy Code) and cold water metering is

required for each dwelling unit. Owner/vendor will furnish remote water metering system on hotand cold water for each dwelling unit. Plumbing subcontractor to install meters. Provideisolation valves on each side of meters and a union.

10. Provide 2" waste connection with trap primer to drain pan at washing machines for apartmentunits with washing machines. Washing machine drain pan provided by others, see Division 10and 11. As a bid alternate, provide a Watts Intelliflow A2C-WB-M1 washer box withautomatic washing machine water shutoff valve with Leak Sensor.

11. Do not locate any valves for the Residential systems (except for water stops at each fixture andindividual unit shut off valves) where they are not accessible from public spaces, except wherenot possible otherwise.

12. Use brass nipples and screwed stops throughout. Provide shutoff full port ball valves withstainless steel ball and stems for all shutoff valves for apartment risers and systems.

13. Heat trace and insulate all water piping subject to freezing (i.e., in garage, other unheatedspaces). Raychem XL Trace, or equal.

14. Design plumbing layout where possible to minimize routing of piping in unheated spaces.15. Insulate domestic hot water pipes per 2012 Seattle Energy Code (SEC). Provide 1/2" insulation

on CW mains in corridor or exposed areas.16. Provide shut off valves on all piping lines to each plumbing fixture or piece of equipment, except

for bath/showers which shall have screw driver stops.17. Provide isolation valves on CW, HW and HWC piping on branches from mains such that water

service can be shut off to risers serving not more than ten (10) apartment units at a time. Thisshall allow isolation of a group of apartments for plumbing work without having to shut down thedomestic water system for the whole apartment complex.

18. Resident unit CW/HW distribution mains and HWC return shall be installed on Street Level 1.Provide autoflow limiting valve, check valve and shutoff valve on hot water recirc connection.Use Circuit Solver (by Therm-Omega-Tech, Inc.) or pressure independent flow limiting valve tobalance circulating loops.

19. Do not locate any valves for the Residential systems where they are not accessible from publicspaces (shut off valves for individual units may be within units). Provide shut-off ball valves foreach water riser in garage or adjacent corridor as applicable; note location of valve withpermanent marker on building insulation. Provide removable section of insulation to allowaccess to valves (for garage locations).

20. Provide HW/CW to rooftop amenities and community room kitchen sink. Provide method forfreeze protection of system where required via a combination of drain down and/or heat trace.

21. Domestic Water Heating Systema. Provide high efficiency condensing, gas fired tank-type domestic water heaters with

expansion tanks in the level 2 mechanical room or where coordinated with Architect.Sizing requirements shall be determined by contractor and sizing calculations submitted to


220501 - 11

architect. System shall have a minimum 95% efficiency. System shall not have lesscapacity than 200 gallon storage, 460 GPH (100 deg rise) recovery and 800 gph first hourdelivery. Provide a minimum of two water heaters (or 2 boilers/storage tanks). Waterheaters manufactured by HTP Phoenix (Basis of design, = (2) PH199-119) or AO SmithBTH equivalent. Domestic hot water piping system is bidder design. Provide seismicanchorage of tanks, water heaters per current SBC/SMC requirements. Install waterheaters with the following clearances: minimum 2 feet clear above, minimum 18" clear allaround or per manufacturer's recommendations, min. 5 feet from any manways. Units shallbe located so that they can be replaced easily via access through the garage. Pipingaround water heaters may be type L copper with 95/5 solder fittings (up to 2.5" size) orcopper Victaulic couplings 3" and over. Provide thermostatic mixing valve to temper supplyto less than 120 F. Water heater/storage tank temperature shall be kept at 140 Ftemperature (adjustable, set by Owner).

b. Owner Shall furnish a HTP JS-30-085 water storage tank for installation by contractor to beused as part of the above required system.

c. Provide duplex domestic hot water circulating pumps on hot water systems where hotwater delivery time is more than 30 seconds. Pumps shall not be oversized. Pumps shallbe rated for domestic use and be manufactured by Bell & Gossett, TACO, Armstrong, orGrundfos. Provide pressure independent flow balancing valves (Griswold type K, low lead,or equal) valves or Circuit Solver Valve on connection of each branch to main hot watercirculating line. Circulating system shall be designed to limit maximum velocity in ALLcopper and PEX piping to 2 fps.

22. Exterior wall hydrants, freeze-proof with standard handle at south, east and west buildingfacades, at roof decks and locations shown on architectural drawings. Maximum spacing 100'on building perimeter. Provide hose bibs at all locations shown on architectural drawings.Hose bibs will be provided at in parking garage (at each elevator vestibule), trash compactorroom and as shown on architectural drawings. Provide with freeze protection (heat trace andinsulation) where exposed to freezing or provide drain down provision for cold weatherprotection against freezing. Hose bibs located in warm areas shall not be subject to drain down.

23. Provide 3/4" CW Hose Bibb in trash/recycling room.24. Provide trap primers on all floor drains. Lav tail piece connected trap primers are not

acceptable. Provide product from PPP or equal.25. Provide primed fire sprinkler receptors with adequate capacity for sprinkler testing.

F. Sanitary Drainage and Venting (Bidder Design)1. Provide connection to existing utility stubs shown on Civil drawings. The routing of residential

piping shall be coordinated with Structural and Architectural drawings for locations of plumbingrisers - Bidder Design. Combine the residential waste risers below the garage floor whererequired. Where possible to drain by gravity, provide piping design to do so (Coordinate thelocations of the combined risers to drop adjacent to interior and exterior walls as they passthrough the garage). Waste, vent and water piping run at the Garage shall be installed as highas possible and coordinated with the work in those areas.

2. All new waste and vent system: CISP for all waste risers in apartment units, all p-traps andpipes running in the ceiling (i.e., bathtub drains including p-trap), pipes and drain lines in partywalls and sensitive area walls, waste and rain drain lines in front of storefront, horizontal linesover lobby, retail, leasing & Office , etc.... PVC/ABS allowed for all other locations. System toalso include floor drainage, garage drains, sand oil interceptor, sump pumps, catch basins andall other plumbing items needed for a complete installation. Any cast iron storm/sanitary pipingshall be US made (Charlotte Pipe or other domestic manufacturer). Any copper water pipingshall be US or Canadian copper.

3. Provide Sand Oil Interceptor per AHJ requirements for garage drains flowing to sewer.4. Provide 2" waste connection with trap primer to drain pan at washing machines for apartment

units with washing machines. Washing machine drain pan provided by others, see Division 10and 11. Washing machine outlet boxes shall be metal type. Provide intumescent putty wrap(3M MPP-4S or equal) at washing machine boxes located in rated walls. As a bid alternate,provide a Watts Intelliflow A2C-WB-M1 washer box with automatic washing machinewater shutoff valve with Leak Sensor.

5. Washing machine outlet boxes shall be metal type. Provide intumescent putty wrap (3MMPP-4S or equal) at washing machine boxes located in rated walls.


220501 - 12

6. Furnish and install all access panels require in sheet rock walls or ceilings as a result ofplumbing work.

7. Provide sanitary drain standpipe for fire protection test and drain down. 6" diameter standpipewith 4" drain minimum line shall be of suitable height and diameter for draining sprinkler systemwithout overflowing. Provide in Sprinkler Room

8. All exposed traps (on cold side of building insulation) shall be heat traced and insulated. Anyexposed traps in the garage shall be insulated from slab penetration through trap and minimum5 feet downstream of trap.

9. Provide trap primers on all floor drains. Lav tail piece connected trap primers are notacceptable. Provide TrapGuard (or Sure Seal) device where trap primers are not feasible andwhere these devices are allowed by AHJ.

10. Provide floor drains at all locations shown on architectural drawings.11. Provide hook-up of all kitchen appliances that require drainage connection.12. Provide complete sanitary vent system adequate for known and future loads. Terminate vents

through roof 10' from outside air intakes and inlets to building. Vent piping shall be combinedbelow roof where possible to minimize roof penetrations.

13. Sanitary sewer vent locations shall be coordinated with the architectural roof plan so that allvents terminating on the main roof level are a minimum 10’ away from occupied areas (i.e.,parts of roof used for other purposes) as required by UPC 906.3 to avoid the need for extendingvent 7’ above roof.

14. Provide condensate drainage for all AC systems via indirect waste piping to nearest receptor.Insulate all condensate piping except for piping located in garage.

15. Provide hook-up of all bath and laundry room appliances that require drainage connection.Provide installation and connection of the dishwasher. Coordinate location of washer/dryerexhaust-utility box with architect.

16. All sanitary waste shall slope by gravity and be connected directly to the existing side sewerswhen possible. If waste cannot connect due to elevation or the resulting pipe run would hangdown too low, then route to a Garage Drainage Sump Pump system.

17. Garage Drainage Sump: Weil, Armstrong, Zoeller, or equal. Extend pumped waste piping togravity sanitary sewer. Discharge all waste into drainage sump which cannot gravity drain to theside sewers. Route all Garage drains to sand/oil interceptor(s) prior to connecting to thedrainage sump. Provide lockable heavy duty expanded metal mesh screen over electricalcontrollers to deter vandalism. Provide lead/lag pump controls and audible and visual alarm toindicate when primary pump has failed.a. Provide means to allow for pumping system to be connected to a portable backup

generator.b. Heat trace and insulate all sump pump discharge piping that does not gravity drain that is

subject to freezing (i.e., in garage, other unheated spaces). Raychem XL Trace, or equal.G. Storm Drainage (Bidder Design)

1. Provide storm drainage system as require to serve all roof drains, overflow drains, deck drainsand overflow deck drains where shown on Architectural drawings or where required by code.Provide piping from these drains to the civil point of connection shown on civil drawings. Alloverflow piping can be ABS/PVC and shall daylight in visible location as required by code (donot connect overflow drain piping to vertical rain leader as is allowed by Seattle amendments toUPC except for L3 and below). Rain leader piping shall be CISP for all occupied areas at orabove the garage level. Rain leader piping below grade and in garage shall be CISP, PVC(Solid core) or ABS (Solid Core). Insulate all horizontal rain leaders and vertical leaders within15 feet of inlets/outlets that are located in heated spaces. Any cast iron storm piping shall beUS made (Charlotte Pipe or other domestic manufacturer). Any steel piping (gas) shall be USor Canadian steel. Roof and area drains shall be designed to gravity flow and not rely on asump pump system.

2. Footing Drainage Sump (if required): Weil, Armstrong, Zoeller, or equal. Extend pumped wastepiping to storm system. Discharge all waste into drainage sump which cannot gravity drain tothe side storm. Route all footing drains to sand interceptor prior to connecting to the drainagesump. Provide lockable heavy duty expanded metal mesh screen over electrical controllers todeter vandalism. Provide lead/lag pump controls and audible and visual alarm to indicate whenprimary pump has failed.


220501 - 13

a. Provide means to allow for pumping system to be connected to a portable backupgenerator.

b. Heat trace and insulate all sump pump discharge piping that does not gravity drain that issubject to freezing (i.e., in garage, other unheated spaces). Raychem XL Trace, or equal.

3. Pipe storm drainage to civil water detention vault/device if applicable.PART 2 - PRODUCTSNOT USEDPART 3 - EXECUTIONNOT USED

END OF SECTION

N-HABIT DEXTER SECTION 2305011701 DEXTER AVE N. BIDDER DESIGN HVAC

230501 - 1

SECTION 230501BIDDER DESIGN HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to General and Supplementary Conditions, the modifications thereto and Division-1 GeneralRequirements for all work in Division 23.

1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTIONA. This project consists of the complete design and installation of HVAC systems for this building as

generally shown on the mechanical drawings. Residential apartments and mechanical rooms areheated with electric heaters sized by Division 23 but provided and installed by Division 26 Electrical.Apartment ventilation is provided by Division 23 using whole house exhaust fans and point sourceexhaust fans per SMC. See drawings for further general design layout and guidelines.

B. Refer to Schematic (SD) level documents for further information on plumbing and HVAC scope ofwork. SD drawings and specifications are intended to show owner's intent, define the scope,configuration, basic components, and quality of the M&P work.

C. Bidders are encouraged to provide voluntary alternates beyond the specific scope outlined in thisnarrative and the accompanying drawings. Submit a base bid that conforms to the specifiedrequirements and DOES NOT INCLUDE any value engineering or alternates. Any alternates orvalue engineering options shall clearly be broken out and identified as separate line items forevaluation by Owner/Architect.

D. The architectural floor plans provided are not final. System pricing shall allow for equipmentrelocations de to minor interior layout modifications.

E. The HVAC bid proposals shall identify scope gaps the contractor perceives and provide breakoutpricing to cover these gaps.

1.3 SCOPE OF WORKA. The work under this Division includes furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools

and items necessary for the design, permitting, construction, installation, connection, testing andoperation of all mechanical work for this project as defined in this document and as shown on projectdrawing sketches. In general the mechanical and electrical systems are interrelated. Coordinate theinterface and operation of all systems so that all interrelated systems operate in propersynchronization and balance.

B. This project is a low rise wood framed/concrete, residential project. HVAC subcontractor agrees thathe will provide any and all life safety equipment and devices as required by local governingjurisdictions for all work covered under this design-build mechanical scope for this building design.

C. Life safety systems to be installed may include, but not necessarily be limited to the following:1. HVAC provided fire/smoke dampers.

D. The HVAC Subcontractor is a design-build subcontractor, including all engineering with plansengineered, designed and stamped by a registered engineer licensed to practice mechanicalengineering in the State of Washington. All work must be in conformance with the current 2012Seattle Energy Code, Seattle Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and all existing governingcodes and authorities (including Building and Fire Departments) now in effect in Seattle, includingsupplements to code if applicable and to all local utility requirements. Subcontractor shall protect andhold harmless the Owner, Architect and Contractor from any errors and/or omissions resulting in theHVAC design or installation. HVAC Subcontractor and his Mechanical Engineer shall carrydesign liability insurance (errors and omissions) with a minimum of $1 million in coverage. Itwill be the Contractor's responsibility to design and provide complete drawings, specifications, andcalculations and submit for agency approval to the authority having jurisdiction.

E. Design Coordination: The design/build contractor shall thoroughly review architectural and structuraldrawings in order to provide a well coordinated design. Coordinate roof penetrations, louvers,furnace closet sizes, etc. with architectural. Contractor is required to coordinate his work with theArchitect, Structural Engineer, MEP Consultant hired by Architect, and all other Mechanical,Electrical and Sprinkler design-build subcontractors to provide a complete plumbing scope of work.Plumbing subcontractor is required to provide any and all water, drain, and gas work required by the


230501 - 2

HVAC design-build subcontractor, and any and all drain requirements required by the Sprinklerdesign-build subcontractor. Electrical subcontractor will provide any and all line voltage workrequired by the HVAC subcontractor. Subcontractor(s) shall provide all necessary coordination ofinformation to other parties in a timely manner in order to comply with the Div. 0 schedules.

F. Systems: Provide design, labor, materials and appliances and perform operations in connection withsatisfactory installation of mechanical work ready to operate in strict accordance with thesespecifications and drawings. Work includes, but is not limited to, that as delineated in Division 23.

G. Seismic restraints shall be provided as required by these specifications and by local code. Allmechanical equipment, duct work and piping shall be provided with seismic restraints in accordancewith IBC Seismic Design requirements.

H. It is noted and agreed that neither the Owner/Contractor nor any other third party representing theOwner/Contractor has reviewed any of the technical aspects of the HVAC and Plumbing Designs orit's equipment or design, and thus the Owner/Contractor is relying exclusively on the Subcontractor'sexpertise that the HVAC and Plumbing Systems are properly designed and specified and will befurnished and installed properly as described in these specifications and as shown on the drawings.

I. Except as specifically provided herein, there shall be no change orders for any work or features thatcould be reasonably inferred to be required in (a) the Contract Documents; (b) that may arise indesign or in the field to conflict with other systems, special limitations, routing requirements, etc.

J. The subcontractor shall provide preconstruction consulting and design work to lead and assist theOwner/Contractor in finalizing the Project's HVAC and Plumbing design. This shall include diligentlypursuing and “extracting” all necessary design input including requesting specific design input so thatprogress is not hindered and design decisions are resolved at the earliest possible date. TheSubcontractor shall assume the lead roll in suggesting design solutions for the Owner/Contractor'sconsideration and in obtaining approvals and coordinating this work with all parties whose work mayinterface with this work.

K. Subcontractor Staffing: Subcontractor will provide a full-time Project Superintendent and/or Foremanwho will administer the work from the jobsite.

L. Safety: Subcontractor shall provide and maintain a safe working area within WISHA standards andguidelines along with industry standard practices. This includes providing a “Site Specific” SafetyPlan and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all products being utilized on the project site.

M. Fencing: Maintain the perimeter fencing and replace any fencing removed during this work(Including re-installing all clamps each and every night) when used by this subcontractor.

N. Clean-up: Include al provisions required by the City, AHJ and/or General Contractor. Work area willbe kept clean and safe per WISHA standards and maintained daily.

O. Material Handling: Provide all material handling equipment and operators, distribution, hoisting andscaffolding (if required) for this work.

P. Sleeves/Panels: Locate all sleeves required in concrete or C.M.U. to be embedded in concrete byothers. All buck outs or framed openings as required in concrete shall be furnished and installed byothers (but located by HVAC/Plumbing Subcontractor).

Q. Penetrations: All drilling, boxing, blocking etc. required for this work in the metal or wood framing isto be completed by this subcontractor. No cutting of structural members shall be allowed withoutwritten approval from Architect (especially P.T. Slabs, joists frames and shear walls). The repair costfor any damage caused by unapproved alterations by this Subcontractor to any part of the structureshall be deducted from the Subcontract amount if caused but this Subcontractor. This Subcontractor shall provide locations and sizes only for others to install block-outs in all concrete or CMUwalls.

R. Electrical/Mechanical Division of work.

Item Furnished by Set By PowerWiring

Control Wiring

Equipment Motors MC MC EC --Fused and Unfused Disconnectswitches, thermal overload &Heaters

EC EC EC --


230501 - 3

Motor Starter and Overload Heaters MC EC EC MCManual Operating & SpeedSwitches

MC EC EC EC

Control Relays and Transformers MC MC EC MCTemperature Control Panels MC MC EC MCMotor & Solenoid Valves, DamperMotors, PE & EP Switches

MC MC EC MC

Temporary Heating Connection MC MC EC MCDuct-Mounted Smoke Detectors MC MC EC MC/EC*Heat Trace MC MC EC MCWhole House Fans MC EC EC MC/EC**Low Voltage Thermostats MC MC EC MC/EC**

1. EC = Electrical Contractor (Division 26)2. MC= Mechanical Contractor (Division 23)3. * MOTOR INTERLOCK BY MC, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION BY EC.4. ** LINE VOLTAGE BY EC, LOW VOLTAGE BY MC.5. ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONDUIT AND WIRING SHALL BE FURNISHED AND

INSTALLED UNDER MC SUBCONTRACT. ALL MOTORIZED DAMPER WIRING SHALL BEBY MC.

S. Facilities: Provide mechanical systems to support construction of all new buildings as follows:1. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning:

a. Design Temperatures:1) Requirement: Control interior air temperature.2) Criteria: Environmental design air temperatures: Space Heating Cooling Outdoor Conditions 22 F DB 84F DB/67F WB Apartments 70 F DB NA Common areas 70 F DB NA Mech/Elect Spaces 55 F DB 10 deg F above ambient Elevator machine room 55 F DB 80F DB Transformer Vault Per Seattle Building Code.

b. Other General Design Criteria and Assumptions:1) Lighting watts/SF, per table 15-1 of the Seattle Energy Code (SEC).2) Envelope Components: Calculations shall be based on envelope construction shown

on architectural drawings.3) Equipment in office spaces: 1.0 w/sf.4) Safety Factors: 5% summer, 15% winter.5) Coordinate expected design occupancy density with architect or use Seattle

Mechanical Code density values.2. Vibration and noise isolation requirements:

a. Sound: Sound level attributable to heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems shallnot exceed the following limits for each type of area and also will comply with all localordinances for sound generation to adjacent property lines.

Area NC Level Bedrooms NC-25 Living Room NC-30 Kitchen NC-35 Study/Den NC-30 Dining NC-30 Bathroom NC-35 Mechanical NC-50 Corridors/Hallways NC-40 Residential Lobby NC-40 Roof Deck 55 DBA


230501 - 4

b. Vibration: Unless specified elsewhere in this document, all mechanical equipment shall bevibration isolated from the supporting structure in conformance with recommendationsprovided in the 2007 ASHRAE Applications Handbook (Table 48 on page 47.40).

1.4 CODES AND STANDARDSA. Conform to following code and agency requirements having jurisdictional authority over mechanical

installation; comply strictly with all applicable codes and regulations including but not limited to thelatest adopted version of the following.1. Seattle International Building Code (SBC).2. Seattle Mechanical Code.3. International Fuel Gas Code (including Seattle Amendments)4. International Residential code (IRC) as amended by the State of Washington and the City of

Seattle.5. Uniform Plumbing Code as amended by the State of Washington and the City of Seattle.6. International Fire Code as amended by the State of Washington and the City of Seattle.7. Seattle Energy Code (SEC).

B. ANSI/NFPA 70, "1999 National Electric Code"C. Local Department of HealthD. Department of Labor, OSHA, Occupational Safety and Health StandardsE. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)F. Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA)G. SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible (HCDS) Second Edition - 1995

and Addendum No. 1 - November, 1997H. SMACNA "Seismic Restraints Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems"I. NFPA 90A "Installation of Air conditioning and Ventilating Systems"J. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Codes, Standards, Recommended Practices, Manuals

and Guides.K. ASTM, ANSI, and NEMA standards, as referenced in subsequent sectionsL. ADA Accessibility Guidelines

1.5 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONSA. Obtain permits and pay fees required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction over this work.B. Arrange for inspections required during construction. On completion of work, furnish satisfactory

evidence to show all work installed in accordance with codes.1.6 FINAL CONSTRUCTION APPROVAL

A. Recommended upon completion of the following:1. Execution of Architect/Engineer's final observation report2. Operation and maintenance manuals3. Operation instruction period4. Permit submittal5. Record drawings6. Testing and cleaning

1.7 TERMS OF CONTRACTA. Design: The calculations and construction documents shall be developed by or under the

supervision of a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Washington. The submittal of theseitems shall include the official stamp and signature of this Engineer.

B. Plans and Coordination: Provide final drawings in accord with Architect's schedule. Provide floorplans and other details as necessary for coordination and a well integrated design.

1.8 SUBMITTALSA. Contractor shall submit for review, equipment and materials submittals including all pertinent

performance information, code compliance information, and capacity and electrical data andinstallation procedures. Refer to Section 01330 for administrative requirements.


230501 - 5

B. Submit prior to fabrication or delivery.C. Submit complete, at one time. Partial submittals will not be considered.D. Catalog sheets shall be complete and the item or model to be used shall be clearly marked.E. Form: Submittals shall be in booklet form. The data shall be arranged and indexed under basic

categories. A typewritten index shall be included with dividers and identifying tabs between sectionsand references to sections of the specifications. Catalog sheets shall be marked to indicate thescheduled equipment tag item being submitted.

F. Schedules: Within two (2) weeks of execution of this subcontract, provide a detailed project scheduleand job cost schedule, including all critical work items, material deliveries, and area sequencing.This work will be installed in a manner to allow inspection and approval to cover on a floor-by-floorbasis, top floor down. Payments for this Subcontractor's work will not be made until this informationis received. This subcontractor shall staff the job as required to meet a mutually agreeable projectschedule.

G. Documents Required: Design Build drawings (as required below) shall be submitted a minimum of(3) weeks prior to start of installation. Maintain design build record documents and submitreproducible as-builts to the Owner/Contractor upon project completion. Payments for retention ofthis Subcontractor's work will not be made until this information is received.

1.9 HVAC PERMIT AND CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTSA. At a minimum, construction/permit documents shall show complete design of all requirements of

Division 23 specifications and as shown on the drawings. HVAC System is Bidder Design Work.B. Construction documents shall be 100% complete at date of HVAC Permit submission.C. Provide 1/8” = 1'-0” scale computer generated (ACAD 2010 or better) drawings of all floors. Show all

equipment, ductwork fire dampers, smoke/fire dampers, controls, etc with sizes and routing.D. Provide abbreviations and legend including description of all devices shown on plans.E. Provide detailed schedules of all equipment complete with equipment number, size, weight, electrical

requirements, CFM, static pressure, MBH, GPM, MCA, HP and MOCP., etc..F. Provide diagrams for each following system:

1. Control System Architecture.G. Provide 1/4" = 1 '-0" scale or larger plans and details of the following systems:

1. Fire/smoke damper connections.2. Supply Fan, Exhaust Fan and indoor unit mounting.3. Post tension Slab, mild steel slab and shear wall blockouts.

H. Provide 1/4" = 1'-0" scale or larger Sections of the following systems:1. Building sections showing all HVAC shafts. Garage transfer fans and associated air pathways.

Louver and rated plenums in tight ceilings.2. Garage transfer fans and associated air pathways.3. Louver and rated plenums in tight ceilings.

1.10 SHOP DRAWINGSA. Submit Permit Drawings (3 full size sets) to architect for review.B. Include control diagrams and sequence of operation and all support structures as a minimum.

Provide duct layout and piping layout drawings. Provide shop drawings where thesystem/component is not a standard catalog product and must be fabricated for the Contractor or bythe Contractor. Additionally, provide shop drawings where the accuracy of location is necessary forcoordination or communication purposes. Refer to Section 01330 for administrative requirements.

C. Shop drawings and diagrams shall show all duct sizes as well as the manufacturer's name andcatalog number of each piece of equipment used.

D. The Architect's review of such drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility fordeviations from the Contract drawings or specifications, unless he/she has, in writing, called theattention of the Architect to such deviations at the time of the submission, nor shall it relieve him/herfrom the responsibility for errors or omission in such drawings.


230501 - 6

E. Sheet metal duct shop drawings shall indicate all relevant duct, ceiling, and structural elevations andclearances. All elbows, offsets, and turns shall be clearly identified as to radius or square withturning vanes. All required dampers and access doors shall be shown. By submission of sheetmetal shop drawings, the Contractor acknowledges that all ducts fit and no conflicts exist.

F. Submit complete, at one time. Partial submittals will not be considered.1.11 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Manufacturers and models of equipment and material indicated herein and on drawings are thoseupon which the mechanical design is to be based. Other manufacturers with products consideredequal in general quality may be listed without specific model designation.

B. For substitution of any other manufacturers' equipment, see Division 1. In selecting substituteequipment, provide a guarantee equal performance and fit. Cost of redesign and all additional costsincurred to accommodate the substituted equipment shall be borne by the Contractor.

C. Note substitution of any other manufacturers' equipment in the bid proposal.D. Any and all substitutions must be requested by the contractor, and approved by the Architect prior to

incorporation into the project.E. Request for substitution must be submitted with sufficient time for review to avoid impacting work

schedules. If not, they will be summarily turned down.1.12 DOCUMENTATION

A. Permits: Submitted for, paid for and obtained by the contractor. Submit copies of signed, approvedpermits to the Architect.

B. Calculations: Provide all required calculations for sizing of HVAC equipment.C. Record Drawings: See Division 1. Provide two sets of record drawings for every building. Show

location of equipment and size of piping and ductwork. Locate all valves, cocks, dampers andsimilar equipment.

1.13 ELECTRICALA. Power wiring: By Division 26.B. Control Wiring: By Division 23, line and low voltage.C. Owner will not entertain additional cost requests due to lack of coordination between Division 23 and

26.1.14 WARRANTY

A. Warrant materials and workmanship for one year in accord with Division 0. Provide writtenguarantees, which exceed one year such as on domestic hot water tanks and similar items. Submitwith Maintenance and Operating Manual. Warrant period to extend from date of substantialcompletion.

B. In addition to standard manufacturer's warranty, provide detailed item by item pricing for extendingmanufacturer's standard warranty to both 5 years and 10 years for all major equipment items (i.e.,fans, City Multi System, Ductless Split systems, HVAC controls, packaged rooftop equipment, etc).

1.15 EMERGENCY SERVICEA. Provide a twenty-four (24) hour emergency telephone number for all service work related to the

contract. Any emergency service work shall be completed within the same day of the notice.1.16 COORDINATION OF WORK

A. Coordinate design and shop drawings to preclude interference between trades. Conflicts shall bebrought to the attention of the Architect prior to installation.

B. Insure proper "rough-in" on all equipment to which connections are made.C. Verify all measurements at the job site. Locate all equipment and fixtures on the centers of walls,

openings, spaces, etc. Check all piping, ducts, etc. to clear openings.1.17 HANDLING

A. Deliver packaged materials in unbroken packages, manufacturer's label thereon; do not openpackages or remove labels until Architect inspects and approves.


230501 - 7

1.18 CHANGE OF WORK ORDERSA. All requests for change of work or scope shall be submitted in writing to the General Contractor.B. Unapproved or unauthorized changes of work or additional work shall not be considered for

payment.C. See Division 1 for more detail.

1.19 CLEANING UP AND HOUSEKEEPINGA. Leave all equipment clean and ready for use.B. Remove all labels, paint, plaster, etc., from fixtures, equipment and piping.C. At final completion, remove all rubbish and waste resulting from the work from the site.D. On a periodic basis, remove all piping, duct scraps, etc., from working areas and site so that an

orderly construction may continue.1.20 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Provide per Division 1 and herein.1.21 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

A. It is the Contractor’s specific responsibility to complete their respective start-up and checkoutprocedures, and to insure the complete readiness of equipment and systems, prior to the start of thetesting and balancing process.

B. All equipment shall be put into operation and tested at the completion of the installation. Arepresentative employed by the Contractor shall make the final Commissioning checkout of systemsand submit a written Commissioning Report of the checkout. The Commissioning Report formatshall be submitted by the Mechanical Contractor as part of the pre construction equipment andmaterial submittal process. Systems Commissioning shall comply with the Seattle Energy Code andthe requirements specified herein.

C. Installing contractors shall be responsible for providing qualified representatives, material,equipment, tools, etc., required within the scope of their specialty, to facilitate successfullycompleting the functional performance testing process. These contractors shall budget and providesufficient time and qualified personnel to participate on-site in this process until the process issuccessfully completed and all deficiencies have been corrected or otherwise resolved.

D. Specified training on related systems and equipment operation and maintenance shall onlycommence after final performance commissioning is successfully completed, and systems areverified by the Balancing Contractor to be 100% complete and functional.

E. Owner shall not accept equipment and systems, and Owner shall not make final payment, until allequipment and systems have been successfully commissioned and all specified requirements havebeen satisfied.

F. Qualifications:1. Testing and Balancing shall be performed by a testing agency who specializes in testing,

adjusting, and balancing of heating, ventilating, air-moving equipment, air-conditioning systemsand hydronic systems and has a minimum of one year experience.

2. Testing agency shall have successfully completed a minimum of five projects, similar in sizeand scope.

3. Testing agency shall be a certified member of TABB OR NEBB.G. Certifications

1. TAB Technician shall be certified by a nationally recognized certifying agency.H. Perform total system balance in accordance with Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau (TABB) –

Quality Assurance Program for Environmental Systems Balance, OR NEBB Quality AssuranceProgram – Conformance Certification.

I. PROJECT CONDITIONS1. Testing, adjusting and balancing shall commence after HVAC systems installation is complete

and in working order. Associated areas of general construction shall be in place, including;interior and exterior doors; windows; walls; and ceilings. Existing Conditions


230501 - 8

J. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS1. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following:

a. NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems.b. Seattle Energy Code.

1.22 RECORD DRAWINGSA. Provide per Division 1 and herein.

1.23 CUTTING AND PATCHINGA. Coordinate all cutting and patching required for the work with the General Contractor. Cutting of

structural members shall be done with Architect's approval. Patching shall match the surroundingarea. Refer to Division 1.

1.24 WORKMANSHIPA. All work shall be installed in accordance with best trade practice. Any substandard workmanship

shall be removed and replaced at no extra cost to the Owner.1.25 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. A minimum of three feet of clearance will be provided around all mechanical equipment whereverpossible. As a bare minimum, clearance will be provided on one side of each air handling unit andfan coil unit for maintenance access and coil removal. In this case, all access doors into the unitswill be specified on one side.

B. Note that the spaces reserved for ducts, piping and lights above furred ceilings and in restrictiveexposed to view areas (i.e., garage) are in some cases quite critical. Any work installed withoutregard for the work of other crafts which must, in the opinion of the architect, be moved to permit theinstallation of other work, shall be moved without extra charge.

C. HVAC subcontractor shall be responsible for Mechanical portion of Seattle Energy Code compliancecalculations. Architect (HV Engineering) shall provide Seattle DPD Heating Equipment Sizing Formsfor Typical Apartment units for Residential area code compliance. However Division 23 shouldconsider these calculations as preliminary and are responsible for verifying their accuracy andassuming all responsibility and liability for the accuracy of the apartment heating load calculations. Lighting compliance calculations shall be provided by electrical design/build engineer.

D. Include all necessary mechanical HVAC permit and inspection expenses.E. Division 23 is responsible for all HVAC load sizing calculations for all areas of the building and shall

coordinate with information with Division 26 for those areas where Division 26 provides electricheaters.

F. HVAC subcontractor shall design, select and install all equipment to be in compliance with any Cityof Seattle or other applicable Noise Ordinance. Forward the sound power levels of all equipment tosound consultant for evaluation early in design of project.

G. Provide all access panels required in sheet-rock walls/ ceilings as a result of mechanical work.Provide remote damper operators where dampers are inaccessible.

H. Review the Window Bid Package plans. Verify that window slot (or other architetural method ofproviding airlets) ventilation requirements comply with IMC, SEC and IBC for required whole houseexhaust ventilation.

I. All louvers associated with mechanical work, including intake and exhaust louvers, elevator machineroom, ventilation louvers, stair shaft relief louvers (where present), mechanical room ventilation andcombustion louvers, water heater flues, room combustion and exhaust louvers are provided underDiv. 10. This includes louvers as necessary for fresh air make-up and relief for all common areas. Allother architectural louvers, door louvers and architectural sheet-metal are excluded from HVACScope of Work. Coordinate requirements for louver sizes, location and quantity with architectural.

J. Provide combustion/gas flue, ducts, and connectors for any domestic water heaters (high efficiencycompatible) for central residential system. Provide make-up air and flue for gas fired water heatersin equipment rooms. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for solid wall pipe material (noco-extruded PVC piping allowed).

K. Insulation of Mechanical Systems will include outside air and supply air ductwork. The insulation willbe in accordance with the Seattle Energy Code.


230501 - 9

L. All Ductwork shall be galvanized steel (Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M FSType B, with G60/Z180 coating). Static pressure and seal class shall be per SMACNA HDCS.Ductwork shall be sealed per SEC. Galvanized Steel for Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet,ASTM A653/A653M FS Type B, with G60/Z180 coating.1. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal

and Flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing foroperating pressures required.

2. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct oncenterline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows must be used, provide air foilturning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation.

3. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible;maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergencedownstream.

4. Where ducts are connected to exterior wall louvers and duct outlet is smaller than louver frame,provide blank-out panels sealing louver area around duct. Use same material as duct, paintedblack on exterior side; seal to louver frame and duct.

M. RESIDENTIAL CLOTHES DRYER EXHAUST DUCTWORK AND VENT HOOD:1. Ductwork: Provide 1/2" external insulation (to reduce condensation). Sheet metal screws are

not allowed.2. Dryer Vent Hood At Wall: Gensco Model LDR 4 four inch dryer vent hood or approved equal

metal hood with 4" clear opening depth and single flap backdraft damper (louvered style notacceptable).

N. Fiberglass duct liner will be used for noise reduction within 15' of fans (except for kitchen, shower orapartment unit exhaust/transfer fans).

O. Testing and Balancing of the Air Systems will be accomplished by an Agency certified by theAssociated Air Balance Council or the National Environmental Balancing Bureau specializing in Airand Water System Balancing. The A-E drawings will state the final design System capacities forreference by the Contractor and use by the maintenance personnel.

P. HVAC Subcontractor shall provide a service man for one eight hour period to walk through withContractor and Owner for one year after date of Substantial Completion warranty walk through.HVAC Subcontractor shall make corrections and perform warranty service for items found to bewarranty items.

Q. Apartments1. The building apartment units will be provided with “Source Specific Exhaust Ventilation” and

“Intermittent Whole House Ventilation Using Exhaust Fans” per Section 403.8 of the SeattleMechanical Code. This will consist of exhaust fans for laundry rooms (if not in kitchen orbathroom), kitchen range hoods, whole house exhaust fans inside primary bathrooms, exhaustfans in secondary bathrooms (if applicable) and transfer fans were required for interior occupiedspaces where required by code. The required exhaust fans, their controls, and outdoor airinlets shall comply with the prescriptive requirements of this code. All apartment environmentalexhaust ducts will be ducted horizontally to the exterior of the building on each floor (in soffits ifrequired) except for top floor units not under occupied decks which may vent vertically.Coordinate all requirements with architectural and structural. Control of the whole houseexhaust fan will be by a Division 26 timer (basis of design Aircycler Smartexhaust). Provideradiation dampers or other approved alternate means where ductwork or fans penetrate ratedmembranes.

2. Heating will be provided using electric heaters (sized by Division 23, provided and installed byDivision 26). HVAC subcontractor shall provide heating load calculations as required tomaintain required space temperature. Architect/HV Engineering will provide copy of standardSeattle DPD Heating Equipment Sizing Forms that were submitted for permit that can be usedas a starting point for developing the final sizing calcs. However, these calculations shouldonly be used as a starting point and it is the responsibility of the Division 23 engineer orrecord to provide final calculations for sizing all heaters and assume all liability for suchcalculations. Provide additional calculations for other common areas. Make sure to includeintermediate slab edge impacts on load calcs for applicable areas.


230501 - 10

3. Range hoods shall be provided by Division 11 but installed by Division 23. Provide a dedicatedkitchen hood exhaust duct to the building exterior and terminate with a wall/roof cap.

4. Dryer exhaust shall be ducted horizontally to the exterior and terminated with a wall cap. Dryerbooster fans and lint traps shall be provided by Division 23 where/if required. Booster fans shallbe U.L. rated for use as dryer booster fans.

5. Ventilation contractor shall coordinate with Architect on location of fan discharge. Typically thiswill be the exterior wall for all floors except for top floor units not located under occupied decks. All discharges shall be designed and installed in a manner to prevent water migration into thebuilding.

R. Non-recirculating Building Exhaust:1. Garage, trash room, electrical transformer room, etc will be served by a combination of

individual and central non-recirculating exhaust systems at various locations throughout thebuilding. See drawings for concept design and proposed locations.

2. Provide a trash room exhaust system capable of 10 air changes per hour ducted directly tooutside. This fan shall not be located over an apartment.

S. PARKING GARAGE VENTILATION1. The underground parking garage ventilation shall meet the ventilation requirements of the SBC

and SMC with 0.75 CFM/SF capacity.2. Garage exhaust system shall have CO/NO2 controls to operate garage exhaust fans at

approximately 25% airflow and then on high speed when CO/NO2 has been detected (seedrawings for sample sequence of operation). CO/NO2 sensors shall be installed permanufacturer's requirements and shall meet 2012 SMC.

3. See drawings for noise requirements for fans.4. Garage exhaust grilles shall be Titus 30R heavy duty with max or other suitable high strength

grille device. Provide maximum 700 FPM gross area velocity.5. System shall be designed to prevent dead air or non air circulating areas in the garage. One

option for dealing with this is to provide strategically located circulating fans in the garage toprevent dead areas. See drawings for preliminary system design information.

T. Mechanical, fire/water service, and Electrical Rooms:1. Heating will be provided where required using electric unit heaters (sized by division 23,

provided and installed by Division 26). Ventilation cooling will be provided as required to meetthe above specified environmental conditions by Division 23.

U. Elevator Equipment Rooms:1. Rooms will be mechanically cooled using ductless split system HVAC units with low ambient

control.V. Transformer Vault

1. One SCL transformer vault will be ventilated with approximate 800 - 1200 CFM (depending onfinal transformer size) supply fan (size and meet all SCL requirements), with 3 hour shaftaround exhaust termination from vault to outside. Final location of exhaust outlet is shown onarchitectural plans.

W. HVAC CONTROLS1. The source specific bath, laundry room and range hood fans will be energized by Division 26.2. The electric heat will be controlled by a 7-day programmable t-stat as required by Seattle

Energy Code and is provided and installed by division 26.3. Controls: All dampers, controls, control drawings and control wiring required for work in this

subcontract are included as part of Division 23 scope of work.X. Smoke Fire Dampers shall not have transformers that produce audible noise in space served.Y. Run drips and drains for pumps, drains, reliefs, etc. to drain; discharge to floor will not be permitted.Z. Provide minimum size requirements for all building louvers to Architect. Louvers shall be provided

and installed by others. Coordinate duct sizes with final louver size provided by Architect.AA. Low voltage Wiring: Include all low-voltage wiring required for this Subcontractor's work in HVAC

Scope of Work.AB. Provide Start-Up and Testing and Balancing of all HVAC systems.AC. VFD driven motors are to be indicated as VFD compatible within equipment submittals.


230501 - 11

AD. All VFD's are provided by Division 23 and installed by Division 26. Disconnects will be providedseparate from VFD's and will be by Electrical Contractor unless specifically noted as provided bymechanical contractor.

AE. HVAC fan motors are to be selected so that normal operation is within the motor's nominal hp ratingand does not operate into the motor's service factor.

AF. Excluded from the HVAC scope of work are the following:1. Electrical wiring above 24 volts..2. Fireman's control panel and all associated interlock wiring.3. Residential electrical baseboard / wall forced air heating units.4. Smoke detectors at smoke/fire dampers and elevator lobbies.5. Gas piping to water heaters, gas regulators (if required), gas regulator vents.6. Cutting, patching, painting, curbing except where specifically included for roof exhaust fans and

framing of HVAC duct openings.7. Mechanical equipment room general construction.8. Architectural sheet-metal.9. Exterior louvers.10. Scaffolding for access to all exterior walls outside air grilles.

PART 2 - PRODUCTSNOT USEDPART 3 - EXECUTIONNOT USED

END OF SECTION

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 260500ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 APPLICABLE PROVISIONS

A. This document is intended to inform the Design/Build Electrical Contractors as to the type ofsystems and the quality of the equipment and work and is not intended to be a complete designdocument. As a “turn -key” project, the total responsibility of the design, construction andoperation of the electrical systems are that of the Design/Build Electrical Contractor. It is theresponsibility of the Design/Build Electrical Contractor to coordinate his work and design with thatof other contractors, the Architect, and other consultants from the inception of the project to it’sconclusion.

B. The Design/Build Electrical Contractor shall examine the requirements of this Owner information,the site, all drawings, specifications, local jurisdictional requirements and the conditions affectingthe work, and shall provide a complete Bid proposal consistent with those requirements.Alternates and value engineering items are encouraged, but must be quoted separately. Exceptas specifically provided herein, there shall be no change orders or extra charges to the Owner onthe engineering or construction contracts for any work that could be reasonably inferred to berequired in the Contract Documents or that may arise in the field due to conflicts with othersystems, spacial limitations, routing requirements, field inspections, etc.

C. The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sectionsapply to this and all applicable portions of any Special Conditions are hereby made part of thisDivision, including but not limited to Divisions 00, 01, 22 and 23.

D. Submit a Design/Build Proposal for electrical system design and construction in accordance withall Division of this specification. Proposals to include:

1. History of electrical contracting firm. 2. An updated partial plan for the main electrical room and Power Riser showing

layout and required space for equipment. 3. Information and references on three similar and relevant projects. 4. A Design/Build engineering lump sum fee with a Scope of Work description.

Include hourly engineering rates. All drawings to be prepared and stamped by aWashington State registered electrical engineer.

5. Proof of Errors and Omissions Insurance coverage.

E. Proposals to be evaluated by Owner, Architect, Electrical Engineer and General Contractor.Proposals to be complete in all categories to permit evaluation of the proposed electrical systemsand materials based on quality, life cycle, efficiency, construction scheduling and base cost.Indicate capacity, type and manufacturer of all major equipment items. Owner reserves the rightto reject any or all proposals.

F. Contractor’s Proposal to list the cost of all design / engineering services as a separate line item.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Bid Proposal Drawings and Calculations.1. Develop complete set of drawings and calculations.2.2. Guide specifications in this document are to assist contractor in preparing bid and design only

and are not intended as a complete description of all systems, or that all systems andequipment are included.

3. Selection of lighting fixtures and illumination design per Sections 25 51 00 / 26 56 00.4. Determine fire alarm system and Emergency Firefighters’ Communication System and

incorporate into design documents.5. Determine intercom / entry access / CCTV system requirements and incorporate into design

documents. Include ADA requirements.6. Determine photovoltaic system requirements to conform to 2012 Seattle Energy Code.

260500 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.


B. Scope of Work shall consist of, but not limited to the following:

1. Coordination with electrical, telephone, fiberlink and cable television purveyors. Relocation ofexisting overhead services to adjacent property.

2. Primary conduits from point of service utility vault to transformer enclosure. SecondaryServices from transformer enclosure to Electrical Service Equipment. See Power Riser andService Load Calculations.

3. 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire service, metering and distribution for House and Standby Service.4. 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire service and 1 phase metering of all residential and live/work units.5. Photovoltaic renewable energy equipment as required by 2012 Seattle Energy Code.6. Branch circuit panelboards for lighting and power for house loads, standby loads and office.

Load centers for residential units only, 100 Amp for Studios and 1 bedroom units and 125 Ampminimum requirement for all other units.

7. Residential meter centers.8. Standby Power Service and distribution system where required by Code.9. Photovoltaic System.10. Branch circuit conduit, boxes, wiring and devices.11. Construction power facilities.12. Lighting fixtures including exit and emergency fixtures per Code, complete with lamps.13. Telephone underground service, terminal boards, outlet boxes, wiring and devices.14. Cable / Satellite Television underground services, terminal boards, outlet boxes, wiring and devices. 15. Entry Access / Intercom / CCTV and Door Security System.16. Area of Refuge signage and two-way intercom system.17. Fire Detection and Carbon Monoxide Alarm systems. Connections to Smoke Control System

equipment as required. 18. Emergency Firefighters’ Communication System.19. Power wiring, magnetic motor starters and disconnects for all equipment requiring them

provided under Division 22/ 23, all other Divisions of these specifications and by the Owner.21. Electric resistance heating and controls. Residence electric heating systems should be sized in

accordance with appropriate Room-by-Room heating load calculations.22. Allowance for two (2) power charging stations for electric vehicles.23. All other electrical equipment and services needed to complete a usable and operable facility in

accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations.

C. See Section 00 31 00: Allowances.

1.3 CODES, STANDARDS AND PERMITS

A. All work shall be executed in strict accordance with the latest edition of the following standards

1. National Electrical Code, 2008 (NEC) 2. City of Seattle Electrical Code and Amendments 3. City of Seattle Energy Code, 2012 (SEC) 4. Washington State Administrative Codes (WAC) 5. National Fire Protection Administration Code (NFPA) 6. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 7. International Building Code (IBC) 8. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 9. All local electrical and fire codes and ordinances 10. ASRAE 62.2 (for ventilation) B. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the detailed requirements of all applicable standards

and all local codes and ordinances as they affect the installation of specific electrical systems.

C. Design to conform to serving utility company requirements and guidelines.

D. Obtain and pay for all required licenses, approvals, permits and inspections.

16010 - 2260500 - 2

peter

Text Box

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.


E. All equipment, materials and devices shall bear the Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL) label. If nolabel is available, the label of a testing agency approved by the local inspecting authority isrequired. Smoke Control related equipment to be UUKL listed where required.

F. Certification of compliance with codes shall be obtained for Electrical Inspector and shall besubmitted to the Owner at completion of work.

G. If any conflict occurs between legally adopted codes and this specification, the codes shall prevail;this shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with any requirements fo theplans or specifications which may be in excess of the code requirements and not contrary to same.

1.4 ERRORS AND OMISSIONS - Design Build A. Errors and Omissions shall be the responsibility of the Division 26/27/28 Design Build Contractor.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All new equipment, materials and devices shall be free from defects. Protect all electricalequipment from damage throughout the course of construction.

B. For the actual fabrication, installation and testing of the work of this section, use only throughlytrained and experienced personnel who are completely familiar with the requirements for this workand with the installation recommendations of the manufacturers of the specified items.

1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect electrical system materials before, during and afterinstallation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.

B. Replacement: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessaryto the approval of the Architect at no additional costs to the Owner.

1.7 FIELD INVESTIGATION

A. Contractor shall thoroughly investigate site prior to bidding. No change in contract price will beallowed for work required to comply with existing conditions.

1.8 DRAWINGS

A. Contractor shall prepare a full set of engineered electrical drawings complete with equipment,devices, lighting fixture locations with branch circuitry. Drawings shall be stamped and signed by aProfessional Engineer, licensed and registered in the State of record. All design and calculationsshall be prepared and/or reviewed by that Engineer. Drawings are to be an accurate representationof the actual installation and shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. Drawings shall be inAutoCAD format.

B. Drawings shall include wiring diagrams / risers for all major systems complete with detailedequipment and panelboard schedules. Drawings shall include all code required receptacles perNEC as well as all convenience outlets, special purpose devices, lighting fixtures and lightswitches, 120 volt smoke and carbon monoxide detectors and all electrical devices includingOwner requested items. Provide 1/4" scale typical unit plans for residential units. Typical unit plansto represent all possible units.

C. Wiring, starters and disconnect switches for HVAC equipment and all equipment provided byOwner or other Divisions of this Specification shall be shown on construction drawings. Indicatebranch circuitry, circuit designations and wire / conduit sizes.

260500 - 3

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.


D. Power distribution design to take into account the available fault current from utility, over-currentdevice coordination study and voltage drop calculations. Any changes due to non-conformity indesign shall be at the contractor’s expense.

E. Drawings shall indicate all branch circuit including switching legs for lighting, interconnections forvarious system components and homeruns indicating panel name and circuit number(s). Circuitdesignation to agree with panelboard schedules.

F. All panelboards and typical unit load center schedules shall be shown on the drawings. Indicatecircuit breaker, amperage, poles and load for each circuit. Panel schedules to indicate panelvoltage, phases, ampere rating, main lugs or main circuit breaker, mounting trim, spares andspace and fault current bracing. Identify all series rated panelboard assemblies.

G. Provide locations of Service and Metering Equipment. Indicate actual dimensions on drawings.Demonstrate ample space and clearances are provided for Service Entrance Equipment.

H. Drawings shall include data/telephone and television services, outlet locations and cabling. Locateand size all telecommunications rooms within the building. All rooms to be sized and equipped tomeet the serving Purveyors’s requirements for the installation of their service backboards and headend equipment. Provide adequate power receptacles for low voltage equipment. Include elevationsof telecom closets and electrical rooms indicating equipment layout and displaying code requiredspace requirements and access.

I. Drawings shall include all low voltage system devices and equipment including Entry Intercom /Door Security System devices and cabling.

J. Provide 120 volt GFCI receptacle at irrigation controller and ½" empty low voltage conduit fromcontroller location to all plumbing stub-outs. Coordinate with Division 22.

K. Provide Site Electrical Plan to indicate existing services, primary conduits, secondary feeders, allhandholes, pull boxes and telephone/ cable television services. Indicate all exterior lighting andstreet lighting requirements on Site Plan.

L. Prepare and submit photometric lighting plans for all exterior lighting areas, parking garage andcommon areas. Photometric plans to include footcandle readings on a 5' grid @ 2'-6" AFF forinterior areas, 5' grid @grade for exterior areas as well as average maintained footcandle levels,maximum and minimum levels and the average to minimum ratio for all areas.

M. Drawings shall be continuously maintained in the field by the Contractor. Drawing used for thispurpose shall be kept neat and clean; shall not be the Contractor’s working drawings. Completerevised as-built AutoCAD drawings shall be handed over to the Owner in both hard copy andelectronic format at the completion of the project.

1.9 CALCULATIONS A. Contractor shall perform calculations for the following systems: 1. Electrical Service Calculations

2. Fault Current Calculations3. Over-current device coordination studies4. Standby Service Calculations5. Electrical Load and Feeder Volt Drop Calculations for all panelboards6. Elevator Feeder Volt Drop Calculations7. Emergency Illumination Calculations8. Fire Alarm System Battery Capacity Calculations9. Heat Loss Calculations for Electric Heating per Seattle Energy Code

B. All calculations to be based on actual installed loads, not estimated loads. See individual Sections

260500 - 4

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.


under this specification for design parameters and requirements.

1.10 SUBMITTAL INFORMATION - SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Manufacturers: Submit complete descriptive literature and shop drawings to Architect within forty(40) calendar days after Contractor’s receipt of Owner’s Notice to Proceed. No equipment is to beordered or installed until equipment has been approved by Architect / Engineer.

B. Submittal information: Shop drawings are required for the following items: Lighting fixtures, lamps,ballasts, and control devices; Distribution equipment; Metering measuring devices and equipment;Standby Service equipment; Panelboards and circuit breakers; load centers; disconnect switchesand fuses; wiring devices and trim plates; Fire Alarm equipment and devices; 120 volt smoke andcarbon monoxide detectors; electric vehicle charging stations; Entry Intercom / Entry Access; Areaof Refuge System and all low voltage system components and related devices.

1.11 MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A. Prior to Project Close-Out, contractor to provide maintenance manual for the servicing of allequipment installed. Manuals shall have a typewritten index and divider sheets between categorieswith identifying tabs. Refer to Division 01.

B. Data incorporated into manuals shall be neat, clean copies, 8½” x 11" sizes for binding.

C. Manual shall contain shop drawings, wiring diagrams, operating and maintenance instructions, warranties, replacement parts lists and equipment nameplate data for all equipment and systemsinstalled under the project. Provide names, addresses and telephone numbers of manufacturers’representatives.

D. Three bound copies shall be delivered to the Architect.

1.12 TESTS

A. The Contractor shall perform all tests required by these specifications. The Contractor shall notifythe Architect and Owner at least 48 hours prior to conducting any required tests.

B. All wiring shall test free from short circuits and ground faults, shall show insulation resistancebetween phase conductors and neutral and grounding conductors of not less than the ratedinsulation resistance value of the specific conductors. The system ground, service entranceconductors and all feeders and sub-feeders shall be tested with appropriate meggers, or otherapproved instruments and methods, to determine ground insulation resistance values.

C. Contractor shall repair or replace any items failing to meet the requirements at no additionalexpense to the Owner until such item or items can be demonstrated to comply.

D. The Contractor shall have available instruments for measuring light intensities, voltage and currentlevels and for the demonstration of continuity, grounds or open circuit conditions.

E. Testing of all automatic lighting controls and verification that all devices are working andadjusted to the satisfaction of the Owner and Architect shall be provided by the Contractor.

F. Testing of all Low Voltage Systems to assure proper operation. Testing of the Telephone /DataSystem shall be per Section 27 00000.

G. Panel loads shall be tested and balanced as closely as possible among all phases. Uponcompletion of the electrical systems with all electrical equipment connected and operational, takereading of voltage and amperage at main service equipment and at each panelboard and at end oflongest branch circuit run at no load and at full load conditions. Record results in tabulated, typed

260500 - 5

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.


format and include in Operations Manual.

1.13 COORDINATION

A. The Contractor shall coordinate work among all the various trades doing work in the building andshall examine all drawings, including the Mechanical, Structural and Architectural, for constructiondetails and necessary work coordination. The various Sections of this Division herein are notintended to completely define the division of work or responsibility between trades involved in thisproject. It is the responsibility of the Design /Build Electrical Contractor to read and conform to allSections of this Specification and to provide all required materials, labor, services for a completeproject.

B. The Contractor shall coordinate all work and installation requirements with serving utilitycompanies. Conform to all construction requirements as defined by authority having jurisdiction.

C. Special attention is called to the coordination of door swings and location of all related switches tobe on the strike side of the door, and the location of ducts, grilles, pipes and other equipment sothat all electrical outlets, lighting fixtures, kitchen appliances and other electrical equipment is clearfrom and in proper relation to these items.

D. Contractor to maintain adequate space above ceiling to allow for the installation of recessedlighting fixtures. Fixtures located in insulated ceilings to be IC rated.

E. Location and installation of all devices and fixtures shall comply with the AcousticalRecommendations to minimize sound transmission between residential units. All electrical items tobe installed in strict accordance with acoustical specifications as outlined in this and other Sectionsof this Specification.

F. The Contractor will not be paid for cutting, patching, wiring and finishing required for relocation ofwork installed due to interference with work of other trades.

G. For each typical unit, contractor is required to locate all lighting fixture and wiring device locationsprior to rough-in for review by Owner and engineer. Identify each outlet type and lighting fixturetype.

H. Contractor shall consult the architectural drawings for the exact height of all outlets and fixtureswith relationship to millwork, trim details and structural elements.

I. Contractor shall coordinate the transformer vault requirements with Architect and SCL. Provide allrequired grounding, ventilation, dry sump, door with removable sill and ceiling unistrut channels.

J. Coordinate street lighting requirements with Civil Engineer, SCL and City of Seattle.

K. Define path of Joint Utility Trench to minimize conflicts with other utilities. Layout trench per SCLrequirements. Maintain minimum clearances between electrical conduits and work from othertrades.

1.14 CONSTRUCTION DESIGN SERVICES

A. Assist with design development of the Architectural plans to assure that adequate rooms, chasesand access is maintained and /or provided to incorporate all electrical systems. Assist Architectand HVAC Consultant with all energy calculations necessary for Building Permit.

B. Provide cost feedback for equipment and material options and for value engineering exercises.

C. Provide necessary calculations to Seattle City Light (SC) for service and transformer sizing.

260500 - 6

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.


Coordinate with SCL to determine all transformer installation requirements. Submit recommendedtransformer and primary / secondary power layout drawings to SCL for their review and approval.

D. Provide all drawings, specifications, calculations, etc. required by state and local authorities andserving utilities having jurisdiction over the work. Submit drawings to Owner/Architect for reviewand coordination. Provide all revisions to drawings and design as required by Architect andreviewing authorities.

E. All designs shall be stamped and signed by a licensed electrical engineer and shall be the soleresponsibility of the Division 26/27/28 Contractor.

F. Provide photometric data and plans indicating lighting levels in all common areas, parking garageand exterior areas. Submit NREC (Non Residential Energy Code) compliance forms to localjurisdiction for review and approval. Contractor is responsible to confirm lighting layout and thatdesign is in complete compliance with all applicable codes. Provide circuiting and controls forlighting on construction drawings.

1.15 TRENCHING AND BACKFILL

A. Contractor shall provide all trenching, cutting of pavement and backfilling required for theinstallation of electrical work. Provide native backfill alternate for pea gravel. Provide conduitbedding sand for underground conduits.

B. Compaction of backfill and any patching of pavement shall be done by the Contractor.

C. All primary and secondary service conduits shall be installed in accordance with Seattle City Lightand local Code.

1.16 CLEAN UP

A. Provide continuous clean up to General Contractor provided dumpster(s) during course ofconstruction.

B. Upon completion of work, and before final acceptance and payment, the Contractor shall, at hisexpense, remove from the site and adjoining properties and dispose of all surplus and discardedmaterials, rubbish, temporary buildings, equipment and debris which may have accumulated duringthe course of work.

C. All fixtures, equipment and devices shall be thoroughly cleaned and in proper condition prior to finalacceptance.

1.17 GUARANTEE

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all work put in under this specification and drawings. Heshall make good, repair or replace, at his own expense, as may be necessary, any defective work,materials or parts which may show itself within one year after Certificate of Occupancy, two yearsfor ballasts with installation due to imperfection in materials or workmanship. Incandescent lampsshall not be guaranteed, however, all incandescent lamps shall be operational at the time of finalacceptance of the project.

B. Provide service for any and all warranty problems experienced in operation of the equipmentprovided.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

260500 - 7

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.


A. Acceptable manufacturers of certain equipment and materials are specified in other sections of thisspecification.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas for conditions under which work is to be performed. Report to Architect in writing allconditions that will adversely affect satisfactory execution of work. Do not proceed with work untilunsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Starting of work constitutes acceptance of the conditions under which work is to be performed andthis contractor shall, at his expense, be responsible for correcting all unsatisfactory and defectivework encountered.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Where the work will be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with work of other trades,assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. If so directed byArchitect, prepare composite working drawings and sections at a suitable scale not less than c” =1'-0". Clearly showing how work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades.

B. Furnish to other trades, as required, all necessary plans, details, drawings or information for theproper installation of work and for the purpose of coordination adjacent work.

3.3 SURVEYS AND MEASUREMENTS

A. Any discovery of discrepancy between actual measurements and those indicated shall be broughtto the attention of the Architect. Related work shall not proceed until receiving instructions from theArchitect.

3.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING

A. Refer to Section 018119 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management and comply with all indoorcontaminant control requirements during construction.

B. All materials to be stored in a dry, cool location to prevent moisture and damage to all items.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. All wiring shall be provided under Division 26 including wiring for equipment as described underDivisions 21, 22 & 23, and wiring as specified in other Divisions for elevators, garage doors,compactors, sump pump and miscellaneous equipment.

C. The Division responsible for furnishing the equipment to be controlled shall furnish all controldevices and related control wiring required for the equipment to perform, regardless of whether thedevice is to be wired in a control or power circuit.

D. Work shall be installed in a manner to allow inspection and approval to cover on a floor by floorbasis, and in accordance with the construction phasing and scheduling.

E. Electric resistance heating and controls shall be furnished under Division 26. Heat tape shall befurnished under Divisions 21 / 22, power wiring to these items shall be installed under Division 26.

F. All power wiring complete from power source to motor or equipment junction box, including power

260500 - Page 8

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.


wiring through starters, shall be furnished and installed under Division 26.

END OF SECTION

260500 - Page 9


1701 DEXTER AVE. N. 600 VOLT WIRE AND CABLE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Conductors shall be copper, 600 volt with type THHN, THWN or XHHW insulation, unlessotherwise specified elsewhere. Minimum wire size to be No. 12 AWG except control and signalconductors may be No. 14. Aluminum wire of the compact, Triple E alloy type will be permitted forfeeder sizes No. 2 and larger.

B. Color code to be as follows: 120/208 volt: Phase A - Black, Phase B - Red, Phase C - Blue, Neutral - White;

Equipment Ground - Green;. All switchlegs and control and interlock wiring shall be colorcoded with colors other than those above. Indicate colors used on final as-built drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Conductors to be insulated, solid copper for sizes No. 10 and smaller. Conductors No. 8 andlarger shall be stranded.

B. All taps and splices in No. 8 or smaller wire shall be fastened together by means of solderlesstwist-on type connectors. All taps and splices in wire larger than No. 8 shall be made withsolderless compression or indenter type lugs and taped to provide insulation equal to theconductor.

C. Feeder conductors size AWG 2 and larger may be compact stranded aluminum wire, Triple Ealloy. Use AL/CU lugs for all terminations using aluminum conductors

D. All terminations, connections, and splices in aluminum wire shall be coated with anti-corrosionoxide inhibiting conductive compound. Aluminum wire shall be terminated only in approvedstamped Al-Cu lugs or splicing devices.

E. Conductors in Type MC armored cable shall be copper with THHN insulation and color coded.Armored cable shall have green insulated equipment grounding conductor.

F. Flexible non-metallic sheathed cable shall be Type NM or NMC with copper THHN insulated andcolor coded conductors with bare equipment grounding conductor.

G. All power feeders and branch circuitry circuits No. 4 and smaller shall be wired with color codedwire with the same color used for a phase throughout the building. Power feeders above No. 4shall either be fully color coded or shall have black insulation with color coded marking tape in allboxes and enclosures.

H. Coordinate secondary service conductors with serving Utility Company.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Wire in vicinity of heat producing equipment shall have type THHN type insulation.

B. Protect all conductors from damage during installation and prior to installation of covers, devicesand equipment.

260519 - 1


1701 DEXTER AVE. N. 600 VOLT WIRE AND CABLE

C. All conductors to be sized per the National Electrical Code. Maximum voltage drop for all panelfeeders shall be 3%. Maximum voltage drop for all branch circuits shall be 5%. Voltage drop to bemeasured at farthest point on a particular circuit to determine branch circuit maximum voltagedrop.

D. Type MC cable may be used where allowed by code. Cables shall not be exposed to moisture.

E. Type NM and NMC cable may be used where allowed by code and where used for branchcircuitry in residential units only. Cables must be concealed.

F. Conductors serving Standby loads shall be in separate raceways and outlets boxes fromconductors serving Normal loads.

G. All panel feeders to have 25% spare capacity above calculated demand load.

H. Elevator motor feeder to be copper, with 25% spare capacity above calculated demand load.

I. Indicate all service feeders and panel feeder sizes on contract drawings.

END OF SECTION

260519 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 260526

GROUNDING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide grounding for primary service feeders and service entrance grounding per Code and perSeattle City Light (SCL).

B. All electrical equipment, metallic conduit, motor frames, elevator controller, service equipment,transformer vault, panelboards, load centers, etc. shall have equipment grounding system perCode requirements. System grounding conductor shall run from the main switch ground to allpanels and from grounding lugs on each panel to each branch circuit outlet box and device inaccordance with NEC requirements.

C. Ground photovoltaic modules on roof.

D. Provide ground bars and grounding for transformer vault per Seattle City Light requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. System shall be grounded at main service entrance with a copper conductor with connection tocopper water main, building structure (Eupher) and driven ground rods per NEC and localrequirements.

B. Panel feeders, elevator motor and power circuits shall be grounded with code sized insulatedequipment grounding conductor. Metallic conduit may be used for equipment grounding conductorfor lighting and where permitted by code.

C. All flexible metallic conduit, armored and non-metallic sheathed cable used for power and lightingshall be equipped with a green, insulated copper equipment grounding conductor, code sized.Bond to boxes and equipment or device at each box.

D. All circuitry installed in non-metallic conduit to be equipped with code sized equipment groundingconductor.

E. Grounding electrodes to be sized and installed per NEC and local requirements.

F. Conduit sizes shall be adjusted as required to allow for equipment grounding conductor.

G. Provide ground for telephone service entrance, #6, TW, CU.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Bond the grounding electrode conductors to the neutral service entrance conductors and to themetal frame of the main service entrance equipment. Bond the Equipment Grounding bus at main service entrance equipment to the grounding electrode conductor.

B. Indicate all grounding equipment and feeder ground conductors on drawings.

C. Photovoltaic ground conductors to be sized per NEC and installed per manufacturer. See Section263100.

260526 - 18/30/2013 - Final GMP Set

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 260526

GROUNDING

3.2 TESTING

A. Test entire grounding system for continuity and correct any dis-continuities or high resistancecircuits.

END OF SECTION

260526 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 260529

ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Furnish and install all supports, hangers and inserts, etc. required to mount equipment, cabinets,fixtures, conduit, cables, pull boxes and other equipment under this Division.

B. Supports and hangers shall be code-approved for the type of application.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Supports, hangers, etc. shall be designed for the specific application.

B. Supports, hangers, etc. shall be structurally sized for the type of load being supported.

C. Unistrut, Kindorf, or Super Strut or prior approved manufacturers.

D. All materials exposed to moisture or dampness shall be manufactured with the specific applicationfor the location installed. All steel to be galvanized with paint to match adjacent surface color(s) asrequired by Architectural conditions.

E. Avoid running surface conduit on roof. Where necessary and as verified by Architect, conduit onroof to be supported by manufactured galvanized steel channel with compact foam, uv resistant,weatherproof. Space on 10' centers. B-Line or approved equal.

F. Photovoltaic panels to be supported by factory provided mounting brackets.

G. Refer to weatherproofing methods as described in Division 07 for all exterior penetrations andprotection from equipment on roof.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. All items shall be supported from the structural portion of the building.

B. Supports, hangers, etc. shall be installed in an approved manner and as recommended bymanufacturer.

C. Lighting fixture pendants to be supplied by manufacturer of fixture with stems, canopies andswivel base, painted to match fixture finish. Length of pendants to be as required to achieverequired mounting height. See Section 265100.

END OF SECTION

260529 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 260533

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. All wiring to be in conduit unless specified otherwise. Conduit shall be rigid galvanized steelconduit, electrical metallic tubing (EMT), Intermediate Metal Tubing (IMC), flexible metal conduit,heavy wall Schedule 40 PVC and electrical non-metallic tubing (ENT).

B. Panel Feeders to living unit panels may be metal clad cable, type MC, where permitted by codes.

C. Branch circuit wiring in residential units may be metal clad cable, type MC or non-metallicsheathed cable, type NM, where permitted by codes. Provide suitable metal outlet boxes withappropriate connectors.

D. At all concealed or surface outlets for electrical lighting fixtures, switches, receptacles, controldevices, etc., code approved outlet boxes shall be provided with trim and mounting hardware.

E. Surface or flush junction or pull boxes shall be provided as required to facilitate branch circuitwiring or feeder conductor installation and as required by Code. No feeder or branch circuitconduit run may exceed three (3) 90E bends or 75 feet in total length without a junction or pull box.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS - RACEWAY

A. Rigid galvanized steel conduits, heavy wall, shall be used for all raceways underground or underslab. Do not install conduits in concrete slab.

B. Underground conduits shall be joined to prevent entrance of moisture. Use joint sealingcompound on threaded fittings in rigid galvanized steel conduit. Apply two coats of Kipper’sBitumastic No. 50 compound to entire length.

C. Electrical metallic tubing may be used for all raceways above slab where not subject tomechanical injury or dampness. Under no circumstances will electric tubing be allowedunderground. Tubing shall be joined with set screw fitting up to 2" where compression type fittingsshall be required.

D. All connections to motors or vibrating equipment or at other locations where required shall bemade with not less than 24" of flexible zinc-coated steel conduit, using special type of connectorsfor this conduit. Flexible conduit shall be liquid-tight with approved fittings in wet or damplocations.

E. Install insulating bushings on all rigid galvanized steel conduits terminating in panels, cabinets orboxes. Material in these bushings must not melt or support flame.

F. PVC conduit may be used for underground raceways and service entrance as allowed by codesand serving utility company. PVC fittings shall be produced by same manufacturer supplying theconduit. All joints shall be solvent welded. Threads will not be permitted on PVC conduit.Installation of PVC conduit shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations andcodes.

G. Metal clad cable type MC shall be installed per Code using special fittings approved for intendedpurpose. Conductors shall be THHN insulated copper.

H. ENT with approved fittings may be used for all applications where permitted by codes.

260533 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 260533

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

2.2 MATERIALS - CABLES

A. Metal clad cable type MC shall be installed per Code using special fittings approved for intendedpurpose. Conductors shall be THHN insulated copper.

B. Romex cable type NM / NMC shall be installed per Code using non-metallic outlet boxes and loomclamps where entering panelboards and metallic enclosures. Concuctors to be THHN insulatedcopper.

2.3 MATERIALS, SIZING AND TRIM - BOXES

A. Outlet boxes shall be standard stamped galvanized steel, one-piece. Where type NM or NMCcable is allowed by Code, non-metallic outlet boxes may be used. All outlet boxes shall maintainthe fire rating of wall and ceiling assemblies, one hour minimum. Boxes shall be provided withcable clamps and grounding terminal. Smart Box Inc. or prior approved equal.

B. Outlet boxes shall be of such form and dimension as to be adapted to the specific use, locationand type of device or fixture to be used. Box sizes shall be determined in accordance with theNEC requirements for conductor fill, with or without devices as necessary.

C. Ceiling outlet boxes shall be 4" octagonal or 4" square x 1½” deep or larger as required withappropriate trim rings and fixture or device mounting hardware as required.

D. Switch, wall receptacle and other outlet boxes in plastered or gypsum board wall and exposedmasonry walls shall be minimum 4" square x 1½” deep minimum. Provide a standard trim ring ofappropriate depth and opening to suit device.

E. Low voltage Class 2 devices fed by cable may be mounted with flush mounted low voltagemounting brackets. Caddy MP1.

F. Outlet boxes exposed to weather shall be cast iron or aluminum with gasketed covers andthreaded hubs for conduits. Boxes shall be weatherproof or watertight as required by Code.

G. Junction and pull boxes shall be galvanized steel with screw-secured blank covers for surfacemounting as required. Boxes shall be sized for conduits entering and conductor fill in accordancewith Code requirements. Boxes exposed to weather shall be weatherproof or watertight asrequired by Code.

H. Provide all required access panels necessary for maintenance of electrical work and to provideaccess to all junction boxes or devices.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DRAWINGS

A. All feeder conduit sizes to be indicated on drawings. Raceways for low voltage systems to besized and shown on drawings. Major junction / pull boxes to be sized and shown on drawings.Locate and identify all conduit stub-ups and spare conduits on drawings.

3.2 INSTALLATION - RACEWAY

A. All conduits and cable shall be run in a neat and workmanlike manner, and shall be properlysupported with approved conduit clamps, hanger rods, cable tray, cable hooks and structuralfasteners. All conduits except those from surface mounted devices or fixtures shall be runconcealed from view. Exposed conduits shall be supported with clamp fasteners with toggle boltson hollow walls or ceilings and with lead expansion shields on concrete. Rigid steel box

260533 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 260533

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

connections shall be made with double locknuts and bushings.

B. All conduits shall be kept clear of plumbing fixtures to facilitate repair or replacement of saidfixtures without disturbing wiring. Except for control purposes, all conduits shall be kept away fromitems producing heat.

C. Conduits shall be concealed in all areas. Surface conduits shall be run parallel with building linesin such a manner as to not detract from Architectural appurtenances or aesthetics. Contractor toattend pre-installation meeting to review all feeder and branch circuit routing with Architect.

D. Conduits underground or underslab on grade shall be minimum 18" below finished grade or slab.Underground conduits in public right of way shall be minimum 36" below finished grade.

E. Electrical Service Entrance conduits shall be of the size, number and type permitted by Code andCity. Provide primary conduit from property line to transformer vault as directed by Puget SoundEnergy.

F. Telephone and Cable Television Service Entrance conduits shall be of the size, number and typepermitted by serving utility company. Coordinate with serving Purveyor to determine conduitrouting, size and quantity.

G. Provide all required fire stopping / fire safe caulking for all conduit penetrations.

3.3 INSTALLATION - CABLES

A. All Romex and armored cable shall be run in neat and workmanlike manner, and shall be properlysupported with approved cable staples and straps.

B. All type MC cables except those from surface mounted devices or fixtures shall be run concealedfrom view.

C. All type NM/NMC cables shall be run concealed. Where run exposed, romex cable to be installedin metallic raceway.

D. Provide fire blankets or barriers for cable penetrations to maintain fire ratings of wall or ceilings.

3.4 INSTALLATION - BOXES

A. All flush mounted outlets shall be mounted such that covers and plates will fit tight to finishedsurfaces without the use of shims or mats. Plates shall not support wiring devices.

B. Height of wall outlets to centerline above finished floors shall be as follows:

Switches - 4'-0"Receptacles - 1'-6"Desk Receptacles - 42" or as indicated on drawings.Kitchen Counter - 42" or as indicated on drawingsTelephone - 1'-6"Thermostat - 4'-0"Intercom / Wall Telephone - 54"Television - 1'-6"Fire Alarm Pull Station - 4'-6"Fire Alarm Speaker/strobe - 6'-8" or 6" below ceiling

Note: All mounting heights to be verified with Architect and shop drawings prior to installation. Alldevice mounting box mounting heights to conform to local codes and ADA requirements whereapplicable.

260533 - 3

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 260533

RACEWAYS AND BOXES

C. Height of wall mounted lighting fixtures shall be as required by Architectural conditions and Code.Lighting fixture housing to completely cover outlet box opening.

D. Outlet boxes shall be mounted true and straight in relation to surrounding building elements.

E. Maintain fire rating of all walls and ceilings. Fire caulk all penetrations through walls and ceilings.Outlet boxes to be approved for installation in rated assemblies.

F. Outlet boxes located in common walls; outlet boxes to be mounted in adjacent stud wall cavitieswhen possible. Avoid installing outlet boxes in adjoining units in common wall stud bays. Outletboxes to be acoustically tight so as to not transmit sound between adjoining units and betweencommon areas and units. Provide acoustic barrier for all outlet boxes and penetrations in commonstud wall/ ceiling bays. Coordinate with Architect to determine which walls are to be sound ratedwalls. See Acoustic Requirements per Section 09 80 00.

G. Label all outlet boxes as to the system they serve. Fire alarm boxes to have red covers. Controlboxes to have blue cover. Identify telephone and television boxes.

END OF SECTION

260533 - 4

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 260553

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Electrical equipment identification shall include color coded phenolic nameplates for all serviceand distribution equipment, starters, disconnects, and fused switches including use size and type.

B. Electrical equipment other than in dwelling occupancies shall be field marked to warn qualifiedpersons of potential electric arc flash hazards.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Equipment Nameplates:

1. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, engraved in 1/16" thick phenolic letters, aminimum of 3/16" high, as follows:

a. White letters on green background for equipment served by building normalservice.

b. White letters on red background for equipment served by standby service.c. White letters on blue background for control and signal equipment and boxes.

2. Where applicable, nameplates shall include source panel, fuse size and type, e.g.,disconnects, motor starters, etc.

PANEL 5B120/208V 3i 4W

FED FROM PNL 4CProvide complete list of proposed nameplates with submittals.

B. Mounting: Nameplates shall be attached with a minimum of two 6-32 roundhead screws,lockwasher and nuts.

C. Junction and Pull Box Identification: Mark the cover of all junction boxes and pull boxes to identifythe system, circuits, or feeders contained within the box. Use red color for fire alarm. Powercircuits to have specified circuit numbers contained within the junction box.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Clean all surfaces prior to installing labels. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces whichrequire finish, install identification after completion of painting.

END OF SECTION

260553 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 262413

SWITCHBOARDS AND METER CENTERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Switchboard shall comply with NEMA standards, shall be UL listed and have an IntegratedEquipment Rating.

B. Switchboard to provide metering of House loads.

C. Residential meter centers for metering of residential and live/work units.

D. Furnish and install all metering equipment as required by Seattle City Light and Code. Providemetering of all residential housing and live/work load centers, house and stand-by power asindicated on drawings.

E. Submit shop drawings to the Architect in accord with the General Conditions and GeneralRequirements. Shop drawings shall include the final Schedule for switchboard and meter centers.Include Rating Standards, Circuit Breaker Withstandability Data and individual circuit rating, poles,and load information.

F. Provide signage as required by Seattle City Light and NEC to identify Main Service Disconnectlocations. Equipment shall be field marked to warn qualified personnel of potential electric arcflash hazards.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Switchboard enclosure cabinet shall be of code gauge galvanized steel. Trim to be suitable to themode of mounting, and shall be primed and painted in the manufacturer’s standard color.Manufacturer: Square D, GE or Cutler-Hammer.

B. Switchboard shall consist of the proper number of vertical sections bolted together to form a metalenclosed, free standing, rigid structure.

C. The sides and top shall be installed with removable, screw-on, code gauge steel plates. Sidesshall be removable without de-energizing service. All steel surfaces shall be chemically cleanedand finished with dark grey lacquer over a rust preventative primer.

D. Locate circuit directory on switchboard side plate. Directory shall consist of a metal frame, clearplastic cover and typed circuit directory. Label all breakers.

E. Switchboard shall include all overcurrent protection devices, instruments, CT enclosures andmeters and equipment indicated on drawings. Include associated instrumentation,interconnections and control wiring as required. House meter to be provided with Manual By-Pass.Metering to be as required by Seattle City Light and EUSERC Standards.

F. Switchboard to be Service Entrance rated for service entrance equipment. Verify available faultcurrent rating with Seattle City Light.

G. Bussing shall be rated at voltage, amperage and phase arrangement as shown on the drawings.Buses shall be tinned-plated aluminum, sized on the basis of not more than 750 amperes/ squareinch current density. Horizontal bus bars shall be fully rated the entire length of the switchboard.Include a ground bus that shall extend through each vertical switchboard section. Bus bars shallbe mounted on supports of high impact, non-tracking, insulating material. Switchboard and

262413 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 262413

SWITCHBOARDS AND METER CENTERS

overcurrent devices shall be rated for the indicated fault current without series rating.

H. Circuit breakers in swtichboard shall be UL labeled, bolt-on, thermal magnetic type, and shallhave an interrupting rating of minimum 65,000 AIC. Higher fault current ratings may be required towithstand available fault current. Coordinate fault current ratings with serving utility and providedevices of adequate rating.

I. Provide an auxiliary section or pull sections where necessary to accommodate switchboardincoming and outgoing line connections.

J. All multi-pole circuit breakers shall be single operating, common trip with single handle. Circuitbreakers shall be bolt-on, thermal magnetic type and shall be capable of being padlocked in theOFF position.

K. Provide a nameplate for the overcurrent devices. See Section 260553.

L. Residential meter centers to be unitized construction, 65,000 bracing for fault current, 120/208volt, 3 phase, 4 wire input voltage with 120/208 volt, 1 phase, 3 wire distribution for residentialunits. Meter center to be furnished with center mounted service terminal section. Branch meter /overcurrent devices to be 100 amp/ 2 pole for Studios and 1 bedroom units and 125 amp/ 2 polefor 2 bedroom units and live/work units.

M. Label individual branch devices indicating the units served. See Section 260553.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Mount switchboard plumb with the top of switchboard at maximum 72" above finished floor.

B. Provide 4" chamfered reinforced concrete housekeeping pad for switchboard. Pad to extendminimum 1" beyond the front and sides of the switchboard.

C. Locate raceway entries to permit installation of conductors while maintaining the minimumbending radius prescribed for each conductor.

D. Tighten accessible bus connections and mechanical fasteners. Check tightness of bolted busjoints using a calibrated torque wrench per manufacturer’s recommendations.

E. Furnish and install typed branch circuit directory for panelboards and load centers. Label allpanelboards.

F. Provide minimum 10% extra breaker space in switchboard.

G. Meter centers to be wall mounted. Provide plywood backboard and bracing per Section 260529.

END OF SECTION

262413 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 262416

PANELBOARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Panelboards shall comply with NEMA standards, shall be UL listed and have an IntegratedEquipment Rating.

B. Submit shop drawings to the Architect in accord with the General Conditions and GeneralRequirements. Shop drawings shall include the Panel Schedules for all panels and load centers.Include Rating Standards, Circuit Breaker Withstandability Data and individual circuit rating, poles,and load information.

C. Balance loads on all phases of all panelboards and load centers.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Panelboards shall be rated at proper voltage, current and phase for intended use with bus bars ofcopper or aluminum. Panelboards shall be series-connected rated for the maximum available faultcurrent to which they may be subjected. Provide each panel with a ground bar, 100% neutral, bolt-on breakers and common trip or multi-pole breakers.

B. Panelboard enclosure cabinets shall be of code gauge galvanized steel. Trim and door to besuitable to the mode of mounting, and shall be primed and painted in the manufacturer’s standardcolor Panelboard doors shall be provided with lock, flush cylinder tumbler type and furnished withtwo keys for each lock. Locks shall be keyed alike.

C. Locate branch circuit directory inside the panelboard door. Directory shall consist of a metalframe, clear plastic cover and typed circuit directory. Label all panelboards.

D. Load centers are approved for Residential Unit panels only. Load centers to be 120/208 volt, 1phase, 3 wire. Rating to be as required by NEC and local codes, minimum 100 Amp. Providetyped schedule for each load center.

E. Provide equipment grounding bar in all panelboards and load centers. Provide bonded ground lugin the main panelboard.

F. Circuit breakers in panelboards shall be UL labeled, bolt-on, thermal magnetic type, and shallhave an interrupting rating of minimum 10,000 AIC. Higher fault current ratings may be required towithstand available fault current. Coordinate fault current ratings with serving utility and providedevices of adequate rating.

G. Circuit breakers in load centers to be plug-on, thermal magnetic type, and shall have aninterrupting rating of minimum 10,000 AIC.

H. Circuit breakers in Apartment Units serving bedroom/ sleeping area outlets to be arc-fault typecircuit breakers as required by codes.

I. Provide shunt trip circuit breaker for elevator shut-down as required by local Code. Tie into FireAlarm System as required. Phase I and Phase II elevator recall and elevator service to be asrequired by JHA.

J. Circuit breakers in Distribution Panelboards shall be UL labeled for service entrance equipment,dead front. Contractor may, at his option, use series rated assemblies to meet fault current

Section 26 2416 - Page 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 262416

PANELBOARDS

requirements.

K. Main circuit breakers shall be bolt-on, thermal magnetic type and shall be capable of beingpadlocked in the OFF position.

L. All multi-pole circuit breakers shall be single operating, common trip with single handle.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturer: Square D, Cutler Hammer or prior approved equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Mount panelboard and load centers plumb with the top of panelboard at 72" above finished floor.Verify panelboard mounting height in ADA units with Architect.

B. Furnish and install typed branch circuit directory for panelboards and load centers. Label allpanelboards.

C. Provide minimum 10% space in all panelboards. Panel in Elevator Machine Room to conform withElevator Code.

D. Standby Service panelboard to be sized to accommodate all code required Legally RequiredStandby loads per NEC.

E. Locate Residential Load Centers in each Unit in utility closet, in laundry room, behind entry door oras directed by Architect. Location to be as acceptable to local AHJ. Advise of any conflicts prior torough-in.

F. Provide 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 42 circuit panelboards for “House” loads and “StandbyPower” as directed by Architect.

G. Provide 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 42 circuit panelboard in each retail space; 400 amp inRetail 101 and 600 amp in Retail 145.Furnish with Main Breaker.

H. Identify branch circuitry on as-built drawing indicating the exact circuits as installed. Includeschedule for each panelboard indicating name, ampacity, voltage, phase, main breaker/lugs only,trim type, branch circuit breaker and loads.

END OF SECTION 26 2416

262416 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 262726

WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide all wiring devices and appropriate trim or cover plate.

B. Provide empty outlet boxes with blank cover plate with conduit stub-up for all future deviceslocated in finished walls as indicated on drawings.

C. Provide an allowance of Five Thousand dollars ($5,000) for two (2) electric vehicle chargingstations in parking garage. Charging stations to be defined by Owner and located as directed byArchitect.

D. Provide power to carbon monoxide detectors in parking garage. Connect as required. Coordinatewith Division 23.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Receptacles and switches shall be specification grade, Decora rocker-style, white. Receptaclesshall be duplex grounding type, 15 Amps in Residential Units, 20 Amps in all other locations.Switches shall be quiet type.

B. Special receptacles shall be as required for equipment. Ranges to be 50 Amp, Dryers to be 30Amp, 120/240 volt, 3 wire polarized receptacle unless noted otherwise.

C. Incandescent dimmers in Community Room shall be rated for 125% connected load. Dimmers tobe linear slide type with RF noise filter. Pass & Seymour or approved equal.

D. Ground fault interrupter receptacles shall be 15 Amp with test switch. Feed-thru type is acceptablefor down-circuit protection.

E. Where a single receptacle is on a dedicated circuit, the receptacle to be 20 Amp rated.

F. All 15 and 20 amp receptacles in Residential Units shall be tamper resistant per NEC 406.

G. Dual Technology Occupancy Sensors and Daylight Sensors for interior lighting controls shall beceiling mounted, adjustable with contact ratings capable of controlling connected load. Providerelays to control circuits with loads greater than the switching capacity of device or to controlmultiple circuits. Wall box occupancy sensors with local switch may be used for small offices andsingle person restrooms. Sensor Switch, Wattstopper or approved equal.

H. Provide wall stations for manual dimming controls. Dimming system to be compatible with dimming ballasts for all lighting fixtures in daylighting areas and in locations with local dimmingrequirements. Lutron or approved equal.

I. Provide 30 minute spring-wound timer wall box switch for bathroom exhaust fan. Intermatic, Torkor equal.

J. All devices and trim plates except special receptacles shall be smooth, plastic, white color.Leviton, Hubbell, General Electric, Pass & Seymour or prior approved equal.

K. Self contained smoke detector in units shall be 120 volt, UL217 listed, photoelectric detection,interconnectable, with 85 dB @10 feet horn and red LED “on” light. All self contained smokedetectors shall be furnished with a 9 volt battery for backup. Detectors to have integral 177

262726 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 262726

WIRING DEVICES

Candela strobe light in all Type ‘A’ units, UL 1971. Gentex # 9120 / # 7109CSC or prior approvedequal.

L. Self contained smoke detector / carbon monoxide detectors in units shall be 120 volt, UL 2034-05listed semiconductor solid state ionization sensor, electro-mechanical CO sensor, self cleaning,

tamper resistant, voice warning alarm, peak level memory of 100 pp, or higher, 2.5 minute (max.)CO sampling cycle, red LED visual alarm, 85dB @ 10 ft. audible signal. All carbonmonoxide/smoke alarms to be furnished with a 9 volt battery for backup. Kidde # 900-0114 orprior approved equal. In Type “A” units where carbon monoxide / smoke detectors are required,provide separate 177 candela strobe light. Kidde # SL177i.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install all devices straight and plumb. Cover plates shall fit securely and tightly against wall anddevice. Cover plates shall not support devices.

B. Two or more switches, time switches or receptacles in same location shall be mounted in multi-gang boxes with one-piece trim plate.

C. Provide line voltage dimming for lighting in Amenity Space.

D. Install receptacles in all residential units as required by NEC and local code as a minimum.Additional convenience receptacles to be provided as directed by Architect.

E. Install a duplex receptacle in the structured media cabinet in each residential unit for modempower. Install as required. See Section 27 00 00.

F. Provide convenience receptacles in all common areas, maximum 50' spacing in corridors, 12'spacing in leasing office, lobby and Community Room. Kitchen counter receptacles in CommunityRoom to be installed per NEC 210.52(B)(3). Provide adequate duplex receptacles in lobbies,corridors, office, utility rooms, roof deck, entry and all associated areas. Coordinate all outletlocations with Architect prior to rough-in.

G. Provide at least one receptacle in each utility room. Provide minimum one four-plex receptacle atmain telephone service terminal. Provide a receptacle within 25' of mechanical equipment.Provide weatherproof ground fault receptacle within 25' of exterior or garage mounted mechanicalequipment.

H. Special devices shall be installed as required for equipment. Coordinate with equipment provider.

I. Provide ground fault receptacles in all bathrooms, kitchens, elevator machine room, pit andexterior locations as required by Code.

J. All branch circuits serving receptacle outlets installed in dwelling units to be Arc-Fault CircuitInterrupting protected by a listed device that protects the entire branch circuit.

K. Light switches to be located on latch side of door leading into room. Provide local switching andautomatic controls for all lighting as required by the Local Code.

L. Provide counter mounted switch for exhaust hood operation in all ADA units. Locate as directedby Architect.

M. Provide automatic lighting controls and daylighting controls in Community Room and Main Lobby.Occupancy sensors in Leasing Office, Trash Room and Community Room. Adjust all automatic

262726 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 262726

WIRING DEVICES

lighting controls to properly operate to meet Local Code requirements.

N. Install self contained smoke detectors in Residential Units where required by code. Interconnectdetectors where there are more than one detector in the unit.

O. Install self contained carbon monoxide / smoke detectors in Residential Units where required bycode, minimum one per unit. Interconnect multiple detectors in same unit.

END OF SECTION

262726 - 3

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 262813

FUSES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide all fuses as required including spare fuses mounted in Owner's fuse cabinet.

B. Materials shall be new, free from defects and arrive at job site unopened in original containers.

C. Make all necessary provisions for storing materials and equipment at job site so as to ensure thequality and fitness of the items to be incorporated in the work. Equipment shall be stored toprevent damage and corrosion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide fuses as required per NEC, and as required for a fully operational system. Fuses to limit

fault current to within equipment ratings. Provide fault current coordination study to size equipmentand rating of bracing capability.

B. All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer.

C. All fuses shall be installed by the Electrical Contractor at jobsite and only when equipment is to beenergized. Fuses shall not be installed during shipment.

D. Fuses: 1. Provide current limiting, UL, time delay fuses with sufficient AIC rating to withstand available

utility fault current. Coordinate fault duty with utility company.2. For feeders 600 amps and less:

a. Class RK-1, LPS-RK for 600 volt, dual element.b. Class RK-1, LPS-RK for 250 volt, dual element.c. Class J, LPJ for 600 volt and below, dual element.

3. For motor circuits 600 volts and below: a. Class RK-1 and Class J sized at 125% FLC of motor.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Spare Fuses: At the completion of the project, provide one complete set of spare fuses (threefuses to a set) for each size and type shown. Any spare fuses utilized during testing must bereplaced in order to leave the Owner a complete set of spare fuses at the completion of theproject.

B. Indicate fuse type and sizes on as-built drawings.

END OF SECTION

262813 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 262819

ENCLOSED SWITCHES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Provide disconnects at all motors and other equipment items unless the equipment has a self-contained, code approved disconnecting method. Equipment disconnects shall be fused or non-fused as required by the equipment manufacturer.

B. Motor disconnect switches for all motor driven mechanical equipment requiring them shall befurnished with equipment. Install and connect as required. Coordinate with Division 23

C. Motor and equipment disconnect switches shall be NEMA rated and UL listed and shall meet therequirements of the National Electrical Code and local codes.

D. Provide enclosed shunt-trip circuit breaker for elevator motor disconnect switch as required bylocal Code. Interlock with fire detection devices per City of Seattle requirements.

E. Provide enclosed SE rated fused disconnect switch for the tap ahead of main standby servicemain disconnect. Label as required by Code and local inspector.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturer: Square D, Cutler Hammer or prior approved equal.

B. Switches shall be “Heavy Duty” grade and be mounted in an enclosure suitable for theenvironment they are mounted in.

C. Nameplates: Provide engraved phenolic nameplates, permanently attached per section 260553.

D. Single-Phase Motor: Provide toggle type, 20-amp, 120-volt rating, specification grade for motors1/3 HP or less, 120 volt, single-phase.

E. Three-Phase Motor: Provide horsepower rated, multi-pole, fused or non-fused switch.

F. Equipment disconnects shall be fused or non-fused as required by the equipment manufacturer,rated at 125% of full load nameplate amperage or rated horsepower, heavy-duty type.

G. Service Entrance disconnect switches to be SE rated with bracing required to withstand availablefault current. Install Current Limiting Fuses as required.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Indicate all disconnect switch locations on drawings, size, fused or un-fused. Location of alldisconnects shall conform to code requirements and as required to allow proper access to theequipment being served.

B. Securely mount to separate structural support. Disconnects supported only by raceways will notbe acceptable. Maximum height of 6'-0" above floor

C. Label all disconnect switches.

262819 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 262819

ENCLOSED SWITCHES

D. Provide auxiliary contacts as required to interface with signals from other systems. Provideauxiliary contacts as required to interface with solid state VFD starters when applicable.

E. Provide disconnect switch and connection to dry sprinkler system compressor. Coordinate withDivision 21.

END OF SECTION

262819 - 2

SECTION 262913

MOTOR CONTROL

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Motor starters for all equipment requiring them shall be furnished with equipment. Install andconnect as required. Coordinate with Division 23.

B. Control wiring for motor starters for all equipment requiring them shall be furnished with

equipment.

C. Provide interlock wiring between control devices and other systems where required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Starter sizes, voltage, etc. shall be verified by Contractor. Starters to be line voltage, across theline, non-reversing type with replaceable heaters. Square D, Cutler Hammer or prior approvedequal.

B. Motor starters to be mounted in suitable enclosure suitable for the environment they are mountedin.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install as required and per manufacturers' instruction. Provide engraved rigid plastic nameplatesfor each motor starter per section 260553.

B. Coordinate motor starter sizes and overload relay ratings with equipment furnished to assureproper match.

C. Provide auxiliary relays as required to interface with signals from other systems. See Section283100.

D. Provide code required disconnect means for all controllers as required by the NEC and localinspector.

E. Indicate motor starter locations on drawings with size, rating, type and voltage.

F. Garage exhaust fan VFD starters to be provided under Division 23 and installed under Division26. Coordinate with mechanical contractor.

END OF SECTION

262913 - 1

SECTION 26 31 00

PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM3210 California Ave.AES Associates, Inc.

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Furnish and install a code compliant, operable alternate energy photovoltaic system including allequipment, cabinets, fixtures, conduit, cables, pull boxes and other equipment under this Division.

B. Supports and hangers shall be code-approved for the type of application.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Photovoltaic system shall be sized to produce the required alternate energy output requirementsof Section C410 of the 2012 City of Seattle Energy Code. System to be designed to allow forsystem expansion without disturbing existing installation.

B. AC/DC power inverters to be sinewave Grid-Tie type inverters compatible with 120/208 volt, 3phase, 4 wire, 60 Hz power distribution system. Outback SMARTRE or prior approved equal.

C. Photovoltaic PV Modules to comply with UL 1703. Modules to be comprised of 49 cyrstallinesilicon cells and 6 diode encapsulated in one high-strength, double glass laminate with aluminumedge guard / side frame. Each edge guard to be furnished with mounting studs, a negative andpositive 14 AWG lead using USE-2 wire. Negative and positive lead to be terminated with a TycoSOLARLOK connector.

D. PV modules to be mounted in fully engineered, ballasted, non-penetrating rack system. Tilt anglefrom 0 to 20 degrees. Aluminum and stainless steel construction. Sunlink RMS.

E. All materials exposed to moisture or dampness shall be manufactured with the specific applicationfor the location installed. All steel to be galvanized with paint to match adjacent surface color(s) asrequired by Architectural conditions.

F. Avoid running surface conduit on roof. Where necessary and as verified by Architect, UVresistant, weatherproof. Space on 10' centers. B-Line or approved equal.

G. Refer to weatherproofing methods as described in Division 07 for all exterior penetrations andprotection from equipment on roof.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install photovoltaic DC disconnect switches, Inverters and AC power disconnect and productionmeter in electrical room. Quantity of solar panels and inverters to be as determined under SectionC410 of the 2012 Seattle Energy Code. Provide space for future expansion. All items shall besupported from the structural portion of the building.

B. Photovoltaic modules to be interconnectable in either series or parallel to produce the desiredelectrical output. Modules in series must not exceed the maximum system voltage of 600 V.Modules connected in parallel may require fusing. Maximum fuse allowed is 15 amps. Refer toNEC Article 690 for fusing requirements. Silicon Energy Cascade PV Modules.

C. The complete system shall be tested to be free of grounds, shorts or open circuits. Operation ofthe complete system shall be tested and the system left in full operating condition.

May 14, 201426 31 00 - 1

SECTION 26 31 00

PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM3210 California Ave.AES Associates, Inc.

D. Modules must never be connected or disconnected under load. Fully cover all modules with anopaque material prior to connecting or disconnecting modules.

E. Ground all photovoltaic modules, rack, inverter and disconnect switches per NEC and permanufacturer’s requirements. Ground both edges of each module to earth ground using thecenter PEM studs and the flange nuts provide with panels. Ground conductors to be a minimum of#6 AWG unless installed in conduit where ground conductors may be #10 AWG.

F. Provide 15 amp maximum series fuse rating for overcurrent protection.

G. Wiring to be a minimum USE-2 sunlight-resistant wire or PV wire with a maximum conductortemperature of at least 90E C (wet). Size per manufacturer’s instructions.

END OF SECTION 26 31 00

May 14, 201426 31 00 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 263213

STANDBY POWER

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide “tap ahead of main” service for legally required standby service as provided under NEC701 and where allowed by local Code.

B. Standby service to be separately metered with service rated main disconnect means.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Provide required lugs and connections to main service switchboard to tap ahead of building maindisconnect(s) for connections to the standby power main disconnect switch.

B. Standby power main disconnect switch to be Service Entrance (SE) rated with bracing required towithstand available fault current. Install Current Limiting Fuses as required.

C. Provide metering per Seattle City Light and City of Seattle Building Code as required by Authorityhaving Jurisdiction. See Section 337173.

D. Provide panelboards and branch circuitry dedicated to Standby Power loads as defined in theNEC.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Indicate Standby Power disconnect switch and panelboard locations on drawings. Location of allequipment shall conform to code requirements and as required to allow proper access to theequipment being served.

B. Securely mount to separate structural support. Disconnects supported only by raceways will notbe acceptable. Maximum height of 6'-0" above floor

C. Label all Standby Service disconnect switch and panelboards.

D. All feeders and branch circuitry serving Standby Power loads to be kept separate from the NormalPower building panelboards and branch circuitry. Identify junction boxes serving Standby Loadsseparately from junction boxes serving normal loads. See Section 260553.

END OF SECTION

263213 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 263300

ELECTRIC HEATING, VENTILATION AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide wall mounted forced air electric heaters in each residential unit and all locations asrequired by the Washington State Energy Code. Coordinate with Division 23.

B. Provide line voltage thermostats, wall mounted or integral mounted. Thermostats shall be in

conformance with the Washington State Energy Code.

C. Provide and install apartment unit exhaust fans and transfer fans. See Section 23 0000.

D. Provide connections to all common area mechanical equipment as required. Coordinate withDivisions 21, 22 & 23. Provide emergency power shut-off for mechanical equipment as required.

E. All heating equipment and ventilation equipment, controls and installation shall conform with localCodes.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Electric fan-forced, wall-mounted heaters shall be 208 volt, 1 phase, wattage as required perWashington Energy Code, flush mount, extra quiet cylindrical blower, metal sheath, heavy dutyelement with 5 year warranty, galvanized steel housing 12" L. x 6" H. x 3-1/2" D., ultra grille, colorto be as determined by Architect. Manufacturer: King ‘PAW’ Series or prior approved equal.

B. Electric cove heaters shall be commercial grade, rated 250 watts per linear foot at 208 volts.Manufacturer: King ‘KCV’ Series or prior approved equal.

C. Electric utility heaters shall be commercial grade, with steel housing, expanded metal elementshield and integral thermostat. King ‘U’ Series or prior approved equal.

D. Wall mounted thermostats shall be electronic line voltage, programmable, digital type, 5,000watts, DPST, 22 Amps, 208 volts. Electronic temperature sensing, seven day programming, set-up temperatures, weekends, heater on display, backlighting and system on-off switch with batteryback-up. Manufacturer: King or prior approved equal. Thermostats shall conform to the SeattleEnergy Code and Build Smart requirements.

E. Provide integral thermostat in heaters in common areas or as directed by Architect. Thermostat tohave positive off position. Thermostats in public areas to be tamperproof.

F. Connect to unit exhaust fans provided and installed under Division 23. Provide controls asrequired.

G. Connect to corridor / common area heating and ventilation units and split system heat pump perDivision 23. Code required disconnect switches to be furnished with units.

H. Connect to gas fireplaces and related timers and switches.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Provide heat loss calculations to determine required heating capacities in all areas of the building

263300 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 263300

ELECTRIC HEATING, VENTILATION AND CONTROLS

in accordance with the 2012 City of Seattle Energy Code.

B. Electric heaters shall be installed as follows:1. In residential unit rooms (including living/dining, kitchen, bedrooms, bathrooms) which

have any floor, roof or wall element exposed to the outdoors. As a guideline, the “HeatingSystem Sizing Calculations” shall provide the basis for heater locations.

2. For rooms with windows and where space allows, electric heaters shall generally beprovided under the window.

3. The distance from any exterior wall to the end of the nearest electric heater shall bemaximum 10' - 0".

4. For rooms with more than 25' - 0" linear feet of exterior wall, provide two electric heaters. 5. Install heaters per manufacturer’s recommendations. 6. Locate wall heaters away from combustible materials. 7. In-wall heaters to be mounted on interior walls or insulated from the exterior to full value

of wall insulation. Heaters mounted in sound rated walls shall be installed with noisecontrol barrier.

C. Verify exact locations of heaters and thermostats with Architect and Owner prior to rough-in.Provide heating in stairwells, lobbies, sprinkler rooms and utility rooms as required. The Architectreserves the right to relocate the electric heaters / thermostats from the proposed locations toelsewhere in the same room.

D. Provide electric heaters with remote thermostats in Residential Units. Provide cove heaters in

bedrooms and in two-bedroom units. Mount wall thermostats at 48" centerline above finishedfloor. Mount on interior walls only.

E. Wall thermostats shall adjusted as directed by Owner or Architect.

F. Each room/ space shall be provided with a separate thermostat except that kitchen electricheaters may be controlled by the same thermostat that controls the Living/Dining heaters.

G. Install forced air wall heaters in stairwells and rooms as directed by Architect. Provide utilityheaters in fire protection room and utility rooms. Wall heaters in common areas to be providedwith integral thermostat.

H. Provide connections to bathroom ceiling whole house /exhaust fan and transfer fans. Exhaust fanto run continuously at low speed with wall mounted timer switch to switch to high speed. Furnishand install all required materials, flanges, grilles, etc. Install per manufacturer’s instructions. Installexhaust fans according to manufacturer’s specifications. Fans to be tested at completion.Electrical contractor to be responsible for delivering flow rates per design calculations within 10%tolerance.

I. Indicate heater sizes, thermostats and branch circuitry on drawings.

J. Provide power connections to piping heat trace installed under Division 21 & 22..

K. Provide wiring and connections to parking garage CO detectors. Coordinate with Division 23.

L. Provide power connections to all dampers, HVAC equipment and control panels, trash chuteexhaust, compactor, etc.

M. Connect smoke / fire dampers to building fire alarm system as required by Code. See Section283100.

N. Connect to sump pump as required. Coordinate with Civil Engineer.

END OF SECTION

263300 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 265100

INTERIOR LUMINAIRES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Fixtures furnished under this Division shall be complete with all necessary trim and mountinghardware, and installed per manufacturer’s instruction.

B. Provide a fully designed interior lighting system including all general lighting, task lighting, lightingcontrols, exit and emergency lighting. Lighting design to conform with the 2012 Seattle EnergyCode and 2008 NEC. Design to be accompanied by photometric drawings for all common areasexcept in utility rooms and storage rooms. Submit lighting design for review and approval.

C. Installation shall be in conformance with the requirements of the Illuminating EngineeringSociety, the National Electrical Code and the Seattle Energy Code.

D. All lighting equipment and fixtures shall bear the UL label and be listed for the type of constructioninstalled. Fixtures in direct contact with insulation shall be IC rated. Lighting fixtures to complywith the City of Seattle Energy Code (SEC) requirements.

E. Furnish and install all Code required exit and emergency lighting fixtures. Emergency and Exitfixture locations to be reviewed and approved by Architect and JHA prior to rough-in.

F. Indicate locations of all lighting fixtures with fixture type, branch circuitry and controls onconstruction drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Lighting fixtures shall be furnished in accordance with the “Basis of Design” Lighting FixtureSchedule or subsequently approved substitutions. All lighting fixtures, accessories and lampsshown on the fixture schedules shall be furnished unless specifically noted. All fixture types shallbe submitted to Architect for Architect’s review prior to ordering.

B. All fixtures to be factory pre-wired. Fixture supports shall be as require by the fixturemanufacturer. Provide extra blocking or bracing for special fixtures or location as required.

C. Fluorescent fixtures to have rapid start electronic ballasts. Lenses to be acrylic prismatic.0.125"thick minimum. Lighting systems shall be 85 CRI or better and have a color temperature of3500K. Linear flourescent lamps to be Octron T-8. Compact fluorescent ballasts shall be highpower factor type and produce 100% rated lamp lumen output.

D. Fixtures in common area Daylight Zones and in Lobby and Community Room to be dimmed.Provide automatic dimming controls for fixtures in Daylight Zones. Provide manual dimming inspaces as directed by Architect. 0-10 volt. Ballasts to be Advance Mark 7 or approved equal.

E. Occupancy Sensors to be dual technology, ceiling mounted with relay power packs as required.Offices under 600 sq. ft. to be provided with wall box occupancy sensor with local switch.Wattstopper or Sensor Switch.

F. Fixtures in apartments to be as directed by Interior Designer and Architect. G. Fixtures in corridors to be surface compact fluorescent fixtures domes with surface drums at

elevator lobbies.

265100 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 265100

INTERIOR LUMINAIRES

H. Stairwell lighting fixtures to be compact fluorescent fixtures. Provide all fixtures in stairwells withintegral occupancy sensor to reduce lighting by 50%.

I. Service area corridors, common laundry rooms, bike storage, storage rooms, utility rooms andmechanical/ electrical rooms, Trash room, fire protection room, elevator machine room andsimilar areas to have linear fluorescent open strip lighting fixtures with chrome wire guard.andelevator pit to have lensed and gasketed linear fluorescent fixtures. Provide occupancy sensorsas required by code.

J. Parking garage to have LED or lensed and sealed linear fluorescent fixtures specifically designedfor parking garage applications.

K. Lease Office and Community Room to have decorative linear direct/indirect fluorescent pendantfixtures, undercabinet fluorescent fixtures in kitchen and linear 2T8/25 decorative vanity lights inrestrooms. Provide occupancy sensors for all common area restrooms and office.

L. Main lobby/Leasing/Mail: Recessed LED and/or compact fluorescent downlights, shallow low-voltage can lights, decorative chandelier, pendant compact fluorescent at mail room, cove andaccent lighting as directed by Architect. Provide dimmed recessed compact fluorescentdownlights in Leasing, pendant mounted, two lamp, linear direct/indirect fluorescent fixtures and single lamp accent lighting around soffit areas.

M. Emergency lighting shall be provided by integral emergency lighting fixtures with self-containedbattery, test switch, charger and dual adjustable halogen lamps. Integral emergency ballasts maybe used where approved by Architect. Minimum code required lighting shall be provided in allcommon areas, parking garage, mechanical / electrical rooms and in the path of egress (ie:lobbies, corridors, stairwells, etc.). Emergency lighting shall provide a minimum of 90 minutes offull operation before degradation due to loss of battery power.

N. Provide lighted exit lighting fixtures in all areas of path of egress, maximum 100 feet between exitfixtures. Exit fixtures to be located in conformance with building officials. Provide directionalarrows where required. Exit fixtures to be self-contained LED with steel housing, white.

O. Provide weatherproof exit and emergency lighting fixtures at all exterior locations as required bylocal codes. See Section 265600.

P. Refer to Interior Design Drawings, Lighting Fixture Summary and Typical Unit Lighting Plans forlighting requirements and Alternates.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Fixtures shall be neatly and firmly mounted, using standard supports for outlets and fixtures.Ceiling finish material shall not support fixtures.

B. Lighting fixtures shall conform with the City of Seattle requirements and SEC.

C. Coordinate mounting heights for all wall mounted fixtures with Architect prior to rough-in.

D. Compact fluorescent and incandescent downlights shall be furnished with drywall enclosure in firerated ceilings and where required by codes.

E. Fixtures less than five pounds may be supported from the outlet box by means of an interposedmetal strap, hickey or other threaded connection.

265100 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 26 51 00

INTERIOR LUMINAIRES

F. Fixtures more than five pounds, but less than 50 pounds may be supported from the outlet box bymeans of a hickey or other threaded connection.

G. Fixtures over 50 pounds shall be supported from the surrounding structure.

H. Installed lighting illumination levels to be in conformance with the recommendations of theIlluminating Engineering Society (IES), NEC and Building Code. Submit lighting design levels formaintained footcandles in all common areas and parking garage.

I. Emergency lighting fixtures shall provide emergency lighting for minimum 1½ hours in all requiredareas. Emergency lighting capacity to be greater than minimum code requirements wheredirected by Architect. Provide required illumination levels in all areas as required by codes.

J. All fixtures shall be set free of light leaks, wraps, dents or other objectionable characteristics.

K. All lamps shall be operational at time of final acceptance.

L. Provide minimal utility lighting and required exit and emergency lighting in retail spaces.

3.2 SWITCHING OF FLUORESCENT FIXTURES

A. Provide 0-10 volt dimming for daylight areas with automatic controls as required by the LocalEnergy Code. Local dimming stations to be located as directed by Architect.

B. Provide switching of all lighting fixtures as required by the National Electrical Code and the LocalEnergy Code.

C. Provide all required occupancy sensors and daylighting controls as required by the Local EnergyCode.

D. Provide local 0-10 volt dimming for lighting fixtures in Residential kitchens.

E. Parking garage lighting shall be divided into zones of 3600 sq ft maximum to provide automaticreduction of power by 50% within 30 minutes of all occupants leaving the zone.

F. Daylight sensors shall be provided where there are fenestration openings to automatically switchthe light output of the fixtures to 20% according to ambient light level. The primary daylight zoneshall be controlled separately from the secondary daylight zone.

G. Provide as an additive alternate a 24 hour time clock for reducing the light levels in residentialcorridors in the evening hours.

3.1 SPARE PARTS

A. Provide 10% spare diffusers of each type used, packaged and marked to identify fixture type.

END OF SECTION

265100 - 3

D-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 265600

EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Fixtures furnished under this Division shall be complete with all necessary trim andmounting hardware, and installed per manufacturer’s instruction.

B. Furnish and install complete and operating exterior lighting system complete with wiring,controls lighting fixtures, supports and lamps. Installation shall be in conformance withthe requirements of the Illuminating Engineering Society, the National Electrical Codeand the City of Seattle Energy Codes.

C. Refer to “Basis of Design” Lighting Fixture Schedule for lighting requirements.

D. All lighting equipment and fixtures shall bear the UL label and be listed for wet or damplocation as required.

E. Provide photoelectric exterior lighting controls with manual override.

F. Provide exterior lighting at all entries, parking garage entrance, building perimeter androof desks. Coordinate locations of all fixtures with Architect and Landscape Architect.Indicate locations of all lighting fixtures with fixture type, wiring and controls onconstruction drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Lighting fixtures shall be furnished in accordance with the Lighting Fixture Schedule orsubsequently approved substitutions. All lighting fixtures, accessories and lamps shownon the fixture schedules shall be furnished unless specifically noted.

B. All fixtures to be factory pre-wired. Fixture supports shall be as require by the fixturemanufacturer. Provide extra blocking or bracing for special fixtures or location asrequired.

C. Fluorescent fixtures to have cold temperature energy efficient ballasts. Lenses to begasketed. . Compact fluorescent ballasts shall be high power factor type and produce100% rated lamp lumen output.

D. Building main entry to have compact fluorescent wall brackets with decorative LEDpendants in the Lobby.

E. Compact fluorescent step lights to be provided at entry, roof deck and Courtyard.Provide code required exit and emergency lighting on roof deck. See Section 265100.

F. Landscape lighting and cable lighting in the Courtyard and lighting around the perimeterof the site to be coordinated with Landscape Architect.

265600 - 1

D-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 265600

EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES

G. Surface mounted, full cut-off compact fluorescent area lighting fixtures to be provided atentries, roof deck and around building perimeter as directed by Architect.

H. Exterior lighting controls to consist of photoelectric cell, astrodial time switch andcontactors. Indicate lighting controls on construction drawings. Intermatic or priorapproved equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Fixtures shall be neatly and firmly mounted, using standard supports for outlets andfixtures.

B. Coordinate mounting heights for all wall mounted fixtures with Architect prior to rough-in.

C. Installed lighting illumination levels to be in conformance with the recommendations ofthe Illuminating Engineering Society (IES), NEC and Building Code. Submit lightingdesign levels with photometrics for maintained footcandles in all exterior areas.

D. Provide landscape lighting and roof deck lighting. Coordinate with Landscape Architect.

E. Provide weatherproof exit and emergency lighting fixtures at all exterior locations as required bylocal codes.

F. Exterior lighting to be designed and installed to prevent light pollution to neighboringproperties.

END OF SECTION

265600 - 2

H-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 270000

TELEPHONE AND DATA SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Telephone service conduit, 1-4" C. is to be provided from telephone terminal board to the point ofservice in alley as indicated on drawings. Coordinate location with Century Link.

B. High-speed Fiber service conduit, 1-2"C. is to be provided from the MDF to the roof as indicatedon drawings. Coordinate location with Cascadelink.

C. Provide main telephone terminal board, patch panels, conduits, jacks and cable for a completeand operating interior telephone/data wiring system.

D. Provide interface with entry intercom system. See Section 281300.

E. Relocate overhead telephone services from pole in alley to adjacent property.

F. Design drawings and diagrams to provide a complete and operational telephone and datasystem. Locations of all equipment and devices to be a shown on drawings and as determined byArchitect.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. Telephone service conduits shall be sizes and provided and required by Century Link. Conduits tobe installed underground, heavy wall Schedule 40 PVC . Install heavy plastic pull tape in conduits,marked in feet per Century Link requirements.

B. Housing unit telephone outlets shall be mounted in 2 gang boxes with single gang trim ring.

C. Housing unit telephone outlets to be modular jacks and wall plates with voice and data jacks withpin/pair assignments per EIA/TIA-568/ T568A. Hubbell, Leviton, P& S or approved equal.

D. Terminal board to be 8' x 8', ¾” thick fire rated plywood, bolted to wall. Paint plywood with fire-retardant paint to match adjacent wall color. Terminal boards to be located in secured areas only.

G. Provide individual Category 5e cable from TTB to each residential unit telephone outlet, (2) perUnit. Cables shall be 100 ohm, unshielded 4 twisted pair, 22 gauge, solid copper, insulated, colorcoded conductors with overall PVC jacket meeting the requirements of EIA/TIA-568-1991 andCategory 3 of EIA/TIA Technical Systems Bulletin PN-2841.

H. Intra-building backbone cables shall be multi-pair, copper with an overall shield. Provide wiremanagement cable tray, racks, troughs and vertical wire managers per EIA/TIA.

I. Residential unit telephone outlets shall be mounted in 2 gang boxes with single gang trim ring.

J. Residential unit telephone outlets to be modular jacks and wall plates with voice and data jackswith pin/pair assignments per EIA/TIA-568/ T568A. Telephone outlets to be Leviton #40249modular wall jack type 6P4C or prior approved equal. Data outlets to be Leviton #40588 modularwall jack type 625B3 or prior approved equal. Telephone and data outlets to match wiring devicetrim plates in color and style. See Section 26 27 26. Hubbell, Leviton, P& S or approved equal.

K. For all areas except apartments, provide 1- 3/4” conduit to TTB for each telephone outlet andeach data outlet. Contractor may run up to three outlets per homerun, increasing conduit size by1/4" for each additional outlet.

L. Terminal strips shall be of the size and style conforming to Century Link CommunicationsStandards.

270000 - 1

peter

Text Box

2

H-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 270000

TELEPHONE AND DATA SYSTEM

M. All telephone handsets, switching equipment, and connections to be provided by Owner’stelephone system installer. Fully coordinate all installation requirements with Owner prior toinstallation.

N. Provide interface with Fire Alarm Panel for auto-dial.

O. Provide interface with Entry Access / Intercom System.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Included shall be the notification to Purveyor that service conduit is being installed and providecoordination regarding installation. Minimum 45 day prior notice required.

B. Provide ITB on residential floors to facilitate wiring per ETA/ITA-568-1991 recommendations.

C. Label all cables with their respective outlet number within 6 inches of their termination.

D. Provide voice/data outlets for each dwelling unit. Provide voice /data outlets in ground level Lobby,Office, Community Room, elevator machine room, mechanical room and as indicated ondrawings. Verify exact locations of devices with Architect prior to installation.

E. All wiring to be concealed and installed in conduit where required by code. Maximum horizontalcable run shall not exceed 300 feet from mechanical termination to the device plate. Plan routingsuch that no bends in any cable is smaller than 2.4" radius for Cat 5e cables.

F. Use only non-metallic fasteners and non-metallic outlet boxes for telephone/ data installation foropen cable installation.

G. Provide two Category 5e cables to Fire Alarm System for monitoring.

H. Provide one Category 5e cable to elevator machine room.

I. Interface with entry intercom system to provide voice communication between handset and mainentry intercom system. Intercom communication to be via telephone wiring.

J. Provide capability at main entry door intercom system to interface with autodialer to contactindividual tenant cell phones. Cell phone access to be secured by individual tenants.

K. Power for telephone / data system to be on Standby Power panel.

L. Included shall be the notification to adjacent property building owner that service is beingdisrupted and provide coordination regarding installation of new overhead service. Minimum 45day prior notice required.

3.2 TESTS

A. A Category 5e scan using a Level 2 tester will be performed. Tabulate the test resultsdocumenting each data cable in the horizontal distribution system. Include in O & M Manual.

END OF SECTION

27 00 00 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 270523

CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Cable television service conduit, 1-4" C., is to be provided from cable television terminal board tothe point of service as indicated on drawings. Coordinate location with Comcast Cablevision.

B. Provide main cable television terminal board, intermediate terminal boards, conduits, jacks, lineamplifiers, splitters and cable for a complete and operating interior cable television/data wiringsystem.

C. Provide for video interface with entry access system. See Section 281300.

D. Design drawings and diagrams to provide a complete and operational cable television system.Locations of all equipment and devices to be a shown on drawings and as determined byArchitect.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cable television service conduits shall be sizes as required by Comcast Cablevision. Conduits tobe installed underground, heavy wall Schedule 40 PVC . Install heavy plastic pull tape in conduits,marked in feet per Purveyor requirements.

B. Residential unit television outlets shall be mounted in 2 gang boxes with single gang trim ring.

C. Residential unit television outlets to be pre-wired, two (2) per Studios and One Bedroom units,three (3) in Two Bedroom units. Verify location and quantities with Architect.

D. Terminal boards to be sized as required, ¾” thick fire rated plywood, bolted to wall. Paint plywoodwith fire-retardant paint to match adjacent wall color. All terminal boards to be located in securedareas only.

E. Provide and install F style connectors in single gang faceplate for CATV outlets. Install blankinserts as needed. Trim plate to be smooth plastic, white.

F. Video coaxial cable to be RG-6u Quad Shield cable with a minimum bandwidth capability of 2200MHz and is of equal or better quality to that manufactured by CommScope #5781, 75 ohm non-plenum cable.

G. For all areas except apartments, provide 1-¾” conduit to terminal board for each television outlet.No conduit required in areas with suspended ceilings with removable tiles.

H. Fully coordinate all installation requirements with Owner and Purveyor prior to installation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Included shall be the notification of Purveyor that service conduit is being installed andcoordination regarding installation.

B. Cable television cables to run from the Apartment Distribution Frame (ADF) to each unit. See

270523 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 270523

CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM

Section 270000.

C. All wiring in units to be routed via the compact structured media enclosure. See Section 27 0000.Provide two RG-6u cables from ADF to each unit media enclosure, one black for cable televisionand one white for satellite antenna. Connection of each unit to either cable television or satelliteantenna to be made in utility closet.

D. Provide 1 - 2" Conduit from roof of stairwell structure to main television terminal board for futureSatellite Television antenna.

E. Backbone wiring from main television terminal board to Levels 2 - 6 to include cable for both cabletelevision service and for satellite antenna.

F. Provide video outlets in each bedroom and in living room of each unit, in the Lobby, two in theLeasing Office and the 5th Floor Community Room and in other areas as directed by Architect.Verify exact locations of outlets with Architect prior to installation.

G. Interface with entry intercom system to provide a dedicated channel to view main entry cameraimage.

H. All wiring to be concealed and installed in conduit where required by code.

END OF SECTION

270523 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 273243

EMERGENCY RESPONDER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide a complete two-way, in-building wired Emergency Responder Communications System.

B. The system shall be designed to provide a reliable communications for fire fighters and otheremergency response personnel to communicate with each other during the course of anemergency in accordance with the Seattle Fire Code 907.2.13.2 and NFPA 72, 2010 Edition.

C. Communications System to be installed in lieu of an 800 MHz emergency responder radioenhancement system as required by Seattle Fire Department.

D. Successful sub-contractor to provide system design and installation including interface with firealarm system. Submit system design and all required equipment for prior approval.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. All wiring shall be in conduit. Size conduits as required for communication cables.

B. Telephone stations and control equipment to be manufactured by same manufacturer and complywith NFPA 72 - 24.5.1.6 and 24.5.1.10. Telephone circuits shall be selectable from the controllocation either individually or by floor or stairwell per NFPA 24.5.1.14.

C. All devices and wiring to be monitored for open circuit fault conditions and for short circuit faultconditions. Any circuit fault conditions shall result invisible and audible trouble signals at the firesystem control panel and be received by the central supervising station that monitors the buildingfire alarm system. Mircom or prior approved equal.

D. Provide pull boxes as required for conduit runs exceeding 100'.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install all conduits and wiring for the emergency communications system.

B. Coordinate mounting and exact locations for all equipment and raceway paths with Architect.Conceal all conduits in finished spaces.

C. Communications system control equipment and a minimum of eight (8) portable handsets to belocated inside building at the main entrance, co-located with the fire alarm control panel orannunciator. Control equipment and handsets to be secured in a locked cabinet(s) with a KnoxBox containing keys to the cabinets(s).

D. Communications telephone stations to be located at exit stairways on every floor level as directedby Fire Marshal, in each elevator cab, all elevator lobbies, in elevator machine room, emergencyand standby power rooms and all rooms where applicable and in all other locations as directed bythe Seattle Fire Marshal.

E. Provide complete design of communications system including wiring diagrams and plans

indicating proposed equipment locations. Include layout with wiring diagrams in O & M Manual.

END OF SECTION

273243 - 1

SECTION 275123

TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide a complete and operating wired two-way communication system as herein described.Equipment furnished shall be standard devices by a single manufacturer for system compatibility.

B. System is intended to provide for two-way communication between each elevator landing and thecentral control point location as approved by the City of Seattle. Initiation of each call station shallproduce an acknowledge tone and illumination of corresponding call switch at the control panel. Arepeating audible alarm shall sound at the control panel in the event when more than one stationis activated simultaneously. All functions of the Two-Way Communication System shall beperformed through dedicated telephone system wiring.

C. Provisions for timed automatic telephone dial-out capability to a monitoring location shall beincluded as part of the central control point equipment.

D. Directions for the use of the two-way communication system, instructions for summoningassistance via the two-way communication system and written identification of the location shallbe posted adjacent to the two-way communication system.

E. Provide a 24 volt power supply with battery back-up. Power supply shall provide back-up powerfor audible signaling devices and illumination of alarm switches for a minimum of 1 hour and back-up power for the means of two-way communication for a minimum of 4 hours. Provide all linevoltage and low voltage wiring as required by manufacturer. Verify locations of all equipment anddevices with Architect.


A. Two-Way Communication System to be installed by a factory trained and certified technician withno less than five (5) years active experience installing similar systems. Manufacturer shallmaintain factory trained and certified personnel within 50 miles of the project site available for 24hour maintenance and service to the Two-Way Communication System.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. All wiring shall be pre-wired and concealed using code approved low voltage signal cables withcolor coded copper conductors. Audio cables shall be minimum #22 AWG shielded pair and #22AWG 4 conductor cable for power / switch / LED. All wiring shall be supervised.

B. Call stations shall be hands-free, ADA compliant with momentary switch with LED andloudspeaker. Station shall have silk-screened operating instructions and shall mount on a 2-gangflush mounted outlet box. Cornell Model 4201A.

C. Annunciator shall be 24 volt with green LED power indicator with LED indicators for each zone. Ayellow LED light in each zone switch shall illuminate and alarm shall emit a repeating sound if thesupervised wiring is faulted. An audible alarm shall be mounted on the annunciator panel whichwill emit a minimum 90 dB at 30cm when a remote station calls. Depressing the zone switch willanswer a zone and open the intercom line to the zone. The front panel shall have a silk-screenedzone designations and operating instructions as well as zone identification strips. Cornell ModelA4200.

D. The power supply shall be a 120 volt input with 24 volt DC output. Power supply shall be mounted

275123 - 1

SECTION 275123

TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

in a 16" x 12" x 5" steel cabinet with hinged front door, grey baked enamel. Short circuit andthermal overload protection shall be standard with LED diagnostics. Cornell #B5243A.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Installation of all wiring shall be in accordance with Code requirements.

B. All equipment shall be securely fastened in place.

C. The complete system shall be tested to be free of grounds, shorts, or open circuits. Operation ofthe complete system shall be tested and the system left if full operating condition.

D. Coordinate mounting and exact location of remote call stations, annunciation panel and powersupply with Architect prior to rough-in.

E. Provide complete training to Owner in operation and maintenance of system.

F. Provide complete operation and maintenance instructions along with testing results and wiringdiagrams in O&M Manual.

END OF SECTION

275123 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 281300ENTRY ACCESS / INTERCOM / CCTV SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide a complete and operating door entry / intercom system as herein described. Equipmentfurnished shall be standard devices by a single manufacturer for system compatibility.

B. The Intercom System is intended to provide for two-way communication between the main entrydoor, to each of all residential units and Leasing Office. Operation of electric door release isrequired from each unit and office. All functions of the Entry Intercom / Door Release System shallbe performed from a standard telephone handset, signals between entrance and residential unitsthrough telephone system wiring.

C. Cell Phone Access shall be provided to interface with the Entry Intercom/ Door Release System.

D. Closed Circuit Television Camera shall be provided at entrance with signal sent to eachresidential unit and Manager’s Office through the Cable Television System. A pre-determinedchannel will be used to view security camera at each unit.

E. Key FOB Readers to be located at Main entry, stairwell at garage level. Provide at all locations asdirected by Architect. Verify locations and quantities with Architect.

F. Provide remote control for each residential unit to operate garage door. Provide 10% spare.

G. Submit a Bid Alternate for the installation of a Blue Light Emergency Alarm System on both levelsof the Parking Garage with connection to auto-dialer and phone line.

H. Successful sub-contractor to provide system design and installation including interface withtelephone and cable television systems. Submit system design and all required equipment forprior approval.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. All intercom system signals shall transmit through the building telephone system wiring. SeeSection 27 0000.

B. Entry panel shall be weatherproof, flush mounted with vandal resistant A through Z scroll buttonsand one touch CALL button, LCD display, wall mounted with speaker / microphone (no handset),amplifier and power supply. System to be programmable via modem or RS-232 interface. DoorKing #1837 or prior approved equal. Finish to be stainless steel.

C. Provide camera with exterior enclosure, all required mounting brackets, hardware and equipmentnecessary for the interfacing with the cable television system. Bosch, Panasonic or prior approvedequal.

D. Entry access / intercom system to be capable of interfacing with individual tenant cell phones.Provide required hardware and programming to provide access to door intercom system throughindividual Tenant cell phones.

E. Key FOB Readers to be UL 294 listed, LED visual and Piezo audio feedback, 5-12VDC, Wiegandand RS-232 output formats with tracker expansion boards as required. Applied Wireless ID orprior approved equal.

F. Include braille letters and symbols at entry intercom panels.

281300 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 281300ENTRY ACCESS / INTERCOM / CCTV SYSTEMS

G. Blue Light Alarm to be included as a Bid Alternate. System to be designed, provided and installedby ADT. System to automatically dial 911 for emergency response.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Power for entry access / intercom control panel and devices to be from Standby Power panel.Installation of all wiring in accordance with Code requirements. Connect to all electric door strikesand provided by door supplier.

B. All equipment shall be securely fastened in place.

C. The complete system shall be tested to be free of grounds, shorts or open circuits. Operation ofthe complete system shall be tested and the system left in full operating condition.

D. Provide for seven (7) CCTV cameras total. Locate at main entry, garage entry, leasing area, backentry, community room, roof deck and courtyard. Locate monitor, switcher and DVR in LeasingOffice.

E. FOB readers to be provided at all areas as directed by Architect. Each tenant to be provided withcards as required by Owner.

F. Coordinate the security access system design with the Architect and with the fire alarm systeminstaller. Provide required interconnections to door hardware to maintain maximum security aswell as required access for fire department in the event of an alarm condition.

G. Coordinate mounting and exact location of entry panel and camera with Architect prior to rough-in.

H. Commission entire entry access/ intercom system including programming of all FOB cards andremote devices. Instruct owner in operation and maintenance of system.

I. Provide complete operation an maintenance instructions with wiring diagrams in O & M Manual.

END OF SECTION

281300 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 283100

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide a code approved, properly operating fire alarm and detection system complete to includeall required wiring, boxes, conduits, equipment, devices and interconnection with other systems.

B. System is to be a multi-zone, Class B, electrically supervised, non-coded type utilizing individuallyaddressable manual pull stations, horns/strobes, mini-horns/strobes, smoke detectors, heatdetectors utilizing power limited fire alarm circuits. Provide control panel with annunciator, remoteannunciator and battery back-up.

C. Provide for elevator recall control, HVAC shutdown, sprinkler system tamper, post indicator valveand water flow switch interconnections. Connect to duct detectors, smoke dampers and electro-magnetic door hold open devices as required.

D. Contractor shall be responsible for preparing al drawings required to secure approval from theSeattle Fire Department. All Fire Alarm System devices and wiring shall be shown on as-builtdrawings.

E. Fire Alarm System shall comply with the current provisions of the following standards:1. 2009 Seattle Fire Code, Section 9072. NFPA 72 - 2007 National Fire Alarm Code3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code4. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code5. FM Factory Mutual6. Washington State Uniform Fire Code7. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)8. All requirements and regulations of the Seattle Fire Department


A. Fire alarm system to be installed by a factory trained and certified technician with no less than five(5) years active experience installing similar systems. Manufacturer shall maintain factory trainedand certified personnel within 50 miles of the project site available for 24 hour maintenance andservice to fire alarm system.

B. All equipment shall be provided by one manufacturer. Approved manufacturers are: FCI, Simplex,Edwards or Silent Knight.

C. Contractor shall coordinate with respective trades in order that a complete and operational firealarm system be installed per all applicable codes and regulations.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Alarm condition. Operation of any alarm initiating device shall activate the following effects, and,unless specified otherwise, shall maintain them continuously until all alarm initiating devices arerestored to the normal condition:

1. Activate audible and visual alarm signals until alarm signals are reset to non-alarmcondition. Alarms to provide 15 dBA above ambient sound level and 60 dBA minimum innormally occupied non-residential occupancies; 75 dBA throughout all areas of theresidential occupancy and 90 dBA minimum in mechanical equipment rooms. Visualalarms in public and common use areas, corridors, and similar spaces are required per2009 Fire Code, Section 907.6.2.3. All residential units shall be provided with thecapability to support visible alarm notification appliances in accordance with ICC A117.1(2009 Seattle Fire Code, Section 907.6.2.3.4).

283100 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 283100

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

2. Remove motors of air handling equipment , 2,000 cfm or more capacity, from theirpower source.3. De-energize electromagnetic door hold open devices.4. De-energize smoke damper hold-open devices and cause smoke dampers to closeautomatically upon actuation of a smoke detector installed in accordance with 2012Seattle Building Code, Section 716.3.3.2.5. Signal elevator controllers to recall elevators to predetermined floor and control theelevator shaft pressurization fans.6. A supervised alarm signal shall be transmitted to a UL approved central monitoringstation.7. Light an Alarm Indicator Lamp, for the respective zone from which the alarmoriginated, at the fire alarm control panel and at the remote annunciator panel.8. Light an Alarm Indicator Lamp on smoke detector(s) which have initiated the alarm.9. System shall be capable of sounding a subsequent zone alarm after the alarm signalsare manually reset to non-alarm condition. Operation of the silencing switch shall beindicated by a trouble light and audible local signal.10. System shall be capable of supporting 520 Hz Occupant Notification devices andproduce the dB levels per NFPA 72 and as required by the Seattle Fire Department.

B. Alarm Initiation: General alarm condition to be caused by any one of the following circumstances:1. Activation of any manual pull station.2. Activation of any system smoke or heat detector.3. Activation of any sprinkler system flow switch.4. Control panel to indicate zone of originating alarm device.

C. Trouble Alarm Initiation: A distinct trouble alarm to sound and a LED light at control panel andremote annunciator shall illuminate upon the activation of the following conditions:

1. Activation of any standpipe or sprinkler tamper switch. System to visually annunciatethe type of device at the annunciator.2. Any malfunction of any fire detector device. System to visually annunciate location offaulty device.3. Any circuit short or open condition. Excessive noise condition on the signaling linecircuit.4. Activation of alarm silencing switch.

Activation of any trouble condition shall not prevent the resounding of the control panel audibledevices in the event of a subsequent trouble condition in other circuits. When the trouble iscorrected the system shall not require manual restoration.

D. Control Panel: Each zone shall have separate supervised zone trouble and zone alarm indication.The system shall have an operator’s control panel that shall contain an alpha-numeric, electronicvisual display device which shall show the time of day, day of week, month, and year. Upon theoperator request, the normal visual display shall be replace with the status of any system point.Manual input shall be through the use of a keypad or keyboard.

E. The receipt of an alarm shall be indicated by zone and type of alarm until acknowledged. In theevent subsequent new alarms are received, they shall be stored in sequence and automaticallydisplayed after acknowledgment of the previous alarm. When the alarm initiating device circuit isrestored to normal, indication shall be given that the alarm zone can be reset.

F. Monitoring by a Seattle Fire Department approved central station service is required.

G. Remote Annunciator shall be with LCD annunciation of the particular zone with alarm condition.Test switch shall be provided to test all LED lamps. Locate remote annunciator as required bySeattle Fire Department.

H. In the event of power failure, system shall provide supervised emergency battery power to thecontrol panel for a minimum of 24 hours and 5 minutes continuous for all alarm devices as

283100 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 283100

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

required by NFPA Standards.

1.4 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE

A. Equipment manufacturer shall guarantee all equipment and devices and the proper operation ofthis system. Provide a one (1) year warranty against faulty materials or workmanship. During thefirst year, provide two inspections of the system (at 5th and 11th month) by the manufacturer’srepresentative. These inspections shall consist of a complete operational testing of the systemplus four hours training for on-site personnel.

B. The Contractor shall guarantee all equipment and wiring free from inherent mechanical andelectrical defects for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Fire Alarm control panel shall be microprocessor based, supervised, dead front constructionutilizing modular solid state components with line surge and static protection. System shall containthe following:

1. System reset switch and test switch2. Trouble alarm silence switch3. Municipal alarm disconnect switch4. Alarm or supervisory alarm acknowledgment5. Signal silence switch6. Operator’s keypad7. 4 by 20 character back lit LCD display8. LED power, alarm, trouble and supervisory status indicators9. Manual disconnects for all auxiliary function controls10. Addressable power supply/battery charger with battery back-up11. Remote graphic annunciator panel

B. Manual Pull Stations to be installed in flush steel outlet boxes. Stations to be single action type,steel with red finish with raised letter operating instructions of contrasting color.

C. Automatic Smoke Detectors to be photo-electric type and shall incorporate a solid state voltageregulator which can maintain detection sensitivity over an input voltage range of 17-25.4 volts DC.Detectors to be shielded against electro-magnetic interferences.

D. Apartment detectors as specified elsewhere in these specifications shall be interconnectable,however, shall not be connected to the building Fire Alarm System.

E. Mini-horns/ strobes shall be white in color and shall produce 90 dB output at 10'-0". Strobe toproduce 110 candela in each bedroom and living room, 75 candela in toilet rooms.

F. Horns/ strobes shall be 24 VDC polarized, modular design, mounted in flush steel outlet boxes,steel housing, red color. Where units are to be surface mounted Units to provide 92 dB in allareas of building and installed in accordance to codes. Strobes to be 75 candela. Exteriorhorn/strobe to be in weatherproof housing.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. All exposed, visible devices shall be located as approved by both the Fire Marshall and Architect.

283100 - 3

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 283100

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

Contractor’s shop drawings shall locate all exposed, visible devices, for approval by Architect.Architect to be advised of any changes required by Fire Marshall prior to installation.

B. Zoning of initiating devices shall be floor by floor.

C. The Contractor shall furnish and install in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions allwiring, conduit and fixture boxes required. All wiring shall meet the requirements of the NationalElectrical Code and the City of Seattle Electrical Code.

D. Provide smoke detectors in all common areas and exit ways as required.

E. Locate Fire Alarm control panel in Leasing Office and remote annunciator at the main entry or asdirected by Fire Marshall.

F. Contractor to use color coding for all wiring. Fire alarm circuits to be power limited and installed inconformance with NEC 760.

G. Manual pull stations to be located at every exit from every level of the building.

H. Provide heat or smoke detectors in any unsprinklered areas. Smoke detectors shall not bemounted within four (4) feet of an air outlet.

I. Protective covers shall not be removed from devices until Owner’s acceptance of system.

J. Provide wiring to telephone terminal board for central monitoring over leased telephone lines.

K. Interconnect Fire Alarm System with Entry Access System to unlock exit doors upon fire alarmsystem initiation.

L. Provide fire alarm detection and alarm devices in tenant space as required by Seattle FireMarshall. Provide slave panel in Restaurant tenant space as required.

M. Instruct the owner in proper operation and maintenance of the system.

N. Provide complete operation and maintenance instructions and complete as-built record drawings.

END OF SECTION

283100 - 4


1701 DEXTER AVE N. CLEARING AND GRUBBING

311100 - 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Requirements for clearing and grubbing of trees, shrubs and organic material and the disposal of cleared and grubbed materials.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 013300, “Submittal Procedures”

B. Section 015713, “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control”

C. Section 017300, “Execution”

D. Section 017419, “Construction Waste Management and Disposal”

E. Section 024100, “Selective Site Demolition”

F. Section 312300, “Earthwork”

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROTECTION

A. Roads: Keep roads free of dirt and debris at all times.

B. Trees, Shrubs, and Existing Facilities: Protect landscape areas and trees to remain as indicated on the landscape drawings.

C. Utility Lines: Protect existing utility lines that are indicated to remain from damage. Notify the Owner’s Representative immediately of damage to or an encounter with an unknown existing utility line. The Contractor shall be responsible for the repairs of damage to existing utility lines that are indicated or made known to the Contractor prior to start of clearing and grubbing operations. When utility lines, which are to be removed, are encountered within the area of operations, notify the Engineer in ample time to minimize interruption of the service.

3.2 CLEARING

A. Clearing shall consist of felling, trimming, and cutting of the existing trees into sections and the satisfactory disposal of the trees and other vegetation designated for removal, including brush and rubbish occurring within the areas to be cleared. Cut off flush with or below the original ground surface, trees, stumps, roots, brush, and other vegetation in areas to be cleared except for trees and vegetation indicated or directed to be left standing. Clearing shall include the disposal of any rubbish or man-made materials encountered.

3.3 TREE REMOVAL

A. Where indicated, remove designated trees, stumps, and grub roots.

3.4 GRUBBING

A. Remove and dispose of roots larger than 3 inches in diameter, and the matted roots from the indicated grubbing areas. Excavate this material together with organic and metallic debris, brush, and refuse and


1701 DEXTER AVE N. CLEARING AND GRUBBING

311100 - 2

remove to a depth of not less than 18 inches below the original soil surface in areas to be grubbed and in areas indicated as construction areas under this contract. Fill depressions made by grubbing with suitable material and in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 31 2300, “Earthwork.”

3.5 DISPOSAL OF CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL

A. All timber on the project site noted for clearing and grubbing shall become the property of the contractor and shall be removed from the site.

END OF SECTION


1701 DEXTER AVE N. EARTHWORK

312300 - 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Requirements for excavation, filling, preparation of subgrade, imported material, compaction and testing.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 013300, “Submittal Procedures” 2. Section 015713, “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control” 3. Section 024100, “Selective Site Demolition” 4. Section 312333, “Trenching and Backfilling”

1.2 REFERENCES


B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1. AASHTO T 26: Method of Test for Quality Water to be Used in Concrete

C. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C 33: (1993) Concrete Aggregates 2. ASTM C 94: (1996) Ready-Mixed Concrete 3. ASTM C 150: (1997) Portland Cement 4. ASTM C 260: (1995) Air-Entraining Admixture for Concrete 5. ASTM C 494: (1990) Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 6. ASTM C 618: (1997) Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcimined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral

Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete 7. ASTM D 698: (1991) Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort

(12,400 ft-lbf/ft (600 kN-m/m)) 8. ASTM D 1556: (1990) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method 9. ASTM D 1557: (1991) Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort

(56,000 ft-lbf/ft (2,700 kN-m/m)) 10. ASTM D 2487: (1993) Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification

System) 11. ASTM D 2922: (1991) Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow

Depth) 12. ASTM D 3017: (1988; R 1993) Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods

(Shallow Depth) 13. ASTM D 3786: (1987) Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics –

Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method 14. ASTM D 4253: (1993) Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table 15. ASTM D 4254: (1991) Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of

Relative Density 16. ASTM D 4355: (1992) Deterioration of Geotextiles from Exposure to Ultraviolet Light and Water

(Xenon-Arc Type Apparatus) 17. ASTM D 4491: (1992) Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity 18. ASTM D 4533: (1991) Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles 19. ASTM D 4632: (1991) Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles 20. ASTM D 4759: (1988; R 1992) Determining the Specification Conformance of Geosynthetics 21. ASTM D 4833: (1988) Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related

Products

D. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR): 1. 29 CFR 1910: Occupational Safety and Health Standards



312300 - 2

2. 29 CFR 1926: Occupational Safety and Health Regulations for Construction

E. Corps Of Engineers (COE): 1. COE EM-385-1-1: (1992) Safety and Health Requirements Manual

F. Washington State Department of Labor and Industries: 1. WAC 296-24: General Safety and Health Standards

G. City of Seattle (COS): 1. SS-1: (2012) Standard Specifications for Municipal Construction

H. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSS): 1. WSS-1: (2010) Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction


A. Perform all excavation work in accordance with all applicable requirements of governing authorities and applicable rules and regulations of 29 CFR 1910, 29 CFR 1926 and WAC 296-24.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Backfill: A specified material used in refilling a cut, trench, or other excavation, placed at a specified degree of compaction.

B. Capillary Break: A layer of clean, poorly graded crushed rock, stone, or natural sand or gravel having a high porosity which is placed beneath a building slab with or without a vapor barrier to cut off the capillary flow of pore water to the area immediately below the slab.

C. Cohesive Materials: Cohesive materials include materials classified by ASTM D 2487 as GC, SC, ML, CL, MH, and CH. Materials classified as GM and SM will be identified as cohesive only when the fines have a plasticity index greater than zero.

D. Cohesionless Materials: Cohesionless materials include materials classified by ASTM D 2487 as GW, GP, SW, and SP. Materials classified as GM and SM will be identified as cohesionless only when the fines have a plasticity index of zero.

E. Compaction: The process of mechanically stabilizing a material by increasing its density at a controlled moisture condition. “Degree of Compaction” is expressed as a percentage of the maximum density obtained by the test procedure described in ASTM D 698 or ASTM D 1557 for general soil types or ASTM D 4253 and ASTM D 4254 (Relative Density) for isolated cohesionless materials, abbreviated in this specification as “XX percent ASTM D 1557 maximum density.”

F. Controlled Fill: A specified soil mix or gradation of materials constructed to attain maximum bearing strength and minimize consolidation or differential settlement under a load. Controlled fill is sometimes called “structural fill.”

G. Embankment: A “fill” having a top that is higher than adjoining ground.

H. Excavation: The removal of soil, rock, or hard material to obtain a specified depth or elevation.

I. Fill: Specified material placed at a specified degree of compaction to obtain an indicated grade or elevation.

J. Hard Material: Weathered rock, dense consolidated deposits or conglomerate materials, (excluding manmade materials such as concrete) which are not included in the definition of “rock” but which usually require the use of heavy excavation equipment with ripper teeth or the use of jack hammers for removal.

K. In Situ Soil: Existing in place soil.

L. Lift: A layer (or course) of soil placed on top of a previously prepared or placed soil.



312300 - 3

M. Rock: Solid, homogeneous, interlocking crystalline material with firmly cemented, laminated, or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits, neither of which can be removed without systematic drilling and blasting, drilling and the use of expansion jacks or feather wedges, or the use of backhoe-mounted pneumatic hole punchers or rock breakers; also large boulders, buried masonry, or concrete other than pavement, exceeding 1 cubic yard in volume. Removal of “hard material” will not be considered rock excavation because of intermittent drilling and blasting that is performed merely to increase production.

N. Soil: The surface material of the earth’s crust resulting from the chemical and mechanical weathering of rock and organic material.

O. Subgrade: The material in excavation (cuts) and fills (embankments) immediately below any subbase, base, pavement, or other improvement. Also, as a secondary definition, the level below which work above is referenced.

P. Topsoil: In natural or undisturbed soil formations, the fine-grained, weathered material on the surface or directly below any loose or partially decomposed organic matter. Topsoil may be a dark-colored, fine, silty, or sandy material with a high content of well decomposed organic matter, often containing traces of the parent rock material.

Q. Unsatisfactory Material: Existing, in situ soil or other material which can be identified as having insufficient strength characteristics or stability to carry intended loads in fill or embankment without excessive consolidation or loss of stability. Materials classified as PT, OH, or OL by ASTM D 2487 are unsatisfactory. Unsatisfactory materials also include man-made fills, refuse, frozen material, uncompacted backfills from previous construction, unsound rock or soil lenses, or other deleterious or objectionable material.

R. Unsuitable Material: Existing, in situ, materials classified as ML, or MH by ASTM D 2487 are unsuitable.

S. Working Platform: A layer of compacted crushed rock or natural stone that replaces the in situ soil to provide a stable, uniform bearing foundation for construction equipment to facilitate further site construction.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 3300, “Submittal Procedures.” 1. Shoring and Sheeting Plan: Describe materials or shoring system to be used. Indicate whether or

not any components will remain after filling or backfilling. Provide plans, sketches, or details along with calculations by a registered professional engineer. Indicate sequence and method for installation and removal.

2. Dewatering System: Describe methods to be employed in removing water from exposed surfaces and diverting surface water from other areas or structures. Describe the basic components of the dewatering system proposed and its planned method of operation.

3. Gradation test of soil material tested at the source showing compliance with the specifications for structural fill, onsite native material, quarry spalls, capillary break, and drainage backfill.

4. Mix design for controlled density fill.

1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Materials and workmanship specified herein with reference to SS-1 State Standard shall be in accordance with the referenced articles, sections and paragraphs of the standard except that measurement and payment provisions do not apply. Where the term “Engineer” is used, it shall mean “Owner’s Representative.”

1.7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

A. Deliver and store materials in a manner to prevent contamination or segregation. Store geotextile fabric reinforcing to prevent exposure to direct sunlight in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.



312300 - 4

1.8 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING

A. Base bids on the following criteria: 1. Surface elevations as indicated. 2. The character of the material to be excavated or used for subgrade is as indicated. Rock or hard

material as defined in paragraph entitled, “Definitions,” will not be encountered. 3. Ground water elevations indicated are those existing at the time subsurface investigations were

made and do not necessarily represent ground water elevation at the time of construction. 4. Suitable structural fill, quarry spalls, wall drainage backfill, and capillary break material in the

quantities required is not available at the project site. 5. Blasting will not be permitted.

1.9 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Dewatering Plan: Based on site surface and subsurface conditions and available soils and hydrological data.

B. Movement of construction machinery and equipment over pipes and utilities during construction shall be at the Contractor’s risk. Contact the utility companies for location(s) of their utilities. Perform work adjacent to privately owned utilities in accordance with procedures outlined by the utility company. Excavation made with power-driven equipment is not permitted within 2 feet of known utility or subsurface construction. For work immediately adjacent to or for excavations exposing a utility or other buried obstruction, excavate by hand. Start hand excavation on each side of the indicated obstruction and continue until the obstruction is uncovered or until clearance for the new grade is assured. Support uncovered lines or other existing work as affected by the contract excavation until approval for backfill is granted by the Owner’s Representative.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOIL MATERIALS

A. All imported materials shall be provided by a City of Seattle approved source for the material specified.

B. Provide materials free from debris, roots, wood, scrap materials, vegetable matter, refuse or frozen material. Maximum particle size permitted is 3 inches. Provide structural fill material where indicated.

C. Structural Fill: 1. Provide a clean, well-graded sand and gravel with less than 5 percent fines by dry weight passing

the No. 200 sieve, based on wet sieving the fraction passing the 3/4-inch mesh sieve. 2. Structural fill is recommended beneath slabs-on-grade and pavement sections as described above.

Fill that is to serve as a leveling course and drainage layer beneath floor slabs or behind walls should consist of free-draining sand or sand and gravel with less than 3 percent by weight passing the No. 200 mesh sieve, based on the minus 3/4 inch fraction.

3. Structural fill should be placed in 10-inch loose lifts and compacted to a minimum density equal to 95 percent of the modified Proctor maximum dry density as determined by the ASTM D 1557 test procedure.

4. Use of excavated soil at the site for structural fill is based on the gradation and moisture content of the soil. Soil with more than about 5 percent fines cannot be consistently compacted to a dense and nonyielding condition when the moisture content is significantly above or below the optimum. Structural fill must be free of organic matter and other debris. Surficial soil at this site consists of uncontrolled fill soils. The fill is unsuitable for reuse as structural fill because of the presence of debris.

D. Fill and Backfill: Provide structural fill as specified in this section. Soft, spongy, highly plastic, or otherwise unstable material is prohibited. On-site materials are not suitable for use as structural fill.



312300 - 5

E. Working Platform: Material and thicknesses of working platform for support of construction equipment shall be at the discretion of the construction contractor. The gradation and placement of such material shall not create large void spaces upon which overlying work is indicated to be placed.

F. Capillary Break: Provide clean, crushed rock, imported materials conforming to SS-1, Section 9-03.11, “Crushed Gravel,” mineral aggregate Type No. 24, except that no material shall pass the No. 40 sieve.

G. Washed Gravel for TESC Measures: Provide washed gravel, mineral aggregate Type 4, in accordance with SS-1, Section 9-03.12(6), “Washed Sand and Gravel.”

H. Drainage Backfill: Drain rock used with subsurface drains, or against retaining walls should consist of sand or a mixture of sand and gravel that meet the specifications provided in WSS-1, Section 9-03.13 or equivalent. The material should be free of roots, organic matter, and other unsuitable materials; have less than 3 percent by dry weight passing a U.S. Standard No. 200 Sieve (washed analysis), based on the total fraction passing the 3/4-inch sieve.

2.2 QUARRY SPALLS AND ROCK

A. Quarry spalls to conform to material specified in SS-1, Section 9-13.7, “Quarry Spalls.” Quarry spalls for rock construction access shall be 4-inch to 8-inch gradation. Backfill for common and special over-excavations shall be 2-inch to 4-inch gradation.

B. 2-inch to 4-inch Rock: Conform to material specified in SS-1, Section 9-03.3, “Streambed Aggregate,” except the gradation shall conform to 2-inch to 4-inch quarry spalls.

2.3 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL (CDF)

A. Controlled density fill (CDF) shall be in accordance with SS-1, Section 2-09.3(1)E. CDF shall be mixed in accordance with ASTM C 94 by a ready-mix concrete producer. CDF shall have a minimum compressive strength of 100 psi. Controlled density fill (CDF) shall be approved by the architect prior to being used as fill or backfill material.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROTECTION

A. Shoring and Sheeting: Provide shoring bracing, cribbing, or sheeting where required. In addition to Section 25 A and B of COE EM-385-1-1, and other requirements of this contract meet the following: 1. Prevent undermining of pavements, foundations and slabs. 2. Slope banks where space permits. 3. Where shoring and sheeting materials remain in place in completed work to prevent settlements or

damage to adjacent structures or as directed, backfill the excavation to 3 feet below the finished grade and remove the remaining exposed portion of the shoring before completing the backfill.

B. Drainage and Dewatering: Plan for and provide the structures, equipment, and construction for the collection and disposal of surface and subsurface water encountered in the course of construction. 1. Drainage: Dispose of surface water which may accumulate in open excavations, unfinished fills, or

other low areas. Remove water by trenching where approved, pumping, or other methods to prevent softening of exposed surfaces. Surface dewatering plan shall include rerouting of any storm water runoff or natural drainage if necessary and shall comply with requirements specified in Section 01 5713, “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control.”

2. Dewatering: a. Groundwater flowing toward or into excavations shall be controlled to prevent sloughing or

excavation slopes and walls, boils, uplift and heave in the excavation and to eliminate interference with orderly progress of construction. French drains, sumps, ditches or trenches will not be permitted within 3 feet of the foundation of any structure, except with specific written approval, and after specific contractual provisions for restoration of the foundation area have been made. Control measures shall be taken by the time the excavation reaches the water



312300 - 6

level in order to maintain the integrity of the in situ material. While the excavation is open, the water level shall be maintained continuously, at least one foot below the working level.

b. Operate the dewatering system until construction work below existing water levels is complete. Measure and record the performance of the dewatering system at the same time each day by use of observation wells and piezometers installed in conjunction with the dewatering system. Have a back-up pump and system available for immediate use. See Section 01 5713, “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control,” for additional requirements.

C. Protection and Restoration of Surfaces: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, erosion, and settlements. Repair and reestablish damaged or eroded slopes, elevations or grades and restore surface construction prior to acceptance. Protect existing streams, ditches and storm drain inlets from water-borne soil by means of straw bale dikes or filter fabric dams as indicated. Conduct work in accordance with requirements specified in Section 01 5713, “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control.”

D. Disposal of Excavated Material: Dispose of excavated material in such a manner that it will not obstruct the flow of runoff, streams, endanger a partly finished structure, impair the efficiency or appearance of facilities, or be detrimental to the completed work.

3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Clearing and Grubbing: Unless indicated otherwise, remove trees, logs, stumps, shrubs, and brush within the limits of work. Protect from damage trees and shrubs that are to be saved or that are outside the limits of work. Grub out matted roots and roots over 2 inches in diameter to at least 18 inches below the existing surface. Brush, refuse, stumps, and roots shall be removed from the project site.

B. Stripping of Unsatisfactory and Organic Material: Remove organic matter, sod, muck, rubbish, existing fill, and unsuitable soils under embankments and under pavements, slabs on grade, and all areas indicated to have new grading.

3.3 EXCAVATION

A. Excavate to contours and dimensions indicated. Keep excavations free from water while construction is in progress. Notify the Owner’s Representative immediately in writing in the event that it becomes necessary to remove rock, hard material, or other material defined as unsatisfactory to a depth greater than indicated. Refill excavations cut below the depths indicated with imported controlled fill and compact as specified herein.

B. Excavate (over-excavate) peat soils and/or soil disturbed or weakened by construction operations or soils softened from exposure to weather. Refill with quarry spalls and structural fill and compact as specified herein.

C. Excavations for Structures and Spread Footings: Excavate existing fill material beneath the building and footings to the extent determined by the geotechnical engineer and replace with structural fill.

D. Excavations for Pavements: Excavate a minimum of the upper 12 inches of existing fill material beneath the base course subgrade.

E. Shoring and Sheeting: Shore and sheet excavations as required.

3.4 BORROW MATERIALS

A. Select borrow materials to meet requirements and conditions of the particular fill materials to be used. Obtain borrow materials from sources off the project site.

3.5 FILLING AND BACKFILLING

A. Subgrade Preparation: 1. Subgrade Proofrolling: After stripping and removal of topsoil or other overburden, proofroll the

existing subgrade with at least two passes of a minimum 15-ton vibratory roller or fully loaded,



312300 - 7

10 cubic yard dump truck. Operate the roller or truck in a systematic manner to assure the number of passes over all areas, and at speeds between 2.5 and 3.5 miles per hour. Proofrolling shall be done in the presence of the Owner’s Representative. Proofrolling shall consist of the following elements: a. Proofrolling shall be completed by making at least two passes with the vibratory roller

(vibration used if possible) or loaded dump truck and observing deflections below the wheels of the truck or the drum of the roller.

b. Deflections beneath the wheels of the roller shall be less than about 1 inch to be acceptable within the building footing areas.

c. Deflections shall be less than about 1 inch for proofrolling to be acceptable within the building subgrade, floor slab, and pavement areas.

d. Areas found to be soft with deflections in excess of 1 inch shall be probed to determine a suitable depth to which the soft material shall be removed (depth of over-excavation). This shall be accomplished by probing outside of the area where deflection was noted and then probing within the area where deflection was noted. It is expected that soft areas will likely only be present where construction traffic has disturbed the soils during period of wet weather. Furthermore, it is expected that it will be necessary to remove about 3 to 6 inches of soft subgrade soil, but likely no more than 12 inches of the subgrade soils when yielding conditions are observed. Areas of soft soil which are removed shall be replaced with the appropriate fill soil compacted as recommended for the application.

e. If the subgrade soils are too wet and vibration causes softening of the subgrade, the area shall be proofrolled, as described above, without the vibration (static roll only).

f. If the subgrade soils are too wet to proofroll then probing shall be used to evaluate the subgrade. The subgrade conditions exposed in the building pad and roadway areas during good weather shall be probed to provide a basis for evaluating subgrade when wet weather necessitates the use of probing to evaluate the subgrade.

2. Perform proof rolling only when weather conditions permit. Do not proof roll wet or saturated subgrades. Materials degraded by proof rolling a wet or saturated subgrade shall be replaced by the Contractor as directed by the Owner’s Representative at no cost to the Owner. Notify the Owner’s Representative 3 days prior to proof rolling.

3. Compact all native subgrades to a minimum depth of 12 inches.

B. Fill and Backfill: Place required backfill material adjacent to structures and compact in a manner that prevents wedging action or eccentric loading upon or against the structures. Step or serrate slopes bounding or within areas to be backfilled to prevent sliding of the fill. Moisten or aerate material as necessary to provide the moisture content that will readily facilitate obtaining the specified compaction with the equipment used. Fill and backfill shall be placed in uniform horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches loose thickness for heavy equipment compactors and 4 inches loose thickness for hand-operated mechanical compactors. Do not place material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost. Do not use equipment for backfilling operations or for the formation of embankments against structures that will overload the structure. Backfilling against concrete will be done only after the concrete has attained its 28-day compressive strength.

C. Structural Fill: Place structural fill where required beneath footings, floor slabs, and pavements in uniform horizontal layers of no more than 8 inches loose thickness for heavy equipment compactors and 4 inches for hand-operated mechanical compactors. Do not place material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost. Compact with equipment well suited to the soil being compacted. Moisten or aerate material as necessary to provide the moisture content that will readily facilitate obtaining the specified compaction with the equipment used. Compact each lift as specified herein before placing the overlaying lift. Compaction shall be accomplished continuously over the entire area. Sufficient passes shall be made to ensure that specified density is obtained. Structural fill should extend away from footings, floor slabs, and pavements a distance equal to the depth of structural fill.

D. Final Backfill for Utilities: Construct backfill (final backfill) for utility lines and other utility appurtenances using the material and compaction requirements specified herein for the adjacent or overlying work. Bedding and initial backfill requirements are specified in Section 31 2333, “Trenching and Backfilling.”



312300 - 8

Backfilling against concrete will be done only after the concrete has attained its 28-day compressive strength.

E. Capillary Break: Place under slab on grade where indicated. Crushed rock shall be compacted with a minimum of three complete coverages of a vibratory roller or heavy compactor.

F. Weather Limitations: Fill and backfill shall not be constructed when weather conditions detrimentally affect the quality of the finished course. Place fill and backfill only if the atmospheric temperature is above freezing in the shade and is rising. Do not construct fill and backfill in the rain or on saturated subgrades. If weather conditions are windy, hot or arid, with high rate of evaporation, schedule the placement in cooler portions of the day and furnish equipment to add moisture to the fill or backfill during and after placement.

3.6 QUARRY SPALLS

A. Place at locations and to thicknesses indicated. After placement, the quarry spalls and gravel surfacing shall be compacted by tracked equipment making a minimum of three passes.

3.7 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL (CDF)

A. Controlled density fill shall be placed where indicated or in lieu of other backfill materials as approved by the Owners Representative.

B. CDF shall not be placed on frozen ground.

C. CDF batching, mixing and placing shall commence only when weather conditions are favorable. The ambient temperature must be at least 34 degrees F and rising. At the time of placement, CDF shall have a minimum temperature of 40 degrees F. Mixing and placing of CDF shall stop when the ambient temperature is 38 degrees F or less and falling. Each CDF filling stage shall be as continuous an operation as is practical.

D. Flowable CDF shall be discharged from the mixer by any reasonable means into the area to be filled. Each lift of flowable CDF shall be brought up to a uniform elevation.

3.8 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC

A. Install geotextile fabric in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.9 COMPACTION

A. Compact each layer or lift of material specified so that the in-place density tested is not less than the percentage of maximum density specified in Table I.

TABLE I

Percent ASTM D 1557 Maximum Density Pavement Area Fill, Deeper than 2 Feet 90 Pavement Area Fill, Upper 2 Feet 95 Structural Fill to Support Footings and 95 Floor Slabs Landscaping Areas with Slopes 85 Equal to or Less than 2 Feet in Height Landscaping Areas with Slopes 90 Greater than 2 Feet in Height



312300 - 9

3.10 FINISH OPERATIONS

A. Site Grading: Grade to finished grades indicated within 0.10 foot. Grade areas to drain water away from structures and to provide suitable surfaces for mowing machines. Existing grades which are to remain but are disturbed by the Contractor’s operations shall be restored as specified herein.

B. Finishing Subgrades Under Structures and Pavements: Finish surface of top lift of fill or top of subgrade to the elevation and cross section indicated. Finished surface shall be smooth and of uniform texture. Lightly scarify or blade the finished surface to bring the finished surface to within 0.10 foot of the indicated grade and to eliminate imprints made by compaction and shaping equipment. Surface shall show no deviations in excess of 3/8 inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge.

C. Disposition of Surplus Material: Surplus or other soil material not required or suitable for filling, backfilling, or embankment or meeting the requirements of select material shall be removed from the project site.

D. Protection of Surfaces: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, erosion, and settlements that may occur and as required in the Section 01 5713, “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control,” and as specified in the paragraph entitled “Protection and Restoration of Surfaces.” Repair or reestablish damaged grades, elevations, or slopes prior to acceptance of work.

3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: Refer to Section 01400.

B. Moisture-Density Relationship (Maximum Density): 1. Test method: ASTM D 1557 2. Frequency: One test for each of the following:

a. Select material b. Fill c. Backfill d. Embankment material e. Additional test for above materials when source or character changes

C. In-place Density (Compaction) and Moisture Tests: 1. Test method: One of the following:

a. ASTM D 1556 b. Combination: ASTM D 2922 and D 3017

2. Frequency: a. Cut: One test per 1,000 square yards b. Fill: One test per lift per 1,000 square yards

END OF SECTION


1701 DEXTER AVE N. TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING

312333 - 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Requirements for trench excavation, refilling, bedding and backfilling for buried utilities, pipes, conduits and other related appurtenances.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 013300, "Submittal Procedures" 2. Section 014000, "Quality Requirements" 3. Section 015713, "Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control" 4. Section 312300, “Earthwork”

1.2 REFERENCES


B. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM D 698: (1991) Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort

(12,400 ft-lbf/ft) 2. ASTM D 1556: (1990) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method 3. ASTM D 1557: (1991) Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort

(56,000 ft-lbf/ft) 4. ASTM D 2487: (1993) Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification

System) 5. ASTM D 2922: (1991) Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow

Depth) 6. ASTM D 3017: (1988; R 1993) Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods

(Shallow Depth) 7. ASTM D 4253: (1993) Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table 8. ASTM D 4254: (1991) Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation

of Relative Density

C. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR): 1. 29 CFR 1910: Occupational Safety and Health Standards 2. 29 CFR 1926: Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA); Safety and Health

Regulations for Construction

D. Corps Of Engineers (COE1): 1. COE1 EM-385-1-1: (1992) Safety and Health Requirements Manual

E. Washington State Department of Labor and Industries: 1. WAC 296-24: General Safety and Health Standards

F. City of Seattle (COS): 1. SS-1: (2012) Standard Specifications for Municipal Construction

G. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSS): 1. WSS-1:(2010) Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction


A. Perform all excavation work in accordance with all applicable requirements of governing authorities and applicable rules and regulations of 29 CFR 1910, 29 CFR 1926 and WAC 296-24.



312333 - 2

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Backfill: Material used in refilling a cut, trench or other excavation.

B. Cohesive Materials: Soils classified by ASTM D 2487 as GC, SC, ML, CL, MH, and CH. Materials classified as GM and SM will be identified as cohesive only when fines have a plasticity index greater than zero.

C. Cohesionless Materials: Soils classified by ASTM D 2487 as GW, GP, SW, and SP. Materials classified as GM and SM will be identified as cohesionless only when the fines have a plasticity index of zero.

D. Compaction: The process of mechanically stabilizing a material by increasing its density at a controlled moisture condition. “Degree of Compaction” is expressed as a percentage of the maximum density obtained by the test procedure described in ASTM D 698 or ASTM D 1557 for general soil types or ASTM D 4253 or ASTM D 4254 (Relative Density) for isolated cohesionless materials, abbreviated in this specification as “XX” percent ASTM D 1557 maximum density.

E. Granular Pipe Bedding: A dense, well-graded aggregate mixture of sand, gravel, or crushed stone (mixed individually, in combination with each other, or with suitable binder soil) placed on a subgrade to provide a suitable foundation for pipe. Granular bedding material may also consist of poorly graded sands or gravels where fast draining soil characteristics are desired.

F. Hard Material: Weathered rock, dense consolidated deposits, or conglomerate materials (excluding man made materials such as concrete) which are not included in the definition of “rock” but which usually require the use of heavy excavation equipment, ripper teeth, or jack hammers for removal.

G. In-Situ Soil: Existing in place soil.

H. Lift: A layer (or course) of soil placed on top of subgrade or a previously prepared or placed soil in a fill or backfill.

I. Refill: Material placed in excavation to correct overcut in depth.

J. Rock: Solid homogeneous interlocking crystalline material with firmly cemented, laminated, or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits, neither of which can be removed without systematic drilling and blasting, drilling and the use of expansion jacks or feather wedges, or the use of backhoe-mounted pneumatic hole punchers or rock breakers; also large boulders, buried masonry, or concrete other than pavement exceeding 1 cubic yard in volume. Removal of “hard material” will not be considered rock excavation because of intermittent drilling and blasting that is performed merely to increase production.

K. Select Material: In-situ soil material classified as SP, SW, GP, GW, SP-SM, GP-GM, or SM by ASTM D 2487.

L. Topsoil: In natural or undisturbed soil formations, the fine-grained, weathered material on the surface or directly below any loose or partially decomposed organic matter. Topsoil may be a dark-colored, fine, silty, or sandy material with a high content of well decomposed organic matter, often containing traces of the parent rock material.

M. Unyielding Material: Rock rib, ridge, rock protrusion, or soil with cobbles in the trench bottom requiring a covering of finer grain material or special bedding to avoid bridging in the pipe or conduit.

N. Unsatisfactory Material: In-situ soil or other material which can be identified as having insufficient strength characteristics or stability to carry intended loads in the trench without excessive consolidation or loss of stability. Also backfill material which contains refuse, frozen material, large rocks, debris, soluble particles, and other material which could damage the pipe or cause the backfill not to compact. Materials classified as PT, OH, or OL by ASTM D 2487 are unsatisfactory.

O. Unstable Material: Material in the trench bottom which lacks firmness to maintain alignment and prevent joints from separating in the pipe, conduit, or appurtenance structure during backfilling. This may be material otherwise identified as satisfactory which has been disturbed or saturated.



312333 - 3

P. Unsuitable material: In-situ soil material classified as ML or MH by ASTM D 2487.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 3300, “Submittal Procedures.” 1. Shoring and Sheeting Plan: Describe materials or shoring system to be used. Indicate whether or

not any components will remain after filling or backfilling. Provide plans, sketches, or details along with calculations by a registered professional engineer. Indicate sequence and method for installation and removal.

2. Dewatering Plan: Describe methods for removing collected water from open trenches and diverting surface water or piped flow away from work area. Describe the basic components of the dewatering system proposed for use and its planned method of operation. Record performance and effectiveness of method or system in use and submit weekly.

3. Gradation of material tested at the source showing compliance with the specifications for trench backfill and bedding.

1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Materials and workmanship specified herein with reference to SS-1 State Standard shall be in accordance with the referenced articles, sections, and paragraphs of the standard except that measurement and payment provisions do not apply. Where the term “Engineer” is used it shall mean “Owner’s Representative.” Where the term “state” is used, it shall mean “Owner.”

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver and store materials in a manner to prevent contamination, segregation, freezing, and other damage.

1.8 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING

A. Base bids on the following criteria: 1. Surface elevations are as indicated. 2. The character of the material to be excavated or found in the trench is as indicated. Rock or hard

material as defined in paragraph entitled “Definitions,” will not be encountered. 3. Ground water elevations indicated are those existing at the time subsurface investigations were

made and do not necessarily represent ground water elevation at the time of construction. 4. Suitable imported backfill and bedding material in the quantities required is not available at the

project site. 5. Blasting will not be permitted.

1.9 PROTECTION

A. Dewatering Plan: Base on site surface and subsurface conditions, available soil and hydrological data.

B. Utilities: Movement of construction machinery and equipment over pipes and utilities during construction shall be at the Contractor's risk. Perform work adjacent to utilities in accordance with procedures outlined by utility company. Excavation made with power-driven equipment is not permitted within two feet of known utility or subsurface construction. For work immediately adjacent to or for excavations exposing a utility or other buried obstruction, excavate by hand. Start hand excavation on each side of the indicated obstruction and continue until the obstruction is uncovered or until clearance for the new grade is assured. Support uncovered lines or other existing work affected by the contract excavation until approval for backfill is granted by the Owners Representative. Report damage to utility lines or subsurface construction immediately to the Owner’s Representative.

C. Temporary Open Cuts: 1. For Type C soils, the maximum allowable slope for excavations less than 20 feet deep is 1.5H:1V

unless approved by a registered professional engineer. 2. For excavations that may be adjacent to existing footings or other structural elements, do not

excavate below the bearing elevation of the existing footings. Consult with the geotechnical



312333 - 4

engineer during construction to limit the size of these excavations and the amount of time that they remain open.

3. Protect the slope from erosion by using plastic sheeting. 4. Limits the maximum duration of the open excavation to the shortest time period possible. 5. Place no surcharge loads (equipment, materials, etc.) within 10 feet of the top of the slope. 6. All excavations shall be made in accordance with all local, state, and federal safety requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOIL MATERIALS

A. Provide soil materials as specified below free of debris, roots, wood, scrap material, vegetable matter, refuse, soft unsound particles, ice, or other deleterious and objectionable materials. All imported material shall be provided by a City of Seattle approved source for the material specified.

B. Backfill trenches with structural fill as specified in Section 31 2300, “Earthwork.”

C. Borrow: Provide materials meeting requirement for pipe bedding, and backfill. Obtain borrow materials from sources off the project site.

D. Pipe Bedding: Provide material conforming to SS-1, Section 9-03.16, Type 9 for rigid pipe and Type 22 for flexible pipe. Pipe bedding shall conform to the City of Seattle Standard Plan 285, Class B.

E. All trenching for storm drains shall conform to the City of Seattle Standard Plan 284.

2.2 BURIED WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE

A. Polyethylene plastic warning tape manufactured specifically for warning and identification of buried utility lines. Provide tape on rolls, 3-inch minimum width, color coded as specified below for the intended utility with warning and identification imprinted in bold black letters continuously over the entire tape length. Warning and identification to read, “CAUTION, BURIED (intended service) LINE BELOW” or similar wording. Color and printing shall be permanent, unaffected by moisture or soil. 1. Warning Tape Color Codes:

a. Red: Electric b. Orange: Telephone and Other Communications c. Blue: Water Systems d. Green: Sewer Systems (Storm and Sanitary)

2. Acid and alkali-resistant polyethylene plastic tape conforming to the width, color, and printing requirements specified above. Minimum thickness of tape shall be 0.003 inch. Tape shall have a minimum strength of 1,500 psi lengthwise, and 1,250 psi crosswise, with a maximum 350 percent elongation.

2.3 BURIED DETECTION WIRE

A. Detection wire shall be insulated single strand, solid copper with a minimum of 12 AWG.

2.4 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL

A. As specified in Section 31 2300, “Earthwork.”

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROTECTION

A. Shoring and Sheeting: Provide shoring bracing, cribbing, trench boxes, or sheeting where required. In addition to Section 25 A and B of COE1 M-385-1-1 and other requirements set forth in this contract, include provisions in the shoring and sheeting plan that will accomplish the following: 1. Prevent undermining of pavements, foundations and slabs.



312333 - 5

2. Prevent slippage or movement in banks or slopes adjacent to the excavation. 3. Allow for the abandonment of shoring and sheeting materials in place in critical areas as the work is

completed. In these areas, backfill the excavation to within 3 feet of the finished grade and remove the remaining exposed portion of the shoring before completing the backfill.

B. Drainage and Dewatering: Plan for and provide the structures, equipment, and construction for the collection and disposal of surface and subsurface water encountered in the course of construction. 1. Drainage: Surface water shall be directed away from excavation and construction sites so as to

prevent erosion and undermining of foundations. Diversion ditches, dikes and grading shall be provided and maintained as necessary during construction. Excavated slopes and backfill surfaces shall be protected to prevent erosion and sloughing. Excavation shall be performed so that the site and the area immediately surrounding the site and affecting operations at the site shall be continually and effectively drained.

C. Dewatering: 1. Groundwater flowing toward or into excavations shall be controlled to prevent sloughing of

excavation slopes and walls, boils, uplift and heave in the excavation and to eliminate interference with orderly progress of construction. French drains, sumps, ditches or trenches will not be permitted within 3 feet of the foundation of any structure, except with specific written approval, and after specific contractual provisions for restoration of the foundation area have been made. Control measures shall be taken by the time the excavation reaches the water level in order to maintain the integrity of the in situ material. While the excavation is open, the water level shall be maintained continuously, at least one foot below the working level.

2. Operate the dewatering system until construction work below existing water levels is complete. Measure and record the performance of the dewatering system. Have a back-up pump and system available for immediate use.

D. Structures and Surfaces: Protect newly backfilled areas and adjacent structures, slopes, or grades from traffic, erosion settlement, or any other damage. Repair and reestablish damaged or eroded grades and slopes and restore surface construction prior to acceptance. Protect existing streams, ditches, and storm drain inlets from water-borne soil by means of straw bale dike, filter fabric dams, and as indicated on the contract drawings. Perform work in accordance with requirements specified in Section 01 5713, “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control.” 1. Disposal of Excavated Material: Dispose of excavated material so that it will not obstruct the flow of

runoff, streams, endanger a partly finished structure, impair the efficiency or appearance of any facilities, or be detrimental to the completed work.

3.2 GENERAL EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING

A. Keep excavations free from water while construction is in progress. Notify the Architect immediately in writing if it becomes necessary to remove rock or hard, unstable, or otherwise unsatisfactory material to a depth greater than indicated. Make trench sides as nearly vertical as practicable except where sloping of sides is allowed. Sides of trenches shall not be sloped from the bottom of the trench up to the elevation of the top of the pipe, conduit, or duct. Excavate ledge rock, boulders, and other unyielding material to an overdepth at least 6 inches and a maximum of 24 inches below the bottom of the pipe, conduit, duct, and appurtenances unless otherwise indicated or specified. Blasting will not be permitted. Overexcavate soft, weak, or wet excavations as indicated. Use bedding material placed in 6-inch maximum layers to refill overdepths to the proper grade. At the Contractor's option, the excavations may be cut to an overdepth of not less than 4 inches and refilled to required grade as specified. Grade bottom of trenches accurately to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe, conduit, duct, or structure on undisturbed soil, or bedding material as indicated or specified at every point along its entire length except for portions where it is necessary to excavate for bell holes and for making proper joints. Dig bell holes and depressions for joints after trench has been graded. Dimension of bell holes shall be as required for properly making the particular type of joint to ensure that the bell does not bear on the bottom of the excavation. Trench dimensions shall be as indicated or specified.

B. Shoring and Sheeting: Shore and sheet excavations as described in the plan submitted with various member sizes arranged to prevent injury to persons and damage to structures. Arrange shoring and



312333 - 6

sheeting to preclude injurious caving during removal. Obtain approval from the Owner’s Representative prior to removing shoring, sheeting, or bracing in excavations adjacent to structural elements.

3.3 BEDDING

A. Of materials and depths as indicated or specified for utility lines and utility structures. Place bedding in 6-inch maximum loose lifts. Provide uniform and continuous support for each section of structure except at bell holes or depressions necessary for making proper joints. Bring up evenly on each side and along the full length of the pipe, conduit, duct or structure. Ensure that no damage is done to the utility or its protective coating. Ensure that the material placed is tamped firmly under pipe haunches.

3.4 BURIED WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE

A. Install tape in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations except as modified herein. Bury tape at the depth indicated.

3.5 BURIED DETECTION WIRE

A. Bury detection wire directly above non-metallic piping at a distance not to exceed 12 inches above the top of pipe. The wire shall extend continuously and unbroken, from manhole to manhole or catch basin to catch basin. The ends of the wire shall terminate inside the manholes or catch basin at each end of the pipe, with a minimum of 3 feet of wire, coiled, remaining accessible in each manhole or catch basin. The wire shall remain insulated over its entire length.

3.6 BACKFILLING

A. Construct backfill as indicated and specified in this section. Place backfill in 8-inch maximum loose lifts for heavy equipment compactors and 4-inch maximum loose lifts for hand-operated mechanical compactors for on-site native material and imported controlled fill, unless otherwise specified. Compact each loose lift as specified in the paragraph entitled “General Compaction” before placing the next lift. Do not backfill in freezing weather or where the material in the trench is already frozen or is muddy, except as authorized. Where settlements greater than the tolerance allowed herein for grading occur in trenches and pits due to improper compaction, excavate to the depth necessary to rectify the problem, then backfill and compact the excavation as specified herein and restore the surface to the required elevation. Coordinate backfilling with testing of utilities. Testing for the following shall be complete before final backfilling: storm drainage, water distribution, and sanitary sewer.

B. Controlled density fill shall be placed as backfill where indicated or in lieu of other backfill materials as approved by the Owner’s Representative. See Section 31 2300, “Earthwork” for additional requirements.

3.7 GENERAL COMPACTION

A. Use hand-operated, plate-type, vibratory, or other suitable hand tampers in areas not accessible to larger rollers or compactors. Avoid damaging pipes and protective pipe coatings. Compact material in accordance with the following unless otherwise specified. If necessary, alter, change, or modify selected equipment or compaction methods to meet specified compaction requirements. 1. Compaction of Material in Subcuts or Overexcavations: Compact to 95 percent of ASTM D 1557

maximum density. 2. Compaction of Pipe and Conduit Bedding: Compact to 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 maximum

density. 3. Compaction of Backfill: Compact backfill material surrounding pipes, cables, conduits or ducts to

90 percent of ASTM D1557 maximum density. For utilities under structures and pavements compact backfill as specified under paragraph entitled “Special Earthwork Installation Requirements.”



312333 - 7

3.8 SPECIAL EARTHWORK INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Manholes and Other Appurtenances: Provide at least 12 inches clear from outer surfaces to the embankment or shoring. Remove rock as specified herein. Remove unstable soil that is incapable of supporting the structure to an overdepth of one foot and refill with bedding material to the proper elevation. Refill overdepths with bedding material to the required grade and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 maximum density.

B. Compaction for Structures and Pavements: Place backfill in 4-inch maximum loose lifts for hand-operated mechanical compactors. If a vibratory roller is used for compaction of backfill, the lift thickness can be increased to 8 inches. Compact all backfill surrounding pipes, ducts, conduits, and other structures to 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 maximum density, except backfill more than 2 feet below pavement subgrades shall be compacted to 90 percent of ASTM D 1557 maximum density. 1. Backfill to permit the rolling and compacting of the completed excavation with the adjoining

material, providing the specified density necessary to enable paving of the area immediately after backfilling has been completed.

3.9 FINISH OPERATIONS

A. Grading: Finish to grades indicated within one-tenth of a foot. Grade areas to drain water away from structures and to provide suitable surfaces for mowing machines. Grade existing grades that are to remain but have been disturbed by the Contractor's operations.

B. Disposition of Surplus Material: Surplus or other soil material not required or suitable for filling, backfilling, or grading shall placed in the soils disposal area or be removed from the project site.

C. Protection of Surfaces: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, erosion, and settlements that may occur and as required in Section 01 5713, “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control.” Repair or reestablish damaged grades, elevations, or slopes.


A. Testing: Refer to 014000, "Quality Requirements".

B. Moisture-Density Relationship (Maximum Density): 1. Test method: ASTM D 1557 2. Frequency: One test for each of the following:

a. Bedding material. b. Backfill. c. Embankment material. d. Additional test for above materials when source or character changes.

C. In-place Density (Compaction) and Moisture Tests: 1. Test method: One of the following:

a. ASTM D 1556. b. Combination: ASTM D 2922 and D 3017.

2. Frequency: a. Backfill and bedding in trenches: One test per lift per 100 lineal feet. b. Appurtenance structures: One test per lift per 100 square feet or fraction thereof.

END OF SECTION


1701 DEXTER AVE N. CONCRETE PAVING

321313 - 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Requirements for exterior concrete pavements.

1.2 Related Sections

A. Section 312300, “Earthwork”

B. Section 033521, “Exterior Site Concrete Finishing”

1.3 REFERENCES


B. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 211.1: (1991) Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete 2. ACI 301: (1996) Structural Concrete for Buildings 3. ACI 305R: (1991) Hot Weather Concreting 4. ACI 306.1: (1990) Cold Weather Concreting 5. ACI 117: (2007) Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials, Section 12

C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 185: (1994) Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement 2. ASTM A 615/A 615M: (1995; Rev. B) Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete

Reinforcement 3. ASTM C 31: (1991) Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field 4. ASTM C 33: (1993) Concrete Aggregates 5. ASTM C 78: (1994) Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading) 6. ASTM C 94: (1994) Ready-Mixed Concrete 7. ASTM C 143: (1990; Rev. A) Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete 8. ASTM C 150: (1995) Portland Cement 9. ASTM C 171: (1995) Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete 10. ASTM C 172: (1990) Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete 11. ASTM C 494: (1992) Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 12. ASTM D 618: (1995) Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral

Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. 13. ASTM C 989: (1994; Rev. A) Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and

Mortars 14. ASTM D 98: (1995) Calcium Chloride

D. City of Seattle (COS): 1. COS-1: (2012) Standard Specification for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction 2. COSSP-1: (2012) Standard Plans for Municipal Construction

E. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT): 1. WSDOT-1: (2010) Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 3300, “Submittal Procedures.” 1. Manufacturer’s catalog data for curing materials and admixtures. 2. Concrete mix design: Thirty days minimum prior to concrete placement, submit mix design for each

strength and type of concrete. 3. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design tests including compressive strength

tests.



321313 - 2

4. Material Certificates stating that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specified requirements.

5. Shop Drawings: a. Placing Drawings: Submit placing drawings for concrete pavement showing fabrication

dimensions and locations for placement of reinforcement and reinforcement supports. Indicate splicing laps, details of reinforcing and accessories.

b. Concrete Joint layout drawing including dimensions, locations and joint type. c. Concrete scoring plan drawing including dimensions, locations, bevel, and method of

installation. 6. Samples:

a. Obtain color selection from the A/E and submit a minimum of three 305 x 305 mm (12 x 12 inch) samples of proposed integral color concrete paving. Include representative finish.

b. Submit a minimum of two more additional samples sets with color and finish adjustments as directed by the A/E, until approval is obtained. Approved sample shall serve as the basis for the site mock-up.

7. Records: a. Retain records of concrete poured, including exact mix proportions, sumps, placement, and

the source of the concrete. b. Records: Retain records of concrete poured, including exact mix proportions, slumps,

placement, and the source of the concrete. Submit copy to CMa.

1.5 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Mockups: 1. Provide mock-ups in accordance with Section 014000. 2. Slab Finish Mock-ups:

a. Provide a minimum 5 x 5 foot section of each architectural concrete paving color and finish combination. Install in a location on site as approved by the CMa.

b. Mock-ups shall include representative control joints and expansion joints with sealant fill as approved by the Architect.

c. Remove mock-ups when directed by the A/E and CMa.


A. Comply with ASTM C94.

B. Do not deliver concrete until ready for concrete placement.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Provide concrete pavement materials conforming to COS-1 Section 8-14 and amendments along with relevant COSSP-1 drawings.

B. Admixtures: Where not shown or specified, the use of admixtures is subject to written approval of the A/E. Provide admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. 1. Accelerating: ASTM D 98. 2. Water Reducing: ASTM C 494, Type A, D, E, F, or G. 3. Fly Ash and Pozzolan: ASTM C 618, Type N, F, or C, except that the maximum allowable loss on

ignition shall be 6 percent for Types C and F.

C. Integral Concrete Coloration: As noted below: 1. Refer to landscape plans.

D. Forms: Wood, plywood, steel, or other suitable material.



321313 - 3

E. Curing Materials: Per COS-1 Section 8-14.3(5).

F. Joints Fillers and Sealants: Per COS-1 Section 9-04.1(1) and Section 8-14.3(6).

G. Non-Shrink Grout: ASTM C1107.

2.2 MIX DESIGN

A. Design mix to provide conformance to the requirements of COS-1 Section 8-14 and amendments.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Install Cement Concrete Sidewalk in conformance to the provisions of COS-1 Section 8-14 and amendments along with relevant COSSP-1 drawings.

3.2 INTEGRAL CONCRETE COLORATION

A. Refer to landscape plans.

3.3 FINISH

A. Refer to landscape plans.

END OF SECTION


1701 DEXTER AVE N. SANITARY SEWER

333500 - 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Requirements for piping and appurtenant structures, installation of piping and structures and testing for exterior sanitary sewer system.

1.2 Related Sections

A. Section 033000, “Cast-in-Place Concrete”

B. Section 312300, “Earthwork”

1.3 REFERENCES


B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C 443: (1998) Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets 2. ASTM C 923: (1998) Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures,

Pipes and Laterals 3. ASTM C 969: (1994) Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete

Pipe Sewer Lines 4. ASTM C 1613: (2007)Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Grease Interceptor Tanks 5. ASTM D 2321: (1989) Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other

Gravity-Flow Applications. 6. ASTM D 3034: (1994) Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 7. ASTM D 3212: (1992) Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 8. ASTM F 477: (1993) Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe.

C. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. AWWA C104/A21.4: (1995) Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. AWWA C105/A21.5: (1993) Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 3. AWWA C110/A21.10: (1993) Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through 48 in. (75 mm

Through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids. 4. AWWA C111/A21.11: (1995) Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51: (1996) Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water or Other

Liquids. 6. AWWA C153/A21.53: (1994) Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 in. Through 16 in., for Water and

Other Liquids. 7. AWWA C600: (1993) Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances.

D. City of Seattle (COS): 1. COS-1: (2012) Standard Specification for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction 2. COSSP-1: (2012) Standard Plans for Municipal Construction

E. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT): 1. WSDOT-1: (2010) Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 3300, “Submittal Procedures.” 1. Submit manufacturer's standard drawings or catalog cuts for pipeline materials including joints,

fittings and couplings. 2. Submit manufacturer’s standard drawings or catalog cuts for precast concrete manholes and

manhole frame and cover and clean out ring and cover.



333500 - 2


A. Delivery and Storage: 1. Piping: Inspect materials delivered to site for damage; store with minimum of handling. Store

materials on site in enclosures or under protective coverings. Store rubber gaskets under cover out of direct sunlight. Do not store materials directly on the ground. Keep inside of pipes and fittings free of dirt and debris.

2. Metal Items: Check upon arrival; identify and segregate as to types, functions, and sizes. Store off the ground in a manner affording easy accessibility and not causing excessive rusting or coating with grease or other objectionable materials.

3. Cement, Aggregate, and Reinforcement: As specified in Section 03 3000, “Cast-in-Place Concrete.”

B. Handling: Handle pipe, fittings, and other accessories in such manner as to ensure delivery to the trench in sound undamaged condition. Take special care not to damage linings of pipe and fittings; if lining is damaged, make satisfactory repairs. Carry, do not drag, pipe to trench.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPELINE MATERIALS

A. PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, having ends adaptable for elastomeric gasket joints. 1. Joints and Jointing Material: Joints shall conform to ASTM D 3212. Gaskets shall conform to

ASTM F477.

B. Ductile Iron Piping (where indicated): 1. Ductile-iron pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51, Thickness Class 52 minimum.

Fittings shall conform to AWWA C110/A21.10 or AWWA C153/A21.53. Fittings with push-on joint ends shall conform to the same requirements as fittings with mechanical-joint ends. Fittings shall have pressure rating at least equivalent to that of the pipe. Ends of pipe and fittings shall be suitable for the joints specified hereinafter. Pipe and fittings shall have cement-mortar lining conforming to AWWA C104/A21.4, standard thickness.

2. Ductile Iron Joints and Jointing Materials: a. Joints, General: Joints for pipe and fittings shall be push-on joints or mechanical joints except

as otherwise specified in this paragraph. Joints shall be mechanical-joints where indicated. b. Push-on Joints: Shape of pipe ends and fitting ends, gaskets, and lubricant for joint assembly

shall conform to AWWA C111/A21.11 c. Mechanical Joints: Dimensional and material requirements for pipe ends, glands, bolts and

nuts, and gaskets shall conform to AWWA C111/A21.11.

C. Steel Casing and Appurtenances: As specified in Section 312300, "Earthwork."

2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Concrete materials shall be as specified in Section 033000, "Cast-in-Place Concrete.”

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Precast Concrete and Associated Materials: 1. Precast Concrete Manhole Sections: Shall conform to City of Seattle Standard Plan No. 202a, Type

B.

B. Metal Items: 1. Frame and Cover for Manholes: Frame and cover for manholes shall conform to COSSP-1,

Standard Plan No. 230, lettered "SEWER". 2. Manhole Steps: Manhole steps shall conform to COSSP-1, Standard Plan No. 232. Aluminum

steps or rungs will not be permitted. Steps are not required in manholes less than 4 feet deep. 3. Cleanout Ring and Cover: COSSP-1, Standard Plan No. 280.



333500 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPELINES AND APPURTENANT CONSTRUCTION

A. General Requirements for Installation of Pipelines: Apply except where specific exception is made in the following paragraphs entitled, “Special Requirements.” 1. Earthwork: Perform earthwork operations in accordance with Section 31 2300, “Earthwork.” 2. Pipe Laying and Jointing: Inspect each pipe and fitting before and after installation; replace those

found defective and remove from site. Provide proper facilities for lowering sections of pipe into trenches. Lay non-pressure pipe with the bell ends in the upgrade direction. Adjust spigots in bells to give a uniform space all around. Blocking or wedging between bells and spigots will not be permitted. Replace by one of the proper dimensions, pipe or fittings that do not allow sufficient space for installation of joint material. At the end of each workday, close open ends of pipe temporarily with wood blocks or bulkheads. Provide batter boards not more than 25 feet apart in trenches for checking and ensuring that pipe invert elevations are as indicated. Laser beam method may be used in lieu of batterboards for the same purpose.

3. Connections to Existing Lines: Obtain approval from the City of Seattle before making connections to existing lines. Conduct work so that there is minimum interruption of services in existing lines.

B. Special Requirements: 1. Installation of PVC Plastic Piping: Install pipe and fittings in accordance with the "General

Requirements for Installation of Pipelines" and with the requirements of ASTM D 2321 for laying and joining pipe and fittings. Make joints with the gaskets specified for joints with this piping; assemble in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D 2321 for assembly of joints. Make joints to other pipe materials in accordance with the recommendations of the plastic pipe manufacturer.

2. Installation of Ductile-Iron Piping: Unless otherwise specified, install pipe and fittings in accordance with paragraph entitled, “General Requirements for Installation of Pipelines” of this section and with the requirements of AWWA C600 for pipe installation, joint assembly, and valve-and-fitting installation. a. Make push-on joints with the gaskets and lubricant specified for this type joint and assemble in

accordance with the applicable requirements of AWWA C600 for joint assembly. Make mechanical-joints with the gaskets, glands, bolts, and nuts specified for this type joint; assemble in accordance with the applicable requirements of AWWA C600 for joint assembly and the recommendations of Appendix A to AWWA C111/A21.11.

C. Concrete Work: Cast-in-place concrete is included in Section 03 3000, “Cast-in-Place Concrete.”

D. Catch Basin and Manhole Construction: Use precast concrete base sections. Make inverts in precast concrete bases with a smooth-surfaced semi-circular bottom conforming to the inside contour of the adjacent sewer sections. For changes in direction of the sewer and entering branches into the manhole, make a circular curve in the manhole invert of as large a radius as manhole size will permit. For precast concrete construction, make joints between manhole sections with the gaskets specified for this purpose; install in the manner specified for installing joints in concrete piping. Parging will not be required for precast concrete manholes. Cast-in-place concrete work shall be in accordance with the requirements specified under paragraph entitled, “Concrete Work” of this section. Make joints between concrete manholes and pipes entering manholes with the resilient connectors specified for this purpose; install in accordance with the recommendations of the connector manufacturer. Where a new manhole is constructed on an existing line, remove existing pipe so that pipe ends are approximately flush with the interior face of the manhole wall, but not protruding into the manhole. Use resilient connectors as previously specified for pipe connectors to concrete manholes.


A. Field Tests and Inspections: Perform field tests and provide labor, equipment, and incidentals required for testing. Be able to produce evidence, when required, that each item of work has been constructed in accordance with the drawings and specifications.



333500 - 4

B. Tests for Non-pressure Lines: Check each straight run of pipeline for gross deficiencies by holding a light in a manhole; it shall show a practically full circle of light through the pipeline when viewed from the adjoining end of line. When pressure piping is used in a non-pressure line for non-pressure use, test this piping as specified for non-pressure pipe.

C. Leakage Tests: Test lines for leakage by either infiltration tests or exfiltration tests. Prior to testing for leakage, backfill trench up to at least lower half of pipe. When necessary to prevent pipeline movement during testing, place additional backfill around pipe sufficient to prevent movement, but leaving joints uncovered to permit inspection. When leakage or pressure drop exceeds the allowable amount specified, make satisfactory correction and retest pipeline section in the same manner. Correct visible leaks regardless of leakage test results. 1. Infiltration tests and exfiltration tests: Perform these tests for sewer lines made of the specified

materials, in accordance with COS-1, Section 7-17.3(4)B for exfiltration tests or COS-1, Section 7-17.3(4)C for infiltration tests.

2. At the Contractor’s option, low pressure air testing may be used for testing of sanitary sewers. Low pressure air testing shall be in accordance with COS-1, Section 7-17.3(4)B and Section 7-17.3(4)E for air permeable and non-air permeable materials respectively.

D. Deflection Testing: Perform a deflection test on the entire length of installed plastic pipeline in accordance with COS-1, Section 7-17.3(4)H.

E. Field Tests for Concrete: Field testing requirements are covered in Section 03 3000, “Cast-in-Place Concrete.”

END OF SECTION


1701 DEXTER AVE N. STORM SEWER

334000 - 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Requirements for piping materials and appurtenances, installation and testing for storm drainage.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 013300, "Submittal Procedures" 2. Section 033000, “Cast-in-Place Concrete” 3. Section 312333, “Trenching and Backfilling”

1.2 REFERENCES


B. American Association of State Highway And Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1. AASHTO M105: (1990) Gray Iron Castings 2. AASHTO M252: (1993) Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing 3. AASHTO M294: (1993) Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 12- to 36-inch Diameter

C. American Concrete Pipe Association (ACPA): 1. ACPA 01-102: (1988) Concrete Pipe Handbook 2. ACPA 01-103: (1990) Concrete Pipe Installation Manual

D. American Society for Testing And Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 48: (1993) Gray Iron Castings 2. ASTM A 760/A 760M: (1995) Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated for Sewers and Drains 3. ASTM A 798/A 798M: (1995) Installing Factory-Made Corrugated Steel Pipe for Sewers and

Other Applications 4. ASTM A 849: (1995) Posted-Applied Coatings, Pavings, and Lining for Corrugated Steel Sewer

and Drainage Pipe 5. ASTM B 788: (1994) Installing Factory-Made Corrugated Aluminum Culverts 6. ASTM C 76: (1994) Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe 7. ASTM C 270: (1994) Mortar for Unit Masonry 8. ASTM C 361: (1996) Reinforced Concrete Low-Head Pressure Pipe 9. ASTM C 443: (1994) Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets 10. ASTM C 476: (1991) Grout for Masonry 11. ASTM C 923: (1994) Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures,

Pipes and Laterals 12. ASTM D 1056: (1991) Flexible Cellular Materials, Sponge or Expand Rubber 13. ASTM D 2321: (1989) Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other

Gravity-Flow Applications 14. ASTM D 3034: (1994) Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings 15. ASTM D 3212: (1992) Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 16. ASTM F 477: (1993) Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe

E. City of Seattle (COS): 1. SS-1: (2012) Standard Specifications for Municipal Construction 2. SP-1: (2012) Standard Plans for Municipal Construction

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 3300, "Submittal Procedures." 1. Submit Manufacturer's Catalog Data for piping including fittings and jointing materials.



334000 - 2

2. Submit manufacturer's standard drawings or catalog cuts for precast concrete manholes and catch basins, manhole ring and cover, catch basin frame and grate, and cleanout frame and cover.

3. Submit certificates attesting that tests set forth in each applicable referenced publication have been performed, whether specified in that publication to be mandatory or otherwise and that production control tests have been performed at the intervals or frequency specified in the publications. Other tests shall have been performed within 3 years of the date of submittal of certificates on the same type, class, grade and size of material as is being provided for the project.


A. Delivery and Storage: 1. Piping: Inspect materials delivered to site for damage; store with minimum of handling. Store

plastic piping and jointing materials and rubber gaskets under cover out of direct sunlight. Do not store materials directly on the ground. Keep inside of pipes and fittings free of dirt and debris.

2. Metal Items: Check upon arrival; identify and segregate as to types, functions, and sizes. Store off the ground in a manner affording easy accessibility and not causing excessive rusting or coating with grease or other objectionable materials.

3. Cement, Aggregates, and Reinforcement: Store as specified in Section 033000, “Cast-in-Place Concrete.”

B. Handling: Handle pipe, fittings, and other accessories in a manner to ensure delivery to the trench in sound undamaged condition. Carry, do not drag pipe to trench.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPELINE MATERIALS

A. PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 3034, shall be SDR 35, having ends adaptable for elastomeric gasket joints. 1. Joints and Jointing Material for PVC Plastic Piping: Joints shall conform to ASTM D3212. Gaskets

shall conform to ASTM F477.

B. Ductile Iron Piping (where indicated): 1. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: Ductile-iron pipe shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51,

Thickness Class 52 minimum. Fittings shall conform to AWWA C110/A21.10 or AWWA C153/A21.53. Fittings with push-on joint ends shall conform to the same requirements as fittings with mechanical-joint ends. Fittings shall have pressure rating at least equivalent to that of the pipe. Ends of pipe and fittings shall be suitable for the joints specified hereinafter. Pipe and fittings shall have cement-mortar lining conforming to AWWA C104/A21.4, standard thickness.

2. Ductile Iron Joints and Jointing Materials: a. Joints, general: Joints for pipe and fittings shall be push-on joints or mechanical joints except

as otherwise specified in this paragraph. Joints shall be mechanical-joints where indicated. b. Push-on joints: Shape of pipe ends and fitting ends, gaskets, and lubricant for joint assembly

shall conform to AWWA C111/A21.11 c. Mechanical joints: Dimensional and material requirements for pipe ends, glands, bolts and

nuts, and gaskets shall conform to AWWA C111/A21.11.

C. Perforated Plastic Pipe: As specified in Section 334613, "Foundation Drainage".

2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Provide as specified in Section 033000, “Cast-in-Place Concrete.”

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Drainage Structures: Pipe-to-wall connections shall be mortared to produce smooth transitions and watertight joints or provided with ASTM C 923 resilient connectors. ASTM C443 or AASHTO Type B gaskets for joint connections. Manhole bases shall have smooth inverts accurately shaped to a



334000 - 3

semicircular bottom conforming to the inside contour of the adjacent sewer sections. Changes in direction of the sewer and entering branches into the manhole shall have a circular curve in the manhole invert of as large a radius as the size of the manhole will permit. 1. Precast Concrete Structures: Precast concrete catch basins shall conform to SP-1 Standard Plan

Number 241a or Number 240a as indicated.

B. Masonry Materials: Shall conform to the following specifications and other requirements specified hereunder. 1. Mortar: ASTM C 270, Type M. 2. Grout: ASTM C 476.

C. Metal Items: 1. Frame and cover for manholes and catch basins shall conform to SP-1 Standard Plan Number 230,

lettered “DRAIN”. 2. Catch Basin Frame and Grate shall conform to SP-1 Standard Plan Number 264. 3. Manhole Steps or Ladder: Manhole steps or ladder shall conform to SP-1 Standard Plan Number

232. Aluminum steps or rungs will not be permitted. Steps are not required in manholes less than 4 feet deep.

4. Cleanout Frame and Cover: Shall conform to SP-1 Standard Plan Number 280.

D. Trench Drain: ACO Drain model K100S, or equivalent for EN 1433 Load Class ‘E’ or greater. Outlets shall be provided by the manufacturer and as indicated on the drawings. Unless noted otherwise, provide manufacturer’s standard edge rail and ductile iron grate.

PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. General Requirements for Installation of Pipelines: These requirements shall apply to pipeline installation except where specific exception is made under paragraph entitled “Special Requirements.” 1. Earthwork: Perform earthwork operations in accordance with Section 31 2333, “Trenching and

Backfilling.” 2. Pipe Laying and Jointing: Inspect each pipe and fitting before and after installation; remove those

found defective from site and replace with new. Provide proper facilities for lowering sections of pipe into trenches. Lay pipe with the bell ends in the upgrade direction. Adjust spigots in bells to produce a uniform space. Blocking or wedging between bells and spigots will not be permitted. Replace by one of the proper dimensions any pipe or fitting that does not allow sufficient space for proper calking or installation of joint material. At the end of each work day, close open ends of pipe temporarily with wood blocks or bulkheads. Provide batterboards not more than 25 feet apart in trenches for checking and ensuring that pipe invert elevations are as indicated. Laser beam method may be used in lieu of batterboards for the same purpose.

B. Special Requirements: 1. Installation of PVC Plastic Piping: Install pipe and fittings in accordance with the "General

Requirements for Installation of Pipelines" and with the requirements of ASTM D 2321 for laying and joining pipe and fittings. Make joints with the gaskets specified for joints with this piping; assemble in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D 2321 for assembly of joints. Make joints to other pipe materials in accordance with the recommendations of the plastic pipe manufacturer.

2. Installation of Ductile-Iron Piping: Unless otherwise specified, install pipe and fittings in accordance with paragraph entitled “General Requirements for Installation of Pipelines” of this section and with the requirements of AWWA C600 for pipe installation, and joint assembly. a. Make push-on joints with the gaskets and lubricant specified for this type joint and assemble in

accordance with the applicable requirements of AWWA C600 for joint assembly. Make mechanical-joints with the gaskets, glands, bolts, and nuts specified for this type joint; assemble in accordance with the applicable requirements of AWWA C600 for joint assembly and the recommendations of Appendix A to AWWA C111/A21.11.



334000 - 4

3. Concrete Work: Perform cast-in-place concrete work in accordance with Section 03 3000, “Cast-in-Place Concrete.”

C. Catch Basin and Manhole Construction: Use precast concrete base and riser sections. For precast concrete construction, make joints between sections with the gaskets specified for this purpose; install in the manner specified for installing joints in concrete piping. Give a smooth finish to inside joints of precast catch basins. Parging will not be required for precast concrete manholes. Make joints between catch basins and pipes entering catch basins with the resilient connectors specified for this purpose; install in accordance with the recommendations of the connector manufacturer.

D. Trench Drains: Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

E. Perforated Plastic Pipe: Install pipe with perforations facing downward. If drain holes are provided in the pipe rather than slot perforations, the pipe should be installed with the holes facing downward, or the pipe should be wrapped in filter fabric if the holes are on all sides of the pipe.


A. Field Tests and Inspections: The Contractor shall perform field tests and provide labor, equipment, and incidentals required for testing. Be able to produce evidence, when required, that each item of work has been constructed properly in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

B. Pipeline Testing: Check each straight run of pipeline for gross deficiencies by holding a light in a manhole; it shall show a practically full circle of light through the pipeline when viewed from the adjoining end of line. 1. Leakage Tests: Test lines for leakage by either infiltration tests or exfiltration tests in accordance

with SS-1, Section 7-17.3(4)B for exfiltration tests or Section 7-17.3(4)C for infiltration tests. 2. At the Contractor’s option, low pressure air testing may be used for testing of storm drains. Low

pressure air testing shall be in accordance with SS-1, Section 7-17.3(4)E for non-air permeable materials.

3. Deflection Testing: Perform a deflection test on entire length of installed plastic pipeline in accordance with SS-1, Section 7-17.3(4)H.

END OF SECTION


1701 DEXTER AVE N. FOUNDATION DRAINAGE

334613 - 1

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Requirements for piping materials and appurtenances for foundation drainage.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 013300, "Submittal Procedures" 2. Section 312300, “Earthwork”

1.2 REFERENCES


B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM D 1785: (1999) Specification for Poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80,

and 120. 2. ASTM D 2855: (1996) Practice for Making Solvent Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride)

(PVC) Pipe And Fittings. 3. ASTM D 3034: (1994) Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 4. ASTM D 3212: (1992) Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 5. ASTM F 402: (1999) Practice for Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used

for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings. 6. ASTM F 477: (1993) Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Jointing Plastic Pipe. 7. ASTM F 758: (1995) Specification for Smooth Walled Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Under

Drain Systems for Highway and Similar Drainage.

C. City of Seattle (COS): 1. COSSP-1: (2012) Standard Plans for Municipal Construction

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 013300, "Submittal Procedures".

B. Submit Manufacturer's Catalog Data for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) perforated and tightline plastic piping including fittings and jointing materials.

C. Submit manufacturer's catalog data for clean out frame and cover.


A. Delivery and Storage: Materials delivered to the site shall be inspected for damage, unloaded, and stored with minimum handling. Materials shall not be stored directly on the ground. The inside of pipes and fittings shall be kept free of dirt and debris. During shipment and storage, filter fabric shall be wrapped in burlap or similar heavy-duty protective covering. The storage area shall protect the fabric from mud, soil, dirt, and debris. Filter fabric materials that are not to be installed immediately shall not be stored in direct sunlight. Plastic pipe shall be installed within 6 months from the date of manufacture, unless otherwise approved.

B. Handling: Handle pipe, fittings, and other accessories in a manner to ensure delivery to the trench in sound undamaged condition. Carry, do not drag pipe, to trench.



334613 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE FOR FOUNDATION DRAINAGE AND UNDERSLAB DRAINAGE

A. Perforated Plastic Pipe: Perforated pipes shall be polyvinyl chloride conforming to the requirements of ASTM D1785, Schedule 40. Pipe shall be perforated with nominal slot size of 0.02 inch or in conformance with ASTM F758. Pipe sizes are as noted on the drawings.

B. Tight Line Plastic Pipe (Solid Wall Pipe): Polyvinyl chloride pipe conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.

C. Joints for Perforated and Tightline Pipe: Joints shall conform to ASTM D 3212. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F 477.

D. Fittings: Of compatible material for pipe and of corresponding weight and quality.

2.2 DRAINAGE BACKFILL

A. As specified in Section 312300, "Earthwork."

2.3 CLEANOUT

A. Exterior cleanout frame and cover shall conform to COSSP-1, Standard Plan Number 280.

2.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC

A. Geotextile fabric for use around subsurface drains to separate drain rock from adjacent materials shall be Mirafi 140N.

PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. Excavation: Trenching and excavation, including the removal of rock and unstable material, shall be in accordance with Section 312300, "Earthwork."

B. Pipelaying: Drain lines shall be laid to true grades and alignment with a continuous fall in the direction of flow. Bells of pipe sections shall face upgrade. Interior of pipe shall be cleaned thoroughly before being laid. When drain lines are left open for connection to discharge lines, the open ends shall be temporarily closed and the location marked with wooden stakes. Perforated pipe shall be laid with perforations facing down. Any length that has had its grade or joints disturbed shall be removed and relayed at no additional cost to the owner. Perforated and tightline plastic piping shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and as specified herein. Piping with physical imperfections shall not be installed.

C. Bedding and Backfilling: 1. Bed pipe 6 inches in depth. Bedding shall be placed in the bottom of trench for its full width and

length and compacted as specified prior to laying of foundation drain pipe. Each section shall rest firmly upon the bedding, through the entire length, with recesses formed for bell support the lower quadrant of the pipe.

2. After joints and connections have been inspected and approved, the specified backfill material shall be placed as indicated. The backfill shall be placed preventing displacement of or injury to the pipe or tile. Backfill shall be compacted as specified in Section G1030, "Earthwork."

3. Free-draining soil for drains should consist of sand or a mixture of sand and gravel that meets the WSDOT Specification 9-03.13, or equivalent. Maximum fines content (percentage of soil passing a No. 200 sieve) should be less than 3 percent of the total fraction passing the ¾ sieve.

4. If drain holes are provided in the pipe rather than slot perforations, the pipe should be installed with the holes pointing downward, or the pipe should be wrapped in filter fabric if the holes are on all sides of the pipe.



334613 - 3

D. Cleanouts: Provide vertical cleanouts at directional changes and as indicated on the drawings.

END OF SECTION

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 337173

ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Primary Service: Run underground conduits and handholes as required by serving utility companyfrom existing utility pole to in-building transformer vault.

B. Secondary Service: 120/208 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire services shall be installed from transformer tomain service equipment in electrical room.

C. Provide service entrance feeders per code and as directed by utility company. Furnish and installall service equipment in accordance with SCL requirements.

D. Provide service entrance feeders in vault as directed by Utility. Furnish and install all equipment intransformer vault in accordance with Utility requirements.

E. Furnish and install all metering equipment as required by utility company and 2012 WashingtonState Energy Code - Chapter 12. Provide individual metering of all residential housing units, retailspaces, house and standby power. Residential units to be supplied with minimum 100 ampfeeder. House panel to be sized as required for building common area loads and as per Code.

1.2 CONSTRUCTION POWER FACILITIES

A. Provide and secure all facilities and equipment required to provide all electric power forconstruction, lighting and special equipment.

B. Perform load balancing and all testing prior to final acceptance of the project.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Provide (2) 4" primary service conduits and handholes from utility pole to transformer vault.Conduits shall be encased in concrete as required by SCL and NEC. Primary service handholesto be pre-cast concrete, Utility Vault 577 or equal. Provide as required by SCL.

B. Provide secondary conduits, conductors, service and metering equipment in compliance with theNational Electrical Code, Local Code, EUSERC and Utility company requirements.

C. Building services may be divided into separate laterals as allowed by Code and Utility company.Services to include main fused disconnect switch with current limiting fuses for each servicelateral as required by Code.

D. All equipment UL listed and shall meet the requirements of NEMA approved for service entrance,

and rated for fault current of 65,000 Amps symmetrical as a minimum requirement. Higher faultduty may be required depending on Utility company service. All work shall be coordinated withUtility company to exact location and arrangement of equipment in transformer vault and servicerequirements. Coordinate with utility company as required.

E. Provide Current Transformer enclosures and CT meter bases in accordance with Utility companyand EUSERC standards. Provide manual by-pass meter sockets for commercial spaces asrequired by SCL.

F. Metering equipment shall be minimum 65,000 bracing for fault current. Metering device sockets

shall comply with the requirements of Utility company. Higher fault duty may be requireddepending on Utility company service.

337173 - 1

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 337173


G. Measurement devices with remote communication capability shall be provided to collect energyuse data for each energy supply source to the building where energy loads exceed ComponentEnergy Master Sub-metering Thresholds per 2012 City of Seattle Energy Code. End-usecategories shall be:

S HVAC System Total Energy Use S Lighting System Total Energy Use S Plug Load System Total Energy Use S Process Load System Total Energy Use S Miscellaneous System Total Energy Use

All measurement devices shall be configured to automatically communicate the energy data to adata acquisition system. At a minimum, measurement devices shall provide daily data. The dataacquisition system shall be capable of electronically storing the data, for a minimum of 36 months,from the measurement devices and other sensing devices and creating user reports, showingdaily, monthly, and annual energy consumption.

H. Metering shall be digital type meters for the main meter. Current sensors are allowed for sub-metering. A permanent, readily accessible and visible display shall be provided in the buildingaccessible by building operation and management. At a minimum the display shall be capable ofproviding the current energy demand for the whole building, updated for each energy source, aswell as the average and peak demands for the previous day and the same day the previous year,and the total energy usage for the previous 12 months. Metering shall be commissioned as perSeattle Energy Code Section 1416.

I. Equipment fault current rating to be of sufficient capacity to withstand the available symmetrical

fault current available as determined by Utility company.

J. Manufacturers: Square D, Cutler Hammer or approved equal.

2.2 MATERIALS - TEMPORARY SERVICES

A. All wiring, outlets and other work required to provide this power at the site and within the buildingfor all trades shall be arranged for, furnished and installed. Coordinate with Utility company.

B. Temporary power services to be equipped with ground fault interrupter as required by Code.

C. Arrange for temporary services with serving utility company. Pay all utility company service andinstallation charges for temporary service.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. All work shall be coordinated with serving utility company to exact location and arrangement ofequipment in transformer vault and service requirements.

B. Provide required trenching and backfill for installation of underground services. The maximumallowable cumulative conduit bends between sidewalk handhole and the electrical room is 270E.Service to extend along the north wall and along the west wall to the transformer vault. Encaseconduits in concrete.

C. Ground rods shall be required in soil along the service conduit route and below the transformervault. Provide PVC conduit stub ups from below garage slab to transformer vault for electrodeleads. Install as directed by SCL.

D. All equipment shall be coordinated with Utility company to exact location and arrangement of

337173 - 2

N-HABIT DEXTER

1701 DEXTER AVE. N.

SECTION 337173


metering equipment. Provide sufficient clearances as required by Code. Label all meter/breakerdevices.

E. All equipment shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code and local codes. Providerequired working clearances and electrical room configuration as required to satisfy therequirements of the jurisdiction having authority.

F. Floor mounted service equipment shall be installed with a concrete housekeeping pad, minimum4" above finished floor.

G. Mount wall mounted equipment on ¾” thick fire rated plywood which shall be securely screwed orbolted to the wall as required by the type of wall construction.

H. Metering to be provided in accordance with Seattle City Light and per 2012 City of Seattle EnergyCode where required by Authority having Jurisdiction.

3.2 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL - TEMPORARY SERVICES

A. Facilities and equipment shall be furnished in a neat and safe manner in compliance withgoverning codes and good working practice.

B. Coordinate with all other trades to provide adequate and safe lighting and power arrangements.

C. Facilities and equipment shall be removed when no longer required.

END OF SECTION

337173 - 3